+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

Date post: 20-Feb-2022
Category:
Upload: others
View: 1 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
246
Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee and the Golden Temple c. 19202000 by Gurveen Kaur Khurana A dissertation submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Anthropology and History) in The University of Michigan 2019 Doctoral Committee: Associate Professor Farina Mir, Co-Chair Professor Mrinalini Sinha, Co-Chair Associate Professor William Glover Professor Paul C. Johnson Professor Webb Keane
Transcript
Page 1: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee

and the Golden Temple c. 1920–2000

by

Gurveen Kaur Khurana

A dissertation submitted in partial fulfilment

of the requirements for the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

(Anthropology and History)

in The University of Michigan

2019

Doctoral Committee:

Associate Professor Farina Mir, Co-Chair

Professor Mrinalini Sinha, Co-Chair

Associate Professor William Glover

Professor Paul C. Johnson

Professor Webb Keane

Page 2: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

Gurveen Kaur Khurana

[email protected]

ORCID iD: 0000-0002-5452-9968

© Gurveen Kaur Khurana 2019

Page 3: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

ii

DEDICATION

To Samarth, Ozzie and Papa

Page 4: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

iii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This dissertation is only a part of the journey that began more than ten years ago, and

there are many that have made it possible for me to get here. I would like to take this

opportunity to thank them for their support along the way. My greatest debt is to my

dissertation advisors Mrinalini Sinha and Farina Mir. Mrinalini has supported me through

out and has always been a source of intellectual support and more. She has allowed me

the freedom to grow and gain from her vast knowledge, while being patient with me

finding my way. There are no words that can express my gratitude to her for all that she

has done. Farina Mir’s rigor sets high standards for us all and will guide my way over the

years. The rest of my committee, Webb Keane, William Glover and Paul Johnson have

all been wonderful with their time and support through this dissertation writing. My

deepest thanks also to Dilip Menon, Shahid Amin, Sunil Kumar and Neeladri

Bhattacharya for the early intellectual training in historical thinking and methodology.

Jennifer Hughes and Piya Chatterjee ensured that I got to the right place to get this

dissertation done. To them all, I owe my deepest gratitude.

The staff at the History Department were unfailingly supportive and have always

been there to help in all manners possible. I want to especially thank Diana Denny and

Susan Kaiser for responding calmly and professionally to panicked emails. Diana has

always found an answer to my questions, as I did this dissertation remotely. The Anthro-

History department has backed me, even when I doubted myself. They have provided

Page 5: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

iv

support in terms of funding and other support that goes above and beyond any

institutional support one can ask for.

I have made some amazing friends at Michigan, and these friendships have

sustained me when nothing else could. Hafsa, Tapsi, Faiza, Joost, Cyrus and Emma, Anna

McCourt, Hoda, Courtney, and others were always there to support with their advice, or

with food to recover and get going again.

My fieldwork was made possible with the help of many a generous spirit. Raja bhaji

and Mandeep bhabi gave me a home to come to after hours of looking at endless amounts

of archival material, which I never thought I would find. Simran, their daughter, was a

delight to come back to every evening. Their friends and neighbours supported me and

opened their hearts and homes to find answers to questions that kept coming. Professor

Jeevan Deol gave me a personal tour of the Golden Temple that enlightened me to many

ideas tested in this dissertation. He is the kind of academic I hope to be someday. He

kindly shared his contacts with me in the field, once again amazing me with his

generosity. And finally, he found books that he knew I was looking for in rare book stores

in Amritsar and parcelled them to my contact in Amritsar when I was at other archive

offices. Daljit Ami, the man behind the Punjab Digital Archives, allowed me to sit in their

office when they were still organizing their findings. These archives are paving the path

for how future archives will be, and I am excited to see what his team pulls together.

In Amritsar, Apinder Singh and Bagicha Singh (Head of Sikh Reference Library)

were not just sources of information and go-to’s for more material but became friends

who gave me insights into the history of Amritsar in the twentieth century from their

perspectives. With cup after cup of very sweet tea, Bagicha bhaji would speak to his

Page 6: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

v

experiences in the Punjab and how things have changed. Apinder has been instrumental to

this dissertation. He came up with the idea of the bungas (literally “rest house” in Persian)

as an important piece of history to be examined and helped me gather materials on this

piece of Punjab history that no longer physically exists. He would continuously come up

with interesting ideas and I know that he will be a well-renowned scholar someday. Hita,

my sister-friend helped dig more legal cases for the bungas, for which I will be grateful

forever.

Sardar Onkar Singh (may he rest in peace) was the best discovery on this research

trip. He was extremely enthusiastic about the Ramgarhia museum being built and took

pride in being its in-charge. He gave me a lot of insights into the Ramgarhia Bunga and

the plans for this going forward. He also gave me the contact details for Colonel Iqbal, the

last of the Bungai family, who lived in the Bunga. Colonel Iqbal opened his doors to my

many questions and shared his families’ private papers and photographs of the Bunga as

the last residents. I owe him the greatest gratitude.

Satish Loomba, Ami Jija, Dr. Anita Hemrajani and Mahender Hemrajani helped in

organizing accommodations and contacts to get access to archives and private papers.

Using their contacts, I managed to get my work done swiftly in the Punjab State Archives

and the manuscript section of the Guru Nanak Dev University. Friends in Singapore were

instrumental in my thinking and writing this dissertation. I would like to thank Shobhit

Choubey and Fiona Alexander for giving me courage, space and inspiration to get my

thoughts together and be more coherent in my writing.

Finally, this dissertation would not be complete without the unfailing support of my

friends and family. Neha Malik, Chanpreet Khurana, and Tejkaran Khurana pushed and

encouraged me to keep at it. My parents answered endless questions and gave me the

Page 7: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

vi

strength to finish the task I began many years ago- they are the reason I ever started this

work. Mukesh and Samarth, my allies, my support system, suffered through the bad

moods and anxiety as I ploughed through, all the while uplifting my mood. Without them,

this dissertation would not be complete.

Page 8: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

vii

Table of Contents

Dedication ...................................................................................................................................................... ii

Acknowledgements ....................................................................................................................................... iii

List of Figures ............................................................................................................................................... ix

Glossary ......................................................................................................................................................... xi

Abstract ..................................................................................................................................................... xviii

Chapter One: Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 1

The Origins of the SGPC ............................................................................................................................ 6

The SGPC and its Leadership ................................................................................................................... 17

Dominant Narratives in Historiography .................................................................................................... 19

Why the Golden Temple? ......................................................................................................................... 30

Method and Sources .................................................................................................................................. 35

Chapter Plan .............................................................................................................................................. 38

Chapter Two: SGPC’s Rise to Power: Institutionalizing Gurdwaras by Routinizing Functions ........ 42

Setting New Standards: Cleanliness and Orderliness in the Golden Temple ............................................ 53

Professionalizing the Cadres: Driving Accountability and Standardization across Gurdwaras ................ 62

Building Projects: Power, Expansion, and Routinization of the New Norms ........................................... 70

Competing Ideas of Building Projects: Objecting to SGPC’s Narrative ................................................... 83

Chapter Three: Discovering Our Roots—Performance, Pilgrimage, and Locating Histories ............. 91

Explorations: Discovering Our Roots ....................................................................................................... 98

Building Gurdwaras: Recovery, Repair, and Signs ................................................................................. 110

Disciplining Practices and Bodies through Pilgrimages ......................................................................... 115

Chapter Four: Resisting Desecration: Preserving Bungas as Symbol or Material.............................. 121

Claiming Authority: Thinking Through and with the Past ...................................................................... 130

Inheriting the Bunga: Private Property or Waqf Land?........................................................................... 136

Moral Claims and Sikh Representatives ................................................................................................. 143

Bungas as Heritage: Contesting Visions of the Sikh Past ....................................................................... 150

Chapter Five: “To Serve with Honour”: Deras and the Practice of Kar Seva in the Twentieth

Century ....................................................................................................................................................... 159

Sants traditions and Deras ....................................................................................................................... 162

Page 9: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

viii

Deras’ Influence on Kar Sevas: The Continuation of Traditions in the Twentieth Century ................... 171

New Riches: Gold Plating the Dome at the Golden Temple ................................................................... 190

Chapter Six: Layered Authority: SGPC and its Impact on the Management of the Golden Temple

Complex ...................................................................................................................................................... 196

BIBLIOGRAPHY ..................................................................................................................................... 203

Archives .................................................................................................................................................. 203

Published Primary Sources ..................................................................................................................... 203

Manuscripts ............................................................................................................................................. 206

Dissertations ............................................................................................................................................ 206

Legal Cases ............................................................................................................................................. 206

Private Papers .......................................................................................................................................... 206

Newspapers and Periodicals .................................................................................................................... 207

Interviews and Conversations ................................................................................................................. 207

Secondary Sources .................................................................................................................................. 207

Page 10: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

ix

List of Figures

Figure 1: View of the Golden Temple and surrounding buildings, c. 1855–60 ©

Government Museum and Art Gallery, Chandigarh (acc. No. 3958) ................................ xv

Figure 2: The Golden Temple, Umritsar, 1864. Albumen print, Samuel Bourne © The

British Library Board (Photo 222/ (47)) ........................................................................... xvi

Figure 3: Aerial View of the Golden Temple (2012)...................................................... xvii Figure 4: The Golden Temple and its surroundings in 1930s–40s .................................... 30 Figure 5: Historic Jhanda (Flag) Bunga ............................................................................. 31 Figure 6: Walking Past the Jhanda Bunga (1930s) ............................................................ 32

Figure 7: “Hindu Priest of Guru in the Golden Temple reading from his Sacred Book,

Guru Granth Sahib,” 1903, Glass Lantern Slide, James Ricalton, New York State

Archive, A0345, printed in Amardeep Mandra’s The Golden Temple of Amritsar:

Reflections of the Past (1808–1959) .................................................................................. 55 Figure 8: “The Pavement, Amritsar,” December 1905, H.E. Prevost Battersby, printed in

Amandeep Mandra, The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past (1808–1959)

............................................................................................................................................ 55

Figure 9: Hawkers selling their wares in the Golden Temple Complex c. 1920, courtesy,

Punjab Digital Library ....................................................................................................... 56

Figure 10: Street leading to Golden Temple in Amritsar, c. 1857-58. Felice Beato, printed

in Amandeep Madra & Parmjit Singh, ed., The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections

of the Past (1808-1959) Kashi House, 2014. ..................................................................... 58 Figure 11: Passageways in the Golden Temple Outer Boundary © Amarjeet Singh,

Amritsar. ............................................................................................................................ 59

Figure 12: Udasis and Ascetics Meditating at the Amrit Sarovar in the Golden Temple

Complex, courtesy Punjab Digital Library ........................................................................ 63 Figure 13: Marble Memorials in the Golden Temple Complex, taken during field work in

2013 .................................................................................................................................... 78

Figure 14: New Structure of Gurdwara Dukh Bhajani Beri in 2014 ................................. 86 Figure 15: New Building of the Gurdwara Bandi Chorr (2012) ...................................... 113

Figure 16: Painting of the tank of Amritsarji founded by Guru Ram Das Sahib, c. 1855-60

courtesy Maharaja Ranjit Singh Museum, Amritsar (acc. No. 7) .................................... 121 Figure 17: “The Holy Tank and Temple of Hari Mandir at Amritsar”, 1853, © Amandeep

Singh Mandra and Parmjit Singh, The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the

Past (1808-1959). ............................................................................................................. 122

Figure 18: First Kar Seva in 1923 .................................................................................... 174 Figure 19: Kar Seva 1923 © Illustrated Weekly of London ............................................ 175 Figure 20: Basheshar Nath Chopra, “Where Mud is Sacred: Strange Rites at an Islanded

Sikh Shrine,” Illustrated London News, 15 September 1923 .......................................... 176

Page 11: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

x

Figure 21: Guru ka Langar © Gurveen Khurana ............................................................. 184

Figure 22: Guru Ram Das Sarai built in the 1930s © Pratap Singh ‘Giani’: Sifti da Ghar

.......................................................................................................................................... 185 Figure 23: Galliara Project around the Golden Temple Complex ................................... 200 Figure 24: Galliara Project Overview .............................................................................. 200

Page 12: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xi

GLOSSARY

Adi Granth Literally “the first book”. Early compilation of Sikh scriptures

by Guru Arjan, the fifth Sikh Guru, in 1604.

Akal Takhat Literally “eternal throne.” The pre-eminent of the five seats of

Sikh temporal authority. Power exercised by Akal Takhat’s

Jathedar is not shared by the other four Takhats. The actual

building is in the Golden Temple (Harimandir Sahib) complex

of Amritsar, facing the Harimandir Sahib, and was constructed

under the direction of Guru Hargobind, the sixth Guru.

Amrit Sarovar Sacred water tank.

Amrit Literally “nectar.” It is composed of water and sugar and is

stirred with a double-edged sword while prayers are spoken.

Initiation into Sikhism involves drinking Amrit. Can also refer,

more generally, to the ambrosia of God’s name.

Amritdhari Baptised Sikhs, who have vowed to be Khalsa Sikhs.

Ardas Sikh culmination prayers.

Ath Sath Teerath Place of nirvana, with iconic 88 steps leading to spiritual

liberation.

Bunga Literally “rest houses.” These were institutions of learning that

were built up around the Golden Temple.

Darshan The act of being present with the Guru.

Dera Both a monastery and a place for the exposition of dharma.

Deras are homes of spiritual leaders, and encampments are built

around these in some cases.

Dhadi Martial singing tradition, associated with Guru Gobind Singh’s

time.

Dukh bhajini Breaker of sorrows.

Gatka The Sikh martial art form.

Giani Someone learned in the Sikh religion. Often leads the

congregation in prayers, such as Ardas, or in singing kirtan.

Page 13: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xii

Golden Temple A gurdwara of historical, spiritual, and emotional significance

to Sikhs, called Harimandir Sahib in Punjabi. It was first

conceived of by Guru Amar Das (the third Guru), although

construction did not begin until Guru Ram Das (the fourth

Guru) became the Guru. Maharaja Ranjit Singh had the

structure plated with gold in the early nineteenth century. In

1604, the Adi Granth, which had recently been compiled, was

housed here. It was attacked by the Indian army in June 1984 as

Sikh militants took shelter there.

Granth A scriptural text.

Granthi A ceremonial reader of the Guru Granth Sahib. Duties include

arranging daily religious services, reading from the Sikh

scripture, maintaining the gurdwara premises, and teaching and

advising community members. A granthi is not equivalent to a

minister as there are no such religious intermediaries in the

Sikh religious tradition.

Gurbani The revealed wisdom of the Sikh Gurus in their own words,

found in the Guru Granth Sahib. The devotional songs of the

Gurus.

Gurdwara Literally “Home of the Guru.” Any building or room dedicated

to housing the devotional songs of the Guru for the purpose of

spiritual practice; a Khalsa training institution, open to anyone.

Provides communication, food, and shelter to travelers and the

needy.

Gurmatta Consensus of Sikh community.

Gurubani Verses of the Guru.

Janamsakhi Hagiographies of the Gurus.

Jathedar A leader of Sikh volunteers. Also refers to the appointed leader

of one of the five Sikh takhats.

Kar Seva Collective seva or service of the community.

Karah prashad Sweet offerings served at the gurdwaras as Guru’s blessings.

Khalsa Sikh followers who believe in the ten Gurus, beginning from

Guru Nanak to Guru Gobind Singh and no other Living Guru

other than these Gurus. Khalsa Sikhs also believe in the Adi

Granth as the last Living Guru and wear five symbols of

Khalsa, known as the 5 Ks.

Langar Free community kitchen. The devotional meal eaten by the

congregation as part of the religious service. Langar is free and

open to all, regardless of religious background. It is an

illustration of putting into practice the Sikh belief in the

Page 14: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xiii

equality of all humanity, and the rejection of the Hindu caste

system, which forbade people of different castes from eating

together.

Morcha Literally “to march.” In this dissertation, it implies a peaceful

protest by marching.

Naam Simran Remembering God’s name through meditation. This is a

seminal form of worship for Sikhs. The continual remembrance

of Naam.

Naam Name. The divine name of God.

Nirmala Literally “one without blemish,” a traditional Sikh order of

scholar saints.

Nishan Sahib Symbolic pole wrapped in saffron cloth placed in gurdwaras.

Nishkam Without desire.

Panj Piare “Five beloved ones”—five Amritdhari Sikhs. Often refers to

the first five initiated Sikhs, during the Vaisakhi celebrations of

1699, who volunteered to give up their lives as a sign of their

faith and love for their Guru. Currently, panj piare are

necessary to perform baptisms, make important corporate

decisions, and officiate over special occasions.

Panth Literally “the Guru’s path or way.” Largely it means the Sikh

community.

Pir Sufi master.

Pothi Scriptures or manuscript with religious texts.

Prachar Exegesis of scriptures.

Rababi Musician with a specific instrument called Rabab.

Representative of Guru Nanak’s musical tradition.

Ragi A musician who is trained in performing kirtan.

Rahit Maryada Code of Conduct according to Khalsa Sikhs.

Samparadaya/

Samparda

Order, or a traditional school.

Sangat Literally “community.” A Sikh congregation. Believed to be an

essential aspect of living a spiritual and God-centred life. Also

called Sadh Sangat, “holy congregation.”

Sant Sipahi Literally “saint-soldiers.” Guru Hargobind decreed that Sikhs

should be both devout followers of the teachings of the Gurus,

while being prepared to take up arms for self-defence and

defence of the oppressed.

Page 15: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xiv

Sant Holy man/ Living Guru. A spiritually realized Sikh, often

living as virakat.

Seva Community service. A central aspect of Sikh theology, it is

selfless service, which is believed to bring one closer to God.

Sevadar Professional worker at the gurdwara.

Sevapanthi One who takes the path of service. There is a traditional

sampradaya called the Sevapanthis that was first formed in the

seventeenth century.

Shabad Literally “word.” A sacred Sikh hymn from the Sikh scriptures.

Shiromani Gurdwara

Parbandhak

Committee (SGPC)

Established in 1920, this elected governance committee,

located in Amritsar, is responsible for the administration of

gurdwaras in Punjab, Haryana, and Himachal Pradesh.

Shivling Lord Shiva’s symbolic presence. Lord Shiva is a popular Hindu

deity.

Sikh Literally “student, disciple.” According to the Sikh Rehat

Maryada, a Sikh is someone who believes in God, the ten Sikh

Gurus, in the Guru Granth Sahib, in the importance of

the Khalsa initiation, and in no other religion.

Singh Literally “lion.” The name given to all male Sikhs.

Takhat Literally “throne.” One of five centres of Sikh secular

authority.

Tat Khalsa Orthodox Sikhs also known as the Singh Sabha reformers.

Udasi Detachment, one of the four traditional Sikh sampradaya.

Yatra Travels, particularly religious pilgrimages.

Page 16: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xv

Figure 1: View of the Golden Temple and surrounding buildings, c. 1855–60 © Government

Museum and Art Gallery, Chandigarh (acc. No. 3958)

This painting of the Golden Temple dates from the nineteenth century and gives us a

holistic view of the complex before many changes were made in the twentieth century.

For example, it shows the bungas (rest houses) along the perimeter, and there is no

Victorian Clock Tower yet, so the painting must have been made before the 1860s.

Page 17: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xvi

Figure 2: The Golden Temple, Umritsar, 1864. Albumen print, Samuel Bourne © The British

Library Board (Photo 222/ (47))

In this picture, we see a sanctified image of the Golden Temple, as seen from the lens of

an orientalist, Samuel Bourne, depicting the other-worldliness of this space. To be noted

are the original towers next to the Ramgarhia Bunga, which were rebuilt after 1984 as

they were destroyed during the army attack.

Page 18: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xvii

Figure 3: Aerial View of the Golden Temple (2012)

In contrast to the earlier painting, this aerial view of the Golden Temple that is easily

available for purchase in Amritsar’s shops shows the differences in the complex’s

structure. The bungas have been razed and a uniform-built structure stands in its place.

The parikrama has been widened and the Ramgarhia towers have been rebuilt after the

1984 attack on the Golden Temple, when these towers were destroyed by the tanks

brought in by the Indian Army.

Page 19: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xviii

ABSTRACT

This dissertation focuses on the Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee (SGPC), the

democratically elected religious body amongst the Sikh community since its formation in

1920 to the end of the twentieth century. The study begins by examining the ways in

which the SGPC created its dominant practices and structured its organization based on

Singh Sabha (religious reformist body 1885-1919) legacy but goes on to show how this

“democratically” elected management body had to work hard to influence Sikhs within

and beyond the Punjab over the twentieth century despite its lineage to the Singh Sabha.

Scholars have viewed the SGPC as wielding influence and being a centralized body with

a lot of power over the Sikh community globally, yet this dissertation shows that the

SGPC has never had unanimous support and has layered authority which is decentralized

and fragemented. By layered authority, this dissertation alludes to the multiples layers of

authority associated with Sikh religion, which resides in living Gurus and babas

(condemned by the Khalsa Sikhs and the SGPC), different scriptural exegises of the Adi

Granth and caste groups as well as regional groups amongst the Sikhs. The SGPC counts

on these different sources of authority to weild its influence on the community. For

instance, the SGPC organizes kar sevas (a specific type of voluntary community work)

and invites sants and their deras (centres of influence including their followers) to lead

these activities, usually including the building and rebuilding of gurdwaras. These sants

and their deras are not new organizations but have been in existence since the pre-colonial

Page 20: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

xix

period, hence highlighting the continuing traditions and legacies of pre-colonial practices

as opposed to the SGPC’s claims of reformed and uniform Khalsa Sikh practices. There

consistent involvement in the kar sevas highlights the layered nature of the SGPC, which

needs to be supported by pre-colonial traditions to influence the larger Sikh community.

The SGPC initially forbade deras but eventually incorporated them into its own structure.

This incorporation was a ploy to gain legitimacy amongst wider Sikh followers but also

impacted SGPC’s practices, which watered down the initial drives to sanitize and

institutionalize Sikh religion. The efforts of the SGPC, moreover, never went

uncontested. In other words, a diversity of Sikh traditions and practices continues, even

after the formation and the subsequent ascendance of the SGPC.

Page 21: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

1

Chapter One: Introduction

On July 11, 2014, a small body of Sikhs met and formed the Haryana Sikh Gurdwara

Prabandhak Committee (HSGPC) that would manage historic gurdwaras (Sikh temples)

in Haryana and would constitute a separate and independent body from the Shiromani

Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee (SGPC). The latter was not pleased as it showed rifts

within the SGPC leadership and regional plays for influence and power that had been

seething for a long time but were not aired or even acknowledged publicly. The SGPC

formed in the 1920 during the Gurdwara Reform Movement has aspired to manage

gurdwaras all over India since its early forming years. This declaration of independence

by the HSGPC from the SGPC led to near physical confrontations between the members

of the two groups in gurdwaras all over Haryana, with members of the HSGPC

“occupying” gurdwaras and refusing to leave until the state government of Haryana

accepted their demands.1 The state, as a result of increasing tension, enacted a Haryana

1 Yogensh Snehi, “Vicissitudes of Gurdwara Politics”, in Economic Political Weekly, Volume XLIX,

No. 34, (August 23, 2014), http://www.epw.in/reports-states/vicissitudes-gurdwara-politics.html and T.K.

Rajalakshmi, “Sikhs vs Sikhs”, Frontline, (August 22, 2014), https://www.frontline.in/the-nation/sikhs-vs-

sikhs/article6279895.ece, R. Sedhuraman, “Haryana gurdwaras: SC orders status quo”, The Tribune

(Chandigarh, 8 August 2014), available at http://www.tribuneindia.com/2014/20140808/main1.htm

accessed on 21 August 2018.

Page 22: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

2

Sikh Gurdwara Act 2014, which allowed the creation of a new body of management for

Haryana gurdwaras exclusively. The creation of the Haryana Sikh Gurdwara Act of 2014

led to further conflict and SGPC members in turn refused to vacate their positions of

management in Haryana, resulting in a stand-off between the incumbents and the newly

appointed managers of the gurdwaras in Haryana. Not only was the SGPC’s power being

fragmented but it was incurring a loss of territory and funds received from these

gurdwaras.

This recent incident sheds light on several issues discussed in this dissertation.

One, the study of the organizational structure of the SGPC, which is physically situated in

Amritsar—its headquarters, but wields influence over the historic gurdwaras directly in

the regions of Haryana and the Himachal Pradesh and indirectly on gurdwaras across

India and globally. Second, the tactics and methods applied by the SGPC to wield this

influence over the gurdwaras and the communities associated with these gurdwaras. For

example, the “occupation” of gurdwaras in Haryana by the Sikh leaders is an old Akali

tactic that was predominantly used during the Gurdwara Reform Movement and

eventually led to the successful creation of the SGPC through a Sikh Gurdwara Act in

1925. Following the tactics applied by the SGPC, this dissertation traces the

institutionalization of Sikh practices and authority in the space of the gurdwara. And

finally, by placing the subject of this study in the very space of the gurdwara, this

dissertation moves the subject of reformed and sanitized Sikh practices away from

discourse to a layered and nuanced embodiment of Sikh institutional religious practices

amongst the wider Sikh community.

Page 23: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

3

The SGPC came into existence in opposition to the precolonial gurdwara

management system in place, wherein traditional mahants (chief priest/head of temple)

presided over and managed gurdwaras, since late seventeenth century. Gurdwara

management had undergone significant changes within the precolonial period, especially

under Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign of 1799-1839 and continued under colonial rule when

new structures and systems were put in place to manage gurdwaras in the Punjab,

particularly historic gurdwaras that tended to receive larger number of visitors.2 These

systems trickled down to smaller gurdwaras across the region. The SGPC inherited the

management system laid down in a document known as Dastur al-’ Amal. Dastur al-’Amal

literally means a revenue or administrative guide book and was created to stabilize the

management of gurdwaras in the Punjab in 1859 under the orders of the British officials.

There seems to have been some anxiety related to the religious management of the

gurdwaras and the more mundane and administrative management of the gurdwaras. Dastur

al’-amal laid out clearly the responsibilities of each functionary in the gurdwara and how it

was to be managed, including which resources were available for which particular works.

Sardar Sodhi Hazara Singh, writing in 1938 says that the motivation behind this document

was for the British officials to gain better footing in the gurdwara management, for there

were concerns that the gurdwaras could potentially become breeding grounds for dissent.3

Ian J. Kerr on the other hand suggests that the document was a way for the British to

extricate themselves from the management of the gurdwaras, which after the 1857 rebellion

2 Ganda Singh (ed.), Dastur al-amal, (1883); Ian J. Kerr, "The British and the Administration of the Golden

Temple in 1859," Panjab Past and Present, Vol 10 (1976); Madanjit Kaur, Golden temple: Past and

Present, (GNDU, 1983); Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Sikh Past: History and Representation

in Sikh Tradition, (OUP, 2012). 3 Sohi Hazara Singh, A History and Guide to the Golden Temple, Amritsar to the Golden Temple, Amritsar,

(1938)

Page 24: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

4

was to be avoided at all costs.4 Notwithstanding the intentions of the British officials, the

document is detailed and provides clear guidelines, which informed SGPC’s practices as

well. For instance:

1. Guru Ram Das was the sole undisputed owner of these Gurdwaras.

Everyone was equally entitled to serve him. The Pujaris in service were to

work on fixed daily allowances according to their duties, as heretofore. 2.

The Granthis and Pujaris could pass on their shares to their progeny or

Chelas as they wished. 3. In addition to these allowances from the Golden

Temple Treasury, they were also permitted to receive personal gifts from

the visitors as well… 6. The manager was not to interfere in the questions

relating to religion; he was to look after the character and conduct of the

people in the temple, to supervise the payments made in his presence, to see

that all works was carried out peacefully… The government would appoint

the managers.5

The SGPC leadership fiercely contested some of these practices laid out in the

document. For example, point 2, wherein Granthis could leave their progeny their jobs,

any resources gathered and any “personal gifts” from the visitors. The leadership

informed by the Singh Sabha period of Sikh reforms in the late nineteenth century saw all

resources and gifts as belonging to the gurdwara only and not to any individuals. This

was, in fact one of the key reasons that the SGPC was formed, to manage the resources of

the gurdwara in a transparent way. In other words, the SGPC leadership inherited a

structure for gurdwara management, but they reformed it to suit their own agendas and

policies of Sikh practices in the gurdwaras, which were deeply influenced by the Singh

Sabha reforms and reformers.

4 Ian J. Kerr, “British Relationships with the Golden Temple, 1849-90”, Indian Ecoomic Social History

Review, 21, 2 (1984), pp. 139-151. 5 Sodhi Hazara Singh, Ibid., p. 108-110.

Page 25: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

5

Although the SGPC remains a powerful body and wields a lot of influence amongst

the Sikh community, both in India and outside, there remain significant tensions and

fissures, evident from the bid for independence of the Haryana SGPC. This dissertation

focuses on the SGPC from its formation in 1920 and highlights the kinds of challenges it

has faced and how it has evolved from its original structure and functioning to attaining a

certain degree of authority. I begin by examining the dominant practices authorized by the

SGPC and go on to show how this democratically elected management body had to work

hard to gain influence over Sikhs within and beyond the Punjab.

The SGPC has never had unanimous support and has had to build this influence

through different strategies. These strategies included, for example, organizing

pilgrimages, doing kar sevas (a specific type of voluntary community work) and

expanding the gurdwaras’ perimeter by way of breaking down centuries-old bungas (rest

houses). The SGPC attempted to sanitize Sikhism, an agenda it inherited from the Singh

Sabha movement, but such an exercise was never complete. There are ten living Gurus

according to Sikh religion. It is believed that the Guruship was challenged by several

heretical leaders, mostly the sons or brothers of the presiding Guru, when this “light” and

“learning” was passed to the next Guru. For example, the fourth Guru’s son, Prithi Chand

challenged the Guruship of the fifth Guru and his brother, Arjan and claimed his own

Guruship. These “false” Gurus have been marked as minas (liars) in Sikh tradition and

been left out in the canonized traditions of Sikhism. After the tenth Guru passed, he

proclaimed that there will be no more human Gurus and the Guruship passed to the sacred

scriptures, which was now understood to embody human elements. Despite canonizing

the Sikh Gurus and the Adi Granth (sacred scripture which is thought to be a living being

Page 26: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

6

by the Khalsa Sikhs) as the spiritual heads of the Sikh faith, several Living Gurus

continued to have a large following among the Sikh community. Moreover, the efforts of

the SGPC never went uncontested.

In other words, a diversity of Sikh traditions and practices continue, even after the

formation and the subsequent rise of the SGPC. The dilemma of the SGPC, as this

dissertation argues, was precisely this that even as the SGPC extended its control over the

Sikh community through the management of the gurdwaras, it was neither able to stamp

out existing rival traditions nor able to prevent the emergence of new opposition. On the

contrary, the SGPC acquired the legitimacy and authority by incorporating and sanitizing

some of the continuing traditions that could not be overcome, for example the tradition of

sants and their deras. This dissertation calls this the “layered” authority of the SGPC.

Following Tony Ballantyne, this dissertation suggests that alternative visions of Sikhness

could not be stifled or done away with, and no one way of being Sikh predominated

despite the many attempts made by Sikh reformers in the decades preceding the SGPC’s

formation. Multiple identities continued to exist and be articulated that interacted and

intermingled with issues of caste and region.6 This dissertation focuses on the SGPC from

early 1920s to early 2000s and follows the different tactics deployed by the management

body to resist challenges and survive as the predominant Sikh representative body.

The Origins of the SGPC

The SGPC came into existence in response to the Gurdwara Reform Movement from

1920 to 1925 and attended to the immediate issue of gurdwara ownership and

6 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Fomrations in an Imperial World,

(Duke University Press, 2006), 166–7.

Page 27: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

7

management. Following the earlier successes of Singh Sabha – a Sikh religious reformist

body that had sanitized Sikh thoughts and institutions theoretically – the SGPC now took

on the task to sanitize the practices in the gurdwara and challenged traditional

individuals’ ownership of gurdwaras and argued that only the community could own

gurdwara properties.7 Singh Sabha reformers preceding the SGPC focused on reforming

Sikh practices, rituals, internal caste issues, education and the upkeep of gurdwara

properties.8

Some scholars argue that the Singh Sabha reformers “constructed religious

boundaries” in a landscape where religious identities and practices were fluid.9 Some

scholars have even suggested that there was no Sikhism or Sikh identity before colonial

rule or the reformist movement and that the British played a central role in creating an

“orthodox” identity.10 More recently scholars like Arvind Mandair, Purnima Dhavan and

Anne Murphy have argued that there was a strong pre-colonial Sikh identity but it was

not manifest in the same ways as it came to be seen and practiced under colonial rule.11

All these works broadly look at the scale of changes brought on by the advent of colonial

rule, to understand how colonial forms of knowledge and information gathering impacted

socio-religious associations and practices. Tony Ballantyne states that we need to

7 Tan Tai Yong, “Assuaging the Sikhs: Government Responses to the Akali Movement, 1920–1925”

Modern Asian Studies, Issue 29, No. 3, (1995), pp. 655–703. 8 N.G. Barrier, The Sikhs and their Literature, (Delhi, Manohar Book Service, 1970); Anshu Malhotra,

Gender, Caste, and Religious Identities: Restructuring Class in Colonial Punjab, (OUP, 2004); Harjot

Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity and Diversity in the Sikh

Tradition, (University of Chicago Press, 1994); Pashaura Singh and Louis E. Fenech, Oxford

Handbook of Sikh Studies, (OUP, 2014). 9 Harjot Oberoi, ibid, (1994). 10 Richard Fox, Lions of the Punjab: Culture in the Making, (University of California Press, 1985). 11 Arvind Mandair, Specter of the West: Sikhism, India, Postcoloniality, and the Politics of Translation

(Columbia University Press: 2010); Purnima Dhavan, When Sparrows became Hawks: The Making of

the Sikh Warrior 1699-1799; (OUP, 2011); Anne Murphy, Materiality of the Sikh Past; (OUP, 2012)

Page 28: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

8

understand Sikh history and the reforms as a “complex interaction” between pre-colonial

and colonial milieu. Calling it a “point of recognition”, Ballantyne says that we need to

understand Sikh histories in broader terms that includes the experiences of travel,

diaspora connections and cultural assumptions.12 Following Ballantyne, this dissertation

seeks to understand the organizational structure of the SGPC and its policies, organized

events and subsumption of competitive ideas, in a broader context and wider webs of

interactions and connections. For instance, in chapter 5, the kar sevas performed by the

diasporic community is understood from the perspective of the sant traditions wherein the

practice and the tradition emerged. By seeing it in continuity, albeit significant

differences in resources, technology and public support, the cultural assumptions and

intentions of the activity become clearer and are an evolution in present context.

Another area that scholars have debated in the study of Singh Sabha reforms is the

areas that the reformers focused upon. For instance, some scholars suggest that the bulk

of the reformist work was in women’s reforms, wherein women’s bodies now became the

singular site upon which men’s honor and respect was transcribed.13 Other scholars had

highlighted the embodiment of the reformers’ focus on Sikh rituals and symbolic

practices that highlighted the differences between Khalsa ideology over Sanatan Sikhs.14

More specifically, Harjot Oberoi states that the Singh Sabha reformers focused their

energies on the “G-trinity” their tenure. 15 These were Guru (spiritual leader) of the Sikh

12 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Formations in an Imperial World,

(Duke University Press, 2006). 13 Tanika Sarkar, Hindu Wife Hindu Nation: Community, Religion, and Cultural Nationalism, (Hurst,

2001); Anshu Malhotra, Gender, Caste, and Religious Identities: Restructuring Class in Colonial

Punjab, (OUP, 2004); Mrinalini Sinha, Colonial Masculinity: The ‘manly Englishman’ and the

‘Effeminate Bengali’ in the late nineteenth century, (Manchester University Press, 1995). 14 N.G. Barrier, op cit. 15 Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity and Diversity in the Sikh

Tradition, (University of Chicago Press, 1994), p. 328.

Page 29: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

9

community, Granth (sacred scriptures) and the last living Guru for the community, and

the Gurdwara (Sikh temple) where the community congregated and created the Guru in

the sangat. Oberoi writes,

Despite great ambiguity and diversity in this process of religious

reaggregation, it is possible to provide a general account of religious

systematization under the Tat Khalsa. Three core doctrines—Guru, Granth and

Gurdwara (the three G’s)—became the foci of Tat Khalsa praxis. These three

G’s became in fact the litmus test of authentic Sikhism… An interdiction on

following living gurus was acceptable as a theological principle, but how were

people to cope with the woes of mundane life?... The Tat Khalsa solution to

this dilemma was simple and in line with an evolving theological principle:

the Adi Granth as a sacred repository containing the writings of the Sikh gurus

could perform all the functions not only of religious virtuosi but also of

exorcists, medical personnel and other rural healers. In human emergency a

person was now to turn to the Granth… From this point it was only a short

step to the reconstitution of Sikh sacred space, for if the Granth was such a

powerful device it could hardly be housed in any ordinary or (according to the

Tat Khalsa) polluted space. The centrality of the Sikh gurus and the unrivalled

status of the Granth had been intermittently mulled over in the pre-Singh

Sabha period, though it had never before been on the agenda of any reformers,

and perhaps this marked one of the most significant departures from existing

conventions”.16

The protestant ethic in this drive to sanitize and systematize religious practices,

beliefs and spaces is evident in Oberoi’s account of the reformist movement. Ballantyne

draws upon this precise intersection or shared assumptions of protestant ethic, when he

argues that Sikh reforms should be studied from a longer time, i.e. from 1850-1925 and

with wider milieu in mind, i.e. the writings of Europeans on Sikh practices and identity

coterminous with the Sikh writings on the colonial period as well as colonial officials.

Such a reading, Ballantyne states will allow us to fully appreciate the points of recognition

as well as a deeper understanding of how alliances were built. Drawing upon these studies

as a source on mid to late nineteenth century developments, this dissertation finds

continuities and changes in the SGPC leadership and the organizational makeup. The

16 Harjot Oberoi, ibid, pp. 317-320.

Page 30: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

10

SGPC leaders continued the Singh Sabha’s ideals of Sikh practice and thoughts, albeit in a

different historical context, i.e. post- First World War era, but how did these traditions and

institutions evolve in different historical contexts and what was their significance? By

placing the SGPC’s and the broader Sikh communities’ activities in the space of the

gurdwara, we can see the transformations in the SGPC over time.

More specifically SGPC’s origins in 1920 can be alluded to a combination of

events that necessitated the creation of a new leadership to represent political and

religious interests of the Sikh community. One immediate trigger was the events

surrounding the massacre of peacefully-protesting civilians by the British at Jallianwala

Bagh, which was situated less than 50 meters from the Golden Temple gurdwara in

Amritsar. The Jallianwala Bagh massacre was a devastating blow to the Sikh community,

and the reaction of the gurdwara managers to this event created a furor. The events were

as follows. On 13th April 1919, a large, unarmed congregation had gathered at Jallianwala

Bagh to protest a recently-passed colonial legislation, the Rowlatt Act. This Act extended

indefinitely the emergency measures adopted during the First World War against

revolutionaries, allowing colonial officials to detain Indian subjects for an indefinite

period without trial. The congregation gathered at the Jallianwala Bagh on the day of the

spring festival of Baisakhi were trapped inside the park, which was enclosed by high

walls and had only one exit. General Dyer, blocking that exit, ordered his troops to fire

upon the crowd, resulting in the loss of countless lives.17 The events of 13th April 1919 at

Jallianwala Bagh became a turning point in the history of the national movement in India,

17 Official sources claimed 379 dead and 1100 wounded while the Indian National Congress estimated 1500

wounded and 1000 dead. Savita Narain, The historiography of the Jallianwala Bagh massacre, 1919;

(New Delhi: Spantech and Lancer, 1998)

Page 31: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

11

with an almost universal condemnation of General Dyer’s actions by political and

religious leaders of all stripes. Yet, shortly after the massacre, the mahants and the official

clergy at the Golden Temple in Amritsar conferred the highest respect upon Colonel Dyer

at the Golden Temple by placing a siropa (honorary scarf) on him.18 This enraged the

Sikh community and led to widespread demands for the removal of mahants from

gurdwaras and became a symbolic moment of the waywardness of the mahants.19

Another sphere of activity leading to the emergence of SGPC leadership was the

mounting tensions in the space of the gurdwaras in Punjab and in Delhi. The Rikabganj

affair in Delhi began way back in 1911, when Delhi became the new capital under British

India. Shifting the state apparatus from Calcutta to Delhi meant an increase in the demand

for colonial offices and an area was identified for this purpose – what came to be known

as Lutyen’s Delhi. Gurdwara Rikabganj, a historic gurdwara built in the memory of the

ninth Guru’s martyrdom, happened to be in this area and was identified as a desirable

space for building the new seat of the government by the city planners. A wall on the

southern end of the Gurdwara Rikabganj was razed at the orders of the District

Commissioner. This demolition was a threat to Sikh gurdwaras and Sikhs mobilized to

seek justice under the leadership of Sardul Singh Caveeshar, a well-known Singh Sabha

reformer.20

18 Bipan Chandra etal, India's Struggle for Independence, (Viking 1988); Derek Sayer, "British Reaction to

the Amritsar Massacre 1919–1920", Past & Present, (May 1991), Issue 131, pp 130–164; Savita

Narain, The historiography of the Jallianwala Bagh massacre, 1919; (New Delhi: Spantech and

Lancer, 1998); Hugh Tinker, "India in the First World War and after”, Journal of Contemporary

History (Sage Publications, October 1968), Volume 3, No. 4. 19 Teja Singh, Gurdwara Reform Movement and the Sikh Awakening, (Desh Sevak Book Agency, 1922). 20 For more information, please see, Harjot Oberoi, “From Gurdwara Rikabganj to the Viceregal Palace: A

Study of Religious Protest”, The Panjab Past and Present, Vol. XIV, Issue I, (April, 1980), pp. 182-

198 and Mrinalini Rajagopalan, Building Histories: The Archival and Affective Lives of Monuments in

Modern Delhi, (University of Chicago Press, 2016).

Page 32: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

12

While the movement was called off in 1914, as recommended by the leaders of

the Chief Khalsa Diwan (CKD was founded in 1902 and was a group of Sikh leaders who

represented the Sikh community in issues of religion, political representation and

education and were largely pro-British), to support Britain in the First World War, the

movement resumed after the end of the war in 1918. The officials made a quick

compromise in 1918, to put an end to this long affair. However, a certain note had been

struck for the community vis-à-vis gurdwara management and preservation. The

recommendation by the CKD was questioned later and their loyalist stand was found to

be unacceptable by the community as a harder line of religious and political leadership

emerged and questioned CKD leaders.

The Rikabganj affair and the Akali movement differ in two significant ways. One,

the Rikabganj affair relied on print media as the principle means to inform and electrify

the masses. The Akali movement, under the leadership of the SGPC, primarily used

gurdwaras to gather a base and occupy them through non-violent methods. For example,

the Akalis gained popularity by organizing the kar seva (cleaning of the water tank) in the

Golden Temple in June 1923 (discussed in Chapter Five).

The second main difference between the Rikabganj affair and the Akali movement

was the socio-economic base of the supporters. While the Rikabganj affair remained

limited to upper-middle-class educated men, the Akali movement had a broader base

within Punjab. Although initially SGPC leadership was drawn from a primarily urban and

educated middle class, over the years there was a sustained change in the leadership’s

constituency to Jats and other agrarian communities. The Sikh Act of 1925 and the

elected nature of SGPC’s formation is one main reason for this diversity, which allowed

Page 33: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

13

different communities to elect their leaders as representatives for their concerns.

However, the SGPC continues to remain deeply stratified by caste with a clearly

articulated hierarchy in its organizational structure. As this dissertation will examine,

caste boundaries have never been eroded within the SGPC or the Sikh community at

large, but there are ways in which alliances are made between different caste groups to

create broader claims to power and authority (discussed in Chapter Five on deras).

The final push for gurdwara reforms happened in 1919 in an affair that came to be

known as the Babe-di-Ber affair in Sialkot. The mahant of this gurdwara gave his son the

gurdwara as part of his inheritance. While this was a common practice before, as allowed

by the Dastur al’-amal described above, the precedence set by the Singh Sabha reformers

and the post war context made such practices untenable. As a result, Sikhs in Sialkot

questioned the mahant’s family and protested in the popular press. These cases added up

and created the context for the formation of an Akali group that became the pool from

which the SGPC leadership first emerged.21

On 7th November 1921, the Akalis demanded the keys to the Golden Temple’s

treasury from the mahant. It was then discovered that the Deputy Commissioner had

secretly taken the keys from the mahant of the gurdwara preempting the Akali demand.

Seen as an attack on the Sikh community, this led to widespread protests by the Sikh

community as their representatives were not allowed to hold on to the keys to one of their

foremost institutions of worship.22 The outcome of the “Keys affair” led to the creation of

21 Mohinder Singh, The Akali Struggle: A Retrospect, (Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, 1988). 22 Mohinder Singh, The Akali Movement, (Manohar, 1978), Opinderjit Kaur Thakar, Sikh Identity: An

Exploration of Groups Among Sikhs, (Ashgate Publications, 2005) and Kashmir Singh, “Shiromani

Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee: An Overview”, ed. Pashaura Singh and Louise, E. Fenech, The

Page 34: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

14

a bigger representative body of the SGPC and laid the foundations for its organizational

structure. It was in response to the “Keys affair” at the Golden Temple in Amritsar, when

leaders of the Akali group called upon a general assembly of Sikhs in front of the Akal

Takhat to elect a management body for the gurdwara.23

The British officials tried still other means to stifle the Akali demand. They

preempted the making of a representative body and before an exclusive Akali committee

could be formed, some British officials with the aid of local nobility, like the Maharaja of

Patiala, Bhupinder Singh, created an advisory committee. This committee included Sikh

leaders who were respected by the community and held milder views on gurdwara

management and the role of the British therein. The leaders of this committee included

the likes of Sardar Sunder Singh Majithia, Sunder Singh Ramgarhia and Harbans Singh

Attari and so on, who were known for treading the middle path between the British

officials and hard lined Sikh reformers and leaders.

The committee created under the British officials’ auspices was not well received

by the Akalis, who then demanded the creation of a truer representative Sikh committee.

A committee of 175 members was thus created and was named the Shiromani Gurdwara

Prabandhak Committee or the SGPC. This newly formed committee also incorporated the

36-member committee that was formed earlier under British approval and

encouragement. A smaller body of 72 members was formed within the SGPC that was to

draft new rules and regulations for the administration of the Golden Temple in Amritsar.

Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, (OUP, 2014), pp. 328-338, Tan Tai Yong, The Garrison State:

Military, Government and Society in Colonial Punjab, (Sage Publications, 2005). 23 The Akal Takhat is considered to be the supreme seat of authority in Sikhism. Literally meaning seat of

authority, it was built by the sixth Guru, Hargobind in the seventeenth century.

Page 35: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

15

Scholars writing about the SGPC have seen it as a very powerful institution

because of its elected base and as a political body holding powers akin to the state. For

instance, Mohinder Singh writes:

Since its inception in 1920 the SGPC has been wielding tremendous power

and influence in the Sikh religious affairs. Called a ‘mini-parliament of the

Sikhs’ … an annual budget of nearly 12 crores of rupees, the SGPC provides a

unique model of management of religious places wherein the Sikh

democratically elect their supreme body to look after the management of the

historic Sikh shrines. 24

Yet, a reference to the original Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925 shows that the Shiromani

Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee was initially conceived as a federating institution, with

only a supervisory role over the local committees managing the Sikh shrines in exercise

of local autonomy. Originally, only two shrines were to be directly administered by the

SGPC namely Shri Akal Takhat Sahib, Amritsar, and Shri Takhat Keshgarh Sahib,

Anandpur Sahib. All other shrines, either clubbed together according to the city they were

in or individually, were to be administered by local committees. Similarly, the funds

available for the functioning of the SGPC were to be provided from one-tenth of the

savings of these committees. This situation, with the authority and the resources of a

popularly elected body being severely restricted, generated a desire for expansion,

originally jurisdictional and later functional as well. The committee, described by some as

the “parliament of the Sikhs”, with its executive committee, perceiving itself as the

“religious government,” pursued relentlessly the demand for extension of its direct

authority to cover as many gurdwaras as possible.25 With the amendment of the Sikh Act

24 Mohinder Singh, “Shiroman Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee: Its Origin and Development”, Studies in

Sikhism and Comparative Religion, Volume 5, No. 2, pp. 139-153, (1986). 25 Stanley Tambiah, Levelling Crowds: Ethnonationalist Conflicts and Collective Violence in South Asia,

(1997); Harish K. Puri, “Akali Politics: Emerging Compulsions,” Punjab Journal of Politics 5 (Jan.—

June 1981): 33–51; Harish K. Puri, “Religion and Politics in Punjab,” in Religion, State, and Politics

Page 36: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

16

in 1945, the local committee of the Golden Temple was abolished and the management of

the whole Golden Temple complex was transferred to direct control of the SGPC. From

then on, this process has continued so unrelentingly that under an ordinance issued by the

Governor of Punjab in November in 1986, even the gurdwaras with an annual income as

low as Rs. 25,000 (less than $2,000 U.S.) were transferred to the direct control of the

SGPC. Exercising direct control over hundreds of gurdwaras now within the present

Indian states of Punjab, Haryana and Himachal Pradesh, the SGPC has virtually

transformed them into its field operational centers. In addition to providing direct access

to the funds of all the gurdwaras, this arrangement also placed vast patronage in the hands

of the SGPC by way of recruiting the sevadars (all classes of professional service

providers, ranging from scripture readers to cleaners) in the gurdwaras, thereby giving it

the visible character of a state within a state.

The stakes involved in gurdwara management were always high, as these

institutions collected big donations and, more importantly, wielded significant influence

amongst the Sikh community. The jurisdiction of the newly formed gurdwara committee

in Haryana in 2014, for instance, included eight historic gurdwaras.26 The collections

from these gurdwaras alone were estimated at Rs. 200–300 crores annually, or US$28

million annually.27 The annual budget passed by the SGPC in 2017 was Rs. 1,100 crores,

which was to be spent on education, cultural affairs, religious festivals and events,

in India, ed. Moin Shakir, (1989); Gobinder Singh, Religion and Politics in the Punjab, 1986;

Kashmir Singh, Sikh Gurdwaras Legislation: All India Perspective, (1991). 26 Gurdwara Chhevin and Nauvin Paatshahi at Ghula Cheeka (Kaithal), Neem Sahib (Kaithal), Dasvin

Patshahi (Pehowa), Jheevan Heri (Yamunanagar), Banni Badarpur (Ladwa), and Dodi Sahib

(Taslempur). 27 T. K. Rajalakshmi, “Sikhs vs. Sikhs”, Frontline (August 22, 2014) https://frontline.thehindu.com/the-

nation/sikhs-vs-sikhs/article6279895.ece

Page 37: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

17

management of gurdwaras inside and outside India, and for the publicity bureau.28 The

SGPC had to work hard to gather this kind of influence and power amongst the Sikh

community.

The SGPC and its Leadership

The Akali group consisted of members with a wide spectrum of opinions and concerns,

ranging from nationalist leaders who were members of the Indian National Congress to

conservative religious reformers who pushed for independent Sikh representation rather

than a nationalist cause. The issue of gurdwara management was heating up in 1919–1920

and the Akali leaders reacted to this momentum by gathering support and popularity by

using print media, doing rounds of villages, and hosting popular events especially in

historic gurdwaras.29 Unlike other Sikh organizations like the Chief Khalsa Diwan, which

were now synonymous with a loyalist stance, the Akalis took a unique stand on the

management of the gurdwara affairs: they created an elected management body to

represent the Sikh community and its interests.

The SGPC continued to use print media to inform the masses on their views and

agendas for the management committee. Many of the leaders who had founded these

papers went on to influence the SGPC in significant ways. For example, Mohan Singh

Vaid, a popular Singh Sabha reformer, who founded the Dukh Nivaran and wrote

extensively about women’s education and methods of purifying religious ceremonies,

28 “SGPC passes Rs 1159 Cror Annual Budget”, Business Standard, (30 March, 2018)

https://www.business-standard.com/article/pti-stories/sgpc-passes-rs-1159-crore-annual-budget-

118033000766_1.html 29 Mohinder Singh, “Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee: Its Origin and Development,” Studies in

Sikhism and Comparative Religion 5, no. 2 (1986): 139–153.

Page 38: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

18

also influenced the SGPC. He went on to play an important part in the yatras (pilgrimage)

formation under the SGPC, as discussed in Chapter Three. He was also the Municipal

Commissioner of Tarn Taran, city close to Amritsar and known for the historic gurdwara,

Darbar Sahib, Tarn Taran. Mohan Singh Vaid is a well-known figure, known for his

contributions to the Singh Sabha movement and his extensive inputs to the women’s

reformist movement.30 He continued to be heavily involved in the SGPC’s activities,

although in an unofficial capacity.

Another leader, Sunder Singh Lyallpuri, who founded the Hindustan Times in 1924

is also known as the founder of the Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD is the political wing of the

SGPC and was founded in 1920) in the Punjab.31 While Lyallpuri was heavily involved in

the Akali movement, he was also inspired by the larger nationalist movement and

Gandhian tactics of non-cooperation and “occupying” spaces as a form of passive

resistance. Lyallpuri belonged to the other end of the spectrum from Mohan Singh Vaid

in terms of their objectives set out for the Akali movement. Other leaders in charge of the

Hindustan Times paper were Sardar Mangal Singh Gill (Tesildar) and Sardar Chanchal

Singh (Jandiala, Jalandhar), both were influential leaders amongst the Sikh community

and played an important role in the early formative years of the SGPC, where the agenda

was clearly to manage gurdwaras all over India through a new and transparent

management body. Close associations of the Akali leaders were Madan Mohan

Malviya and K.S. Panikkar, who was also the first editor of the Hindutan Times. Madan

30 Anshu Malhotra, Gender, Caste, and Religious Identities: Restructuring Class in Colonial Punjab, (OUP,

2004). 31 S. Sohan Singh Josh, Akali Morchian Da Itihaas (Aarsi Publications, 1977); S. Sohan Singh Josh,

“Shiromani Committee da Janam te Isde Pradhan”, Qaumi Ekta, (June 1975), S. Sohan Singh Josh,

Akali Lehir da Sanchalak, Master Sunder Singh Lyallpuri, (S Kirpal Singh publishers, 1980).

Page 39: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

19

Mohan Malviya and K.S. Pannikar’s involvement with the paper in its formative years

had a lasting impact on the Akalis’ methods of protesting and connected the movement to

the larger national cause.

Sardar Sunder Singh Lyallpuri, along with Sardar Sardul Singh Caveeshur and

Sardar Teja Singh Samundri, also played a significant role in the Rikabganj affair. Sunder

Singh Lyallpuri wrote extensively on the matter in The Akali, a Punjabi daily that

influenced colonial officials in making a quick compromise in 1919–1920 regarding the

Gurdwara Rikabganj affair.32 Mangal Singh Gill, then the editor of the newspaper, wrote

to the Chief Commissioner of Delhi. He says, “On our part we make bold to emphatically

remind the government that the Sikhs would no longer tolerate any kind of interference

whatsoever in the religious temples on the part of the government.”33 The leaders of the

Rikabganj affair later influenced the creation of the Akali group and the Akali movement.

Even during the Rikabganj affairs movement, print media was very important in

influencing public opinions and was a singular channel to mobilize the Sikh community.

SGPC’s leadership, in other words, was not a uniform body. There were different

ideas, agendas and commitments amongst the leadership and this is evident in the

decisions made by the SGPC.

Dominant Narratives in Historiography

The structure of the SGPC, along with its functionality and organizational

composition, are distinctive in comparison with other religious management groups in

32 S. Kirpal Singh, Akali Lehir Da Sanchalik, Master Sunder Singh Lyallpuri, (S Kirpal Singh publishers

1972). 33 Quoted in Harjot Oberoi, “From Gurdwara Rikabganj to the Viceregal Palace.”

Page 40: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

20

South Asia and beyond. The SGPC emerged in a milieu of socio-religious reform

movements in South Asia (late nineteenth and early twentieth century), a theme that has

received substantial scholarly attention. The issue of religious politics and its legitimacy

has been debated since the Partition of India and Pakistan in numerous forms, chiefly

around debates of communalism, secularism, and separatism/religious nationalism.34

While this dissertation is informed by frameworks of communal identities and discourse,

secularism and its ambiguity in South Asia and separatist/ religious nationalist

movements in South Asia, it contributes specifically to the continuities and changes in the

SGPC’s organizational structure and functions. More recently, scholars like Giorgio

Shani, Gurharpal Singh and Tony Ballantyne have suggested that studies on the Sikh past

are essentially “community-centric” and “internalist” and are not informed by wider

contexts, events or connections with the outside world.35 They suggest either taking a

broader theoretical understanding of terms like “nationalism” to understand Sikh

nationalism in the case of Shani, or broadening the scope of Sikh history in terms of time

and space, i.e. to study Sikh events in longer duration than popularly accepted timeframes

of Singh Sabha movement ranging from 1880-1920 and wider spatial networks between

India and Britain. This dissertation closely follows Balantyne’s suggestion of broadening

the historical scope of study as well as spatial networks but differs in one significant way.

34 Sarjit Singh Bal, Political Parties and Growth of Communalism in Punjab, 1920-47 (Chandigarh, India:

Centre for Research in Rural and Industrial Development, 1989); K. N. Panikkar, Communalism in

India: History, Politics and Culture (South Asia Books, 1991); Gopal Singh, Punjab Today (Delhi:

South Asian Publishers, 1987); T. N. Madan, Modern Myths, Locked Minds: Secularism and

Fundamentalism in India (Oxford University Press, 1997); Amalendu De, Religious Fundamentalism

and Secularism in India (Calcutta, 1996); Peter van der Veer, Religious Nationalism: Hindus and

Muslims in India (University of California Press, 1994); Shabnum Tejani, Indian Secularism: A Social

and Intellectual History, 1890-1950 (Indian University Press, 2008); Anuradha Dingwaney Needham

and Rajeswari Sunder Rajan, ed., The Crisis of Secularism in India (Duke University Press, 2007). 35 Giorgio Shani and Gurharpal Singh, “Rethinking Sikh Nationalism in the Twenty-First Century”, Sikh

Formations, 11:3 (2015), pp. 271-282; Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh

Cultural Formations in an Imperial World, (Duke University Press, 2006).

Page 41: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

21

This dissertation also limits the study to the Golden Temple, although it moves to other

gurdwaras as a theme demands further exploration. The study is limited to the study of

one Sikh gurdwara to fully excavate the instances in which the SGPC acted or reacted in a

particular way and left a significant mark on its own structure.

The Akali movement and the SGPC have been the subject of many works that can

be largely categorized into three groups. The first considers the question of whether the

SGPC is inherently political. Prime examples of this scholarship are Gobinder Singh,

Attar Singh, and Paul Brass.36 The second group is loosely concerned with narrating an

event-based history of the Punjab, seeking an understanding of how these events might be

related to each other. The second group sees the events in relation to causality. Examples

of this work are authors Rajiv Kapur, Harnik Deol, and Veena Das.37 The final group of

works seeks to understand the SGPC, the Singh Sabha movement, and the larger

reformist/activist history of the Punjab through a socio-cultural lens. Examples of this

scholarship are Harjot Oberoi, Anne Murphy, and Tony Ballantyne.38 This dissertation is

36 Gobinder Singh, “Pressure Group Politics in Punjab: The Case of the SGPC”, in Political Dynamics and

Crisis in Punjab, ed. Paul Wallace and Surendra Chopra (South Asia Books, 1988); Gobinder Singh,

“Profiles of the SGPC Members: A Study in Socio-Economic Background,” Panjab Past and Present

16, no. 2 (October 1982): 454–66; Attar Singh, “Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee and

Politicization of the Sikhs,” in Sikh History and Religion in the Twentieth Century, ed. Joseph T.

O’Conell et al. (Toronto : University of Toronto, Centre for South Asian Studies, 1988): 226–32; Paul

R. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India (Cambridge University Press, 1974). 37 Rajiv A. Kapur, “‘Khalistan’: India’s Punjab Problem,” Third World Quarterly 9, no. 4 (October 1987):

1206–1224; Rajiv A. Kapur, “Sikhism and Politics,” Sikh Review 19, no. 213 (August 1971): 38–51;

Rajiv A. Kapur, Sikh Separatism: The Politics of Faith (London: Allen & Unwin, 1986); Harnik

Deol, Religion and Nationalism in India: The Case of the Punjab (London: Routledge, 2000); Veena

Das, Critical Events: An Anthropological Perspective on Contemporary India (Oxford University

Press, 1995); Robin Jeffery, “Grappling with the Past: Sikh Politicians and the Past,” Pacific Affairs

60 (1987). 38 Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries; Anne Murphy, Materiality of the Past: History

and Representation in Sikh Tradition (New York: Oxford University Press, 2012); Tony Ballantyne,

Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Formations in an Imperial World (Duke

University Press, 2006).

Page 42: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

22

largely influenced by all these works but straddles a different position on understanding

the SGPC and the ways in which this body maintains its status and power.

Beginning with the first group of studies that seeks to understand the underlying

characteristic of the SGPC as primarily a political body, Gobinder Singh argues that the

SGPC is inherently political. He says:

The reason why the SGPC has been strongly emphasizing Sikh cultural

demands might be to strengthen the socio-cultural solidarity of the Sikh

community vis-à-vis other communal groups in the society. One of the

purposes of this solidarity might be the religious-cultural interests of the

Sikhs. But beneath these grounds it is not difficult to locate the political inter-

connections of these demands. By articulating the cultural demands of the

Sikhs, the SGPC not only seeks to promote the socio-cultural solidarity of the

Sikhs but also enhances certain religious-cultural symbols by focusing on

some ‘crisis’ of the symbols. Incidentally, these are the very same symbols

which also are populistically championed by the SAD (Shiromani Akali

Dal).39

The Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD) was formed at the same time as the SGPC and may

very well be its co-creator. The Akali group formed two wings: one was the SGPC, for

gurdwara management, and the other was SAD, its political part. The two organizations

have separate agendas and functions and they work in conjunction with each other.

Gobinder Singh’s works are based on the SGPC’s own admission of the inseparability of

religion and politics for the Sikh community. Taking examples of the creation of the Akal

Takhat by the sixth Guru, wherein the Guru took on the dual role of spiritual head and

secular authority, SGPC leaders have continuously supported an ambiguity when it comes

to clearly defining its realm of work. However, the two organizations differ in name and

form. Many members of the SGPC eventually have joined the SAD and represented the

Sikh community on the formal political stage. But the SGPC is a religious body for all

39 Gobinder Singh, “Pressure Group Politics in Punjab,” 152; Gobinder Singh, “Profiles of the SGPC

Members.” Emphasis added.

Page 43: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

23

forms and purposes. To see this organization as a political body tends to conflate religion

and politics, taking away the nuance of both the terms. We need to understand the SGPC

as primarily a religious body, with aims and agenda to establish its control over

gurdwaras and missionizing role across the globe.

Paul Brass says, “The SGPC has been described as ‘A government within the

government’ of the Punjab and as an alternative to the formal government as a source of

the legitimacy and authority for the Sikh community. It has been argued, in effect, that the

Punjab has a dual political system and a dual political arena, one secular and multi-

communal, the other religious and confined to the Sikhs.”40 This statement overstates the

powers and authority of the SGPC. Even though the SGPC has vast resources available to

it, the body cannot function like the government. This is evident from the joint projects

run by the SGPC and the Punjab State, discussed in the epilogue, which highlights the

SGPC’s need to bolster its own power and authority with the governments.

Notwithstanding the intersections between religion and politics, in the case of the

SGPC and the SAD, the two organizations differ in their functions, objectives and in their

thinking and actions. While the SAD is a Punjab-based political party that aims to win

state elections, the SGPC is still largely governed by the concerns of institutionalization

of the Sikh religion, and desires to manage gurdwaras all over India The two

organizations have supported each other’s agendas at various points in time, but this is

not always the case, as moments of tensions have come to light recently. For instance, in

2008 Jathedar Joginder Vedanti refused to exonerate dera chief Gurmit Singh Ram

Rahim, who was a key ally for the SAD to win Punjab elections. Gurmit Singh Ram

40 Paul R. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, 313.

Page 44: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

24

Rahim is the head of Sacha Sauda dera and wields an influence over hundreds of

thousands of voters in the Punjab. Having his support in the Punjab elections would have

swayed the votes in favor of the SAD. However, the jathedar of the Golden Temple

refused to cooperate and give the SAD what was needed in the moment. 41 Following this

incident, Jathedar Vedanti’s days were numbered, but in not exonerating the dera chief,

the Jathedar believes he performed his duty.42 While this group of scholarship

understands the SGPC as inherently political, this dissertation understand the SGPC as

more religious than political and attempts to understand how the religious body casts its

influence on political allies and its competitors. The intersection of the two organizations

becomes even more apparent when we look at Punjab’s history in the twentieth century

through an events perspective.

The second group of historiographies connects different events in Punjabi history

and finds continuities as an answer to the power situation in the Punjab. The central

question they are answering is, what caused the rise of Sikh militancy in the 1980s and

1990s and what were the movement’s key attributes? Academic analysis of separatist

concerns has led to a historical search that has tied every political event to separatists’

latter-day demands. For example, Harnik Deol connects the ethno-nationalist demand of

the 1980s to earlier socio-historical roots of increasing consciousness about religion and

community, which took Punjab to be the “natural” homeland of the Sikhs.43 He says that

there was a neat mapping of Sikhism to a well-defined territorial homeland in the Punjab,

especially as the state of Punjab was redrawn on two occasions—in 1947 and then in

41 “Akal Takhat head resigns”, India Today, (5th August, 2008). https://www.indiatoday.in/latest-

headlines/story/akal-Takhat-head-resigns-28003-2008-08-05 42 Personal converstions with Jathedar Vedanti, October 2013. 43 Harnik Deol, Religion and Nationalism in India: The Case of the Punjab (Sage Publications, 2002).

Page 45: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

25

1966. The latter border change contracted the physical boundaries of the state in such a

way that Sikhs became a majority in it. Similarly, Gurharpal Singh has highlighted the

roots of modern Sikh identity to be “remarkably cohesive” to the Jat Punjabi ethnicity,

concretized in the “sacred text and religious tradition dating from Guru Nanak.”44

A sacred language and the presence of gurdwaras dotting the Punjabi state

seemingly tie the community together. When seen in this light, it seems that the Sikhs are

a coherent and cohesive ethnicity with many factors that unite them and seemingly

translate to a modern nation. Veena Das, for example, highlights the ways in which the

Khalistani movement made easy connections between the past scenarios of torment and

isolation of the eighteenth century to the 1970s and 1980s.45 Contrary to such seeming

historicity of the separatist movement, Harjot Oberoi questioned this implicit connection

between the Khalistani demand for a Sikh homeland and the myths, symbols, and

physical connections between the Punjab and the Sikh community.46 He commented on

this singular reading of Sikh events, past, and narratives that allowed the assumption that

the Sikhs belonged to the Punjab. The logical and historical connection between

gurdwaras and the assertion of Sikh territory, whether in the form of the Punjabi Suba or

the separatist state of Khalistan, dismisses the voices of dissent and difference within the

Sikh community that had different visions for the gurdwara in connection with the sangat

(holy congregation) or did not think of gurdwaras as political spaces. Additionally, as

discussed in this dissertation, the SGPC did not wish to manage gurdwaras in the Punjab

alone, but had ambitions to have direct control over all historic gurdwaras all over India.

44 Gurharpal Singh, Ethnic Conflict in India: A Case-Study of Punjab (Palgrave Macmillan UK, 2000). 45 Veena Das, Critical Events. 46 Harjot Oberoi, “From Punjab to ‘Khalistan’: Territoriality and Metacommentary,” Pacific Affairs 60, no.

1 (Spring, 1987): 26–41.

Page 46: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

26

Out of the five takhats- supreme seats of authority, two are still outside the Punjab and act

as important voices in making decisions that concerns Sikh community at large. Further,

as discussed in chapter three on pilgrimages, the SGPC authorized and funded

“discovery” trips for pilgrims to find gurdwaras in distant parts of India. This would not

have been the case if the SGPC always wished to define state boundaries according to the

gurdwaras locations.

While this group of scholars looks for continuities in the Sikh past, there is a key

difference in their search for continuities based on events from this dissertations’ focus on

continuities in the SGPC’s functions and practices. This dissertation traces the pre-

colonial to colonial to post-colonial influences on the SGPC’s structure and its tactics to

widen its popularity amongst the Sikh community, without looking for causality of events

or actions.

More recently, scholars have moved away from essentializing accounts that conflate

place with community, to understand why such associations emerge and why they are so

popular? Anne Murphy says, “the discourse of Gurdwara Reform… was deeply rooted in

the writing of this history, tying the past of the Sikh community to place in a fundamental

sense, within the conceptualization of private property inflected in a new way during the

Raj… The politics of community formation were then, and in many ways continue to be,

tied to the writing of history.”47 This quote represents this third group of scholars that

privileges socio-cultural understanding of Sikh history, events and practices. For scholars

like Murphy and Purnima Dhavan, history writing, and historical representations are more

47 Anne Murphy, “Representation of Sikh History”, Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, ed. Pashaura Singh

and Louis E. Fenech, (OUP, 2014), 94-108, emphasis added.

Page 47: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

27

than a source of information.48 These textual representations are models for Sikhs to

replicate in the present and this deeply impacts the future vision as well. In other words, it

was the fact of “history” that tied the community to the territory and that this history was

represented in texts and in objects. The important thing for Murphy is the proof and not

the end goal/ objective itself. She constructs her understanding of Sikh events on a socio-

cultural reading of the North Indian region, beginning her analysis in pre-colonial textual

representations to colonial period.

Anne Murphy focuses on why historical objects and historical sites function

differently over time in Sikh constructions of the past. Murphy describes material objects,

like Sikh gurus’ relics and sites like places associated with the events in the gurus’ lives,

as “technologies of memory and authority” that “bridge the gap between past and

present,” thereby constituting the Sikh community.49 The process of establishing

community ownership was important because it necessitated a new definition of what

qualified a person as Sikh. Murphy explains the association of Sikhs with historic

gurdwaras as a product of a specific historical moment and an outcome of the colonial

regime of property relations. She says that this territorializing of gurdwaras was less a

product of later Sikh nationalist demands and more the effects of colonial rule on Sikh

practices and thoughts, specifically the ways in which Sikh history was recorded and

represented.

Murphy claims that the community’s historical awareness, its use of material

artifacts, its construction projects and museums are all motivated by the impulse of

48 Purnima Dhavan, “Redemptive Pasts and Imperiled Futures: The Writing of a Sikh History”, Time,

History and the Religious Imgainary in South Asia, ed. Anne Murphy, (Routledge, 2011), 40-54. 49 Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Past.

Page 48: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

28

“memories”—of its past glory, courage, and martyrdom. She argues, “The historical

gurdwara landscape thus structures memory, and in so doing helps to constitute Sikh

religious experience and its ongoing engagement with the past in the present. Through it,

visual culture, architecture, and material culture come together with the history of the

tradition.” 50 While it is interesting to note that Murphy draws upon concerns with

historical thoughts and needs to preserve Sikh history in material objects, her analysis

does not adequately map the way these memories are transmitted to, contested by, or

appropriated by historical incidents or practices.

Also, Murphy includes the perspectives of the elite and common people on

community memory without attending to the differences between their relative power and

authority. In this dissertation, I understand religious practices vis-à-vis the management

body but from different angles, i.e. both from the SGPC’s viewpoint and from the

community’s, which is also fragmented into competing opinions and narratives.

While Murphy argues that Sikh religion was already undergoing important

transformations under Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s time and these changes were only

accelerated by the colonial regime, Harjot Oberoi argues that Sikh religion was recast and

reconfigured because of colonial rule. Both Murphy and Oberoi provide interesting

perspectives on how and why gurdwaras became important in the twentieth century, and

how relations and values changed after the advent of colonial rule. However, Oberoi

focuses on the new boundaries between religions, while Murphy focuses on a larger

economic and socio-cultural context. Murphy suggests that there was already a distinctive

50 Anne Murphy, “Sikh Material Culture,” in Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, ed. Pashaura Singh and

Louis E. Fenech (Oxford University Press, 2014).

Page 49: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

29

Sikh identity before colonial rule, although there were instances of shared cultural and

social milieu, which meant a productive exchange between different religious groups.

While Oberoi focuses on print culture within the Sikh community in the Punjab, Murphy

focuses more broadly on the North Indian context and traces broader shifts in the region.

Notwithstanding the differences in these works, there are similar assumption in this group

of writings. First, they tend to overstate the successes of the Singh Sabha and the SGPC in

reforming Sikh religion and practices. Second, both the works do not consider the caste,

region and class divisions of their subjects and suggest that the changes brought on by the

Singh Sabha and then the SGPC impacted the Sikh community in the same way. And

finally, these works do not trace global relations, networks or impact on each other.

This dissertation seeks to contribute to Sikh historiography by addressing the issues

stated above. By looking at the ways in which the SGPC instituted reforms and the

challenges it met with, this dissertation understands the layered authority of the SGPC,

which is seen as a purely religious body. Second, by looking at the different caste

components of the Sikh community, this dissertation understands Sikh identity as one

amongst many others that are inflected with other identities of region, caste and class.

This is specifically addressed in chapters four and five. And finally, this dissertation seeks

to draw closer connections between global sevak bodies and the local/ regional ones that

carry out kar sevas in the Punjab. This is addressed in chapter five.

This dissertation will demonstrate the ways in which many of the projects were

deeply contested and how the SGPC has tried to tame, with mixed success, conflicting

practices. Finally, I examine the ways in which the community has been tied very closely

to its built structures by performing and participating in a new form of engagement with

Page 50: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

30

its own history and built structures. The most important contribution this dissertation

seeks to make is in moving the study of Sikh past from a focus on historical

representations, specifically historical writings to actual practices that discipline, embody

and reinstate SGPC’s understanding of Sikhism. As anthropological studies by Bourdieu

have shown, in practice, transformations occur. Similarly, in studying Sikh practices in

the gurdwaras, this dissertation seeks to understand the SGPC’s ambition to reform and

institutionalize Sikhism and the ways in which such a project can never be complete.

Why the Golden Temple?

Figure 4: The Golden Temple and its surroundings in 1930s–40s

Courtesy Professor Anurag Singh (Ludhiana) housed in the Punjab Digital Library, Chandigarh. This

view of Darshan Deori show the bungas in the background as well as the relatively narrow parikrama

(pathway around the Golden Temple). The Jhanda Bunga is a simple building.

Page 51: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

31

Figure 5: Historic Jhanda (Flag) Bunga

The simple structure of the Jhanda Bunga is telling of the style of buildings in the nineteenth century.

The relative importance of this building is highlighted in its height and wide opening. The Jhanda

Bunga signifies the temporal and the spiritual authority of this arena, as it hosts two nishan sahibs

(flags of Khalsa) here.

Page 52: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

32

Figure 6: Walking Past the Jhanda Bunga (1930s)

The Golden Temple is the holiest Sikh shrine and receives tens of thousands of

devotees and tourists daily. Although originally built in the mid-sixteenth to early

seventeenth century by the fifth Guru, Arjan, the history of this area and the Amrit

sarovar (sacred pool of water) dates to prehistoric times.51 It was believed that the pool

and the area has magical properties and various spiritual seekers in history considered it

sacred, such as Buddha, Rama and other saints, who sent disciples to it. These stories

underpin the popularity of the Golden Temple, which the Sikh community reveres not

51 P. S. Arshi, Sikh Architecture in Punjab (1986), Madanjit Kaur, The Golden Temple: Past and Present

(1983), Narinderjit Singh, Around the Golden Temple, (1994).

Page 53: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

33

only for its influence on Sikh history but also on other religious groups who visit the

Golden Temple regularly, especially during religious festivals that are set to agricultural

calendars.

The large volume of visitors to the gurdwara has been a key reason for the

various changes to its structure. But this is just one reason among many for the structural

changes to the gurdwara. The remarkable differences in the structure of the Golden

Temple complex between the earlier part of the twentieth century and its close mirrors the

changes within the community that claims ownership and its stewardship. I am focusing

on the Golden Temple to understand this engagement and commitment of the community

in preserving, renovating and building different parts of the gurdwara over the twentieth

century. The Golden Temple serves as a significant case study because of its popularity in

regions across the Punjab and for the wide-ranging changes that we can trace and

examine in the built structure.

There are three reasons that I have chosen to work on the Golden Temple. First,

the Golden Temple has become increasingly the single most important pilgrimage

destination for Sikhs in the twentieth century. Other gurdwaras like the Nankana Sahib

gurdwara (now in Pakistan), Anandpur Sahib gurdwara (in Anandpur, Punjab) or Nanded

gurdwara (in Maharashtra) may have been equally important as the Golden Temple at the

beginning of the twentieth century. However, the Golden Temple has commanded an

increasingly central place in Sikh thought over the course of the twentieth century. One

reason for this is aftermath of the partition of India in 1947. As India was divided into two

nation-states, Punjab was divided into the East and the West wherein the West went to

Pakistan. Nanakana Sahib and other historically important Sikh gurdwaras now came

Page 54: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

34

under Pakistan’s territory and the Sikh community’s access to these spaces became highly

limited. Because of this, the Golden Temple became one of the prominent gurdwaras for

the Sikhs in India. Second reason for this is that the SGPC functions from the Golden

Temple Complex and has its office there. This has meant an increase in publications,

events and attention placed on the Golden Temple Complex, since the founding of the

SGPC. For example, to vote for the SGPC elections, all Keshdhari Sikhs can vote, in so

far as they are in Amritsar.52 By locating all SGPC’s functions and offices in Amritsar

and in the Golden Temple Complex, a lot more development and attention has been laid

on this particular gurdwara.

A third reason for the ascent of the Golden Temple Complex on the global map,

if not only for the Sikh community, is because it became the location and even the symbol

of a separatist movement from the 1970s to 1990s. The separatist movement, led by a

small group of hardline Sikhs demanded the creation of a Sikh homeland in the Punjab,

which culminated in the storming of the gurdwara by the Indian National Army in 1984.

Hardening religious lines between the Sikhs and the Hindus under Jarnail Singh

Bhindranwale’s leadership—a religious leader who was trained at the Damdami Taksal,

which is a religious training center for preachers, led to a period of intense terror and

violence in the Punjab.

This dissertation argues that the increasing centrality of the Golden Temple in

Sikh imaginary and sacred geography was one of the many consequences of the Sikh

community’s engagement in the gurdwara events. As more events were organized in the

Golden Temple to restore, develop and expand the gurdwara, Sikhs living in and outside

52 Harbans Singh, “Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee”, in The Heritage of the Sikhs, (1971).

Page 55: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

35

Punjab responded in overwhelming numbers. These responses were instrumental in

making the Golden Temple one of the most important pilgrimage centers for the Sikhs.

While I focus on the Golden Temple, I do not suggest in any way that the Golden

Temple is an isolated or a unique case. The Golden Temple is a suitable case study

because it highlights several characteristics that are important to understand the multiple

views and practices. First, the Golden Temple is an example of the “global circulation” of

ideas and practices, as a religious and political symbol amongst diaspora Sikhs that has a

wide purchase on their minds and resources.53 Second, the Golden Temple has

historically been at the confluence of various socio-cultural, economic and political trends

as a hub for education, spiritual practices, and artistic productions including literature,

publishing and paintings.54 The Golden Temple’s long history in relation to the region

and the increasing global context are important for us to understand how autonomy was

created and preserved in face of socio-cultural and economic changes.

Method and Sources

To understand the changing social and cultural context of the twentieth century for the

Sikh community, this dissertation draws upon written historical materials along with

physical changes of the gurdwara. In this endeavor, the SGPC played a major role, as they

were the custodians of Sikh gurdwaras. Accordingly, this dissertation begins by analyzing

the first instances in which historical gurdwaras were officially required to submit their

“historical accounts” to the SGPC, to be published in the Gurdwara Gazette.55 SGPC

53 Brian K. Axel, The Nation’s Tortured Body: Violence, Representation and the Formation of a Sikh

‘Diaspora’, Duke University Press, (2001). 54 Madanjit Kaur, “Contribution of the Bungas to the Education of the Punjab”, Punjab History

Proceedings, Punjabi University, (1979). 55 Sikh Gurdwara Act, 1925.

Page 56: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

36

publishes two monthly journals, the Gurdwara Gazette and Gurmat Prakash. The

Gurdwara Gazette publishes the proceedings from the general body meetings of the

SGPC, and other managerial, political, and historical information. It is a major source for

this dissertation and allowed the author to form a basic understanding of the evolution of

the SGPC through the years. Unfortunately, some gazettes from this series are not

available because they were housed at the Sikh Reference Library which was destroyed

during the siege of the Golden Temple in 1984. Attempts were made to find alternative

sources to match the missing years. The Gurmat Prakash, on the other hand, publishes

religious sermons and essays, and it was consulted for cultural concerns.

The historical accounts published in the Gazette formed the first moment in which

the SGPC first expressed a concern for the built structure of the gurdwara in an organized

and structured way. The SGPC published histories of various gurdwaras in the Gurdwara

Gazette over the years and organized pilgrimage tours to these gurdwaras as part of their

management. These written representations, along with visitors’ experiences at the

gurdwaras, encouraged the community to perceive the gurdwaras as needing help and to

support the SGPCS’s desire and commitment to renew gurdwara structures. In some

cases, this renewal meant incorporating older structures into newer ones,56 while in some

others it meant creating entirely new structures. The result notwithstanding, this process

indicates an emergence of a bureaucratic framework. These decisions and practices vis-à-

vis the built structure were not ephemeral, whether this meant building, renovating, or

razing the structures entirely. They impacted future generations in meaningful ways.

56 William Glover, “Shiny New Buildings, Rebuilding Historic Sikh Gurdwaras in Indian Punjab,” Future

Anterior IX, no. 1 (Summer 2012): 32–47.

Page 57: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

37

Therefore, a study of these activities, practices, and events allows us to uncover socio-

political and cultural currents in a community, especially when it involves the

community’s physical, monetary, and political resources.

Other sources for this dissertation include newspapers and journal articles. These

documents shed light on the intellectual concerns of the committee and the Sikh public at

large. They provide us with a rare glimpse into the minds of the people at that time, as

they supported or tacitly disagreed with the committee in some ways. These newspapers

are critical to understanding the resistance met by the SGPC over the years. Added to this

mine of information was a lucky find of legal papers on the bungas. What was luckier

was finding Tarlochan Singh’s private papers (the Bungai family’s remaining

documents). Colonel Iqbal Singh (Tarlochan Singh’s son) was more than willing to speak

of his memories of living in the Ramgarhia Bunga, upon which the chapter about bungas

is based. Finally, some wonderful pictures and paintings of the Golden Temple at the

Punjab Digital Archive in Chandigarh and the V&A Museum were extremely useful

guides on the physical transformations of the Golden Temple gurdwara.

Understanding these changes in the built structure of the Golden Temple allowed

me to conceptualize this space as a network of thoughts, knowledge, practices, visions,

and narratives that are all connected (see Chapter Three). This place does not have one

singular place-identity but multiple identities that depend on the time and location of its

observers (see Chapter Four). And it helps that the Sikh community is a historically aware

community. This awareness and interest are equally visible in historical buildings, where

efforts were made to build and renovate memorials, to engrave names and deeds of

people and groups on marble in gurdwaras, and in some cases, to erase certain structures

Page 58: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

38

and build new ones. The impact of such an investment in the physical form of Sikh

gurdwaras has been interpreted as “destructive” and “damaging” to the historical

structures. However, there are different readings to this practice. This dissertation sees it

as a battlefield for authority and legitimacy.

Chapter Plan

To understand how the SGPC established its authority, this dissertation begins by looking

at the processes whereby the SGPC established itself at the apex of gurdwara

management after its establishment in 1920. The SGPC is a religious group that manages

the Golden Temple and other historic gurdwaras in the Punjab, Haryana, and Himachal

Pradesh. It administers the upkeep and maintenance of these gurdwaras and their various

functions, including the training and recruiting of the managers, head priests, and so on.

As an elected body, it is both subject to political negotiations and has a large influence on

the religiously minded Sikh community.

The SGPC also has a more explicitly political wing in the form of the political

party- Shiromani Akali Dal (Akali Dal), which generally receives an endorsement from

the SGPC during elections to the state legislature. The SGPC developed its platform first

in the Punjab, and then expanded its authority indirectly all over India and around the

world. To gain supremacy over any other Sikh community body, the SGPC began a

distinct process of institutionalizing itself and the programs it implemented. By

establishing simple protocols for different functions like the preparation and dispersal of

karah prashad (food offerings by devotees that are blessed and returned) and the delivery

of religious sermons and practices, the SGPC gained wider authority and quickly

established these as precedents. Administering the Golden Temple was one such avenue

Page 59: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

39

that granted significant authority to the SGPC. The chapter also looks at the projects to

build parts of the gurdwara as new orders of sacred routes were established. Here we also

see alternative and competing voices against the management’s decisions, as certain

structures that were earmarked for demolition were not only kept intact but were

expanded through the building projects.

Chapter Three takes the newly structured and organized SGPC to understand how

this body expanded its control over gurdwaras in other regions outside the Punjab. This

chapter examines how the SGPC, in collaboration with community leaders in different

parts of India, began yatras (pilgrimages) that were standardized and organized to take

large numbers of people to distant pilgrimage centers. These yatras fed back information

to the people who stayed behind in their regions and hometowns but made them

nonetheless aware of the condition of historically important gurdwaras, creating waves of

interest in renovating and rebuilding gurdwaras. I argue that this was the pivotal moment

at which the community became aware of the condition of historical gurdwaras and began

contributing en masse to their renovation and rebuilding. As the SGPC gained more

traction with the wider Sikh community, it also started making bolder assertions and

decisions. The Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925 established a government ordained Gurdwara

Tribunal to rule on what constituted a gurdwara and who could claim legal ownership.

Multiple cases helped define the meaning of ownership over gurdwaras over time. The

SGPC further formalized the everyday practices to be followed in the gurdwara. There

was little to no ambiguity in these processes. As time passed, the SGPC refined and

enforced them more stringently, and local obedience to them circuitously became the

basis of declaring whether an institution met the requirements of a gurdwara or not. Such

Page 60: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

40

practices often provoked disputes, and in the following chapter, I take up the case of such

Tribunal cases.

As gurdwara properties became open to dispute, so did the land surrounding them.

This land had historically been granted to the gurdwara for expenses and other functional

needs like rest houses and schools—the Golden Temple is a prime example of such land

grants. Over time, buildings around the gurdwara were built to serve the needs of the

pilgrims and followers, called bungas. There were eighty-four such bungas around the

Golden Temple according to reliable historical chronicles.57 These bungas belonged to

different sub-sections of the Sikh community and housed a variety of functions, including

patronizing poets and historians as well as scientific research such as surgery and other

educational initiatives. Chapter Four of this dissertation traces the fate met by the bungas

around the Golden Temple—only four bungas out of the original eighty-four remain

today.

Chapter four examines the establishment of the Tribunal and how ownership was

disputed in its court sessions. Examining the cases of three different bungas, I analyze

why the bungas were razed and how this has impacted the heritage values and ideas of the

Sikh community. The paradox of these bungas is that they are still memorialized every

day in the ardas prayers. How then does the Sikh community justify the destruction of

these structures? What does it signify for the community in terms of heritage preservation

and the renovation works that are carried out with the help of the community? And what

do we understand of the management’s objectives in removing these buildings from the

57 Gyani Gyan Singh, Twarikh-i Amritsar originally published, 1874, (Pub. Kendri Singh Sabha Committee,

1979); Ratan Singh Bhangu, Prachin Panth Prakash (Khalsa Samachar Pub., Amritsar, 1962).

Page 61: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

41

periphery of the gurdwara? This chapter attempts to excavate the objectives and

implications of removing a certain type of historical structure from the periphery of the

gurdwara to allow the SGPC to take ownership of the entire landscape.

The official argument made by the SGPC in razing the bungas was that the number

of pilgrims was increasing to unmanageable levels, making the parikrama (walkway

around the amrit sarovar), which connects precincts at the Golden Temple, crowded and

unsafe. Because of this increase of people visiting the gurdwara, the SGPC brought down

surrounding buildings that were encroaching on the parikrama and built a wider

parikrama.

Chapter Five follows from the previous chapter on the bungas to the concept of the

kar seva—serving with honor and pride for the community’s benefit. In this chapter I

look at the different meanings of the term kar seva and how it evolved from the 1920s to

the 1990s. Tracing the different meanings and implications of the term and the kind of

services included in the religious commitment of the community, I examine the ways in

which sant sampradayas (schools of learnings) , that were discredited under the

Gurdwara Reform Movement and with the foundation of the SGPC, now became part of

the authoritative discourse.

I conclude this dissertation with a brief epilogue on the layered authority of the

SGPC and the SGPC’s interactions with the Punjab State. By looking at the galliara

project, initiated after the 1984 attack on the gurdwara, this conclusion looks at the

different agents in the Punjab that contextualizes the layered authority of the SGPC.

Page 62: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

42

Chapter Two: SGPC’s Rise to Power: Institutionalizing Gurdwaras by Routinizing

Functions

Various scholars have highlighted the impact of colonialism on the religious and

social formations in India.1 One such impact of colonial rule was the emergence of

religious reformist movements across India by using new tools introduced by colonial

rule, to disseminate reformist agendas. For instance, using printing presses, religious-

reformists increased the circulation of reformist texts and sacred scriptures, which also

highlighted the issues of variations in sacred scriptures that were earlier written by hand.2

As the SGPC became the representative body of the Sikhs according to the Sikh Act of

1925, one of its agendas was to disseminate a standard understanding of Sikhism and to

this end, the management body took over the publication of the Guru Granth Sahib

(sacred scriptures of the Sikhs). As Tony Ballantyne states, “history writing became a

crucial tool for community leaders who crafted epic poems, polemic pamphlets, and

commentaries on “scripture” in the hope that by clearly defining the community’s past

they would be able to cement their own vision of the community’s present and future”.3

In this event of wanting to publish the sacred scriptures, the SGPC was confronted by pre-

existing printing presses that had established their authority and monopoly within the

1 Partha Chatterjee, Nation and its Fragments (Princeton University, 1993); Harjot Oberoi, The

Construction of Religious Boundaries (University of Chicago Press, 1994); Nicholas Dirks, Castes of

Mind (Princeton University Press, 2011); Arjun Appadurai, Worship and Conflict under Colonial

Rule: A South Indian Case (Orient Longman, 1981). 2 N. G. Barrier, Sikhs and their Literature: A Guide to Tracts, Books and Periodicals, 1849–1919

(Manohar, 1970). 3 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Fomrations in an Imperial World,

(Duke University Press, 2006), 5

Page 63: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

43

Sikh community by publishing the sacred scriptures over fifty years before the SGPC

entered the arena.

The first printing press was introduced in Lahore in the 1850s and moved to

Amritsar in the latter half of the nineteenth century. In Amritsar, the Wazir Hind Press

and Chattar Singh Jeevan Singh became the most popular printing presses within the Sikh

community, with the former taking over socio-religious reformist texts and the latter

printing the Guru Granth Sahib and the rahit maryada. While the SGPC intended to

centralize the publication of religious texts, to educate the larger Sikh public and deliver a

standardized vision of the Sikh past, it was confronted with these pre-existing publishing

houses that had established their reputation amongst the Sikh community.

This example of the printing presses and the scriptural publications highlights a key

conflict in the SGPC’s goal of standardizing and institutionalizing Sikh practices and the

contests it met from within the Sikh community.4 While it is believed that the SGPC had

unanimous support from the Sikh community in the 1920s, this chapter traces the

measures and policies adopted by the SGPC to establish their control over different

domains of Sikh thought, practice, and religious spaces.5 By doing so, the SGPC

established its autonomy over gurdwara maintenance and resources, and by extension of

this, over Sikh practices in the gurdwara space and beyond. This chapter traces the

different ways in which the SGPC institutionalized new practices for the Sikh

community, following the “invention of traditions” under the Singh Sabha reformers.6

4 Gurinder Singh Mann, The Making of Sikh Scripture (Oxford University Press, 2001), 121–136. 5 Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Sikh Past (Oxford University Press, 2012); Mohinder Singh,

“Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee: Its Origin and Development,” Studies in Sikhism and

Comparitive Religion 5, no. 2 (October 1986): 139–53. 6 Eric Hobsbawm and Terence Ranger, ed., The Invention of Tradition (CUP, 1983).

Page 64: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

44

While the SGPC prevailed as a dominant body, the contests shown in this chapter were

significant in forming the organizational structure of the SGPC. This chapter focuses on

the strategies adopted by the SGPC to establish its authority. From establishing schools

for training the gurdwara dignitaries and officiants, to standardizing building

constructions and materials, the SGPC worked towards centralizing all gurdwara

functions and activities. By doing so, the leaders of the SGPC believed that they were

ending any dilution of their message of Sikhism and creating stronger community ties.

While the Sikh Act of 1925 named the SGPC the official caretakers of gurdwaras,

the definition of the term gurdwara was open to question. Moreover, the question

remained as to which religious spaces would now be considered Sikh gurdwaras and

which would be Hindu thakurdwaras. It was only after the SGPC entered many litigations

over gurdwara properties did the initial number of gurdwaras under its control increase.

Starting with 241 gurdwaras in 1925, the SGPC eventually gained management over 761

gurdwaras in the Punjab over the next 20 years.7 Different claimants to the rights over

gurdwaras alleged their own traditional legal and moral rights to manage these properties.

For instance, the Hindu priests’ association through a series of published pamphlets

recounted historic events that led to Udasi sants (ascetic order started by first Sikh Guru’s

son) coming to manage gurdwaras in the seventeenth century. These pamphlets spoke

about Sikhs being hunted down by the Mughals when Udasi sants managed the gurdwaras

as well as the religious service therein.8 The pujaris challenged the SGPC’s authority over

7 Kashmir Singh, Sikh Gurdwara Legislation: All India Perspective (Singh Bros., 1991). 8 Pujari Association Sri Amritsar, Sri Darbar Sahib ji de sankhep haal (1922).

Page 65: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

45

gurdwaras in the 1920s and reminded the SGPC leaders that it was Mata Sundari’s (the

last Living Guru’s wife) wish that the pujaris manage the gurdwaras in perpetuity.

SGPC and Singh Sabha leaders on the other hand claimed that the mahants/

pujaris had been misusing gurdwara funds, and although history was important to them, it

was also time to take ownership of distinctly Sikh practices. Sikh leaders claimed that the

mahants had been amassing the wealth given to gurdwaras as donations for their own

personal expenses. Sodhi Hazara Singh writes that under British rule it was ordained for

“the pujaris to behave well as their forefathers did and not to come drunk to the Temple.

They were not to steal the offerings. They were entitled to their share, so long as they

behaved well, otherwise they were to forfeit it.”9

The ill sentiments towards the pujaris and other Sikh sects were already evident

by the turn of the twentieth century, because of Singh Sabha leaders’ prolific writings

against the newly drawn boundaries between Sikhism and Hinduism.10 Singh Sabha’s

continued disgruntlement with Hindu mahants and pujaris along with the angst from post-

First World War conditions led to open confrontations between the two groups. And it

was the events at Gurdwara Babe-di-Bir in Sialkot that sparked the Gurdwara Reform

Movement and became, according to Sikh scholars, the first event that finally led to the

passing of the Sikh Act of 1925.11

The Udasi mahant at Gurdwara Babe-di-Bir, just before his passing, had left the

gurdwara to his son as an inheritance. This practice, of mahants inheriting gurdwaras as

9 Sodhi Hazara Singh, B.A. (vice-President Shri Guru Singh Sabha), History and Guide to the Golden

Temple (Prakash Singh Publication, 1938). 10 Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries; N. G. Barrier, Sikhs and their Literature; Bhai

Kahn Singh Nabha, Hum Hindu Nahin (Wazir Hind Press, 1898). 11 Mohinder Singh, The Akali Movement (Macmillan, 1978).

Page 66: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

46

care-takers, was common even in the 1920s and was not different from other religious

functionaries training their sons to take on future responsibilities; for example, rababis

trained their sons to take their positions when they could no longer perform the duties.

The concept of inheritance was not tied to the notion of personal property as much as it

was to the idea of providing a certain service, which was done in perpetuity within the

same family.

The school for caretakers and mahants was under the Udasi sampradayas

(traditions of learning) until late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. These

schools of religious practice were different from those of Khalsa Sikhs, which had

become, very recently in the nineteenth century, the new orthodoxy under the Singh

Sabha reformers and had gathered a wider following. Tat Khalsa and the Singh Sabha

reformers had vilified Udasis and other sant traditions in the last three decades of the

nineteenth century for being deviant from the orthodox traditions and practices.

The SGPC, following on from the Singh Sabha, was re-ordering much of the Sikh

past while creating new standards on how gurdwaras should be managed and what

practices were to be allowed and which were now forbidden. Master Tara Singh, a

popular leader of the Gurdwara Reform Movement, introduced the primary objective of

the SGPC as a body that would “utilize the property and income of the gurdwaras for the

purposes for which they were founded.”12 In creating these new standards and going back

to “the purpose for which they were founded,” the pujari’s practices did not measure well

and became an easy example of how not to manage the gurdwara.

12 Punjab Legislative Council Debates (7th and 8th May 1925), Vol. III, no. 22, p. 1105. Emphasis added.

Page 67: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

47

The SGPC was not, however, turning a completely new page. Many of the

practices, functions, and standards that the SGPC officialised were in practice in some

way or form. Many of these seemingly new ideas and practices in gurdwara management

existed before SGPC’s formation; the SGPC merely reinforced certain practices over

others, discarding some and adapting others. By cultivating this new, albeit traditional

manifestation of the gurdwara, the SGPC gradually initiated and established control over

the gurdwara and the community and formalized many practices for the Sikh community.

The significance of these new traditions and their institutionalization is that they became

central to Sikhism since their emergence only a century and a half ago. Introductions to

Sikhism in books and classes associate Sikhism with these core practices and institutions

which were only formalized in the twentieth century, beginning with the Gurdwara

Reform Movement (1920–25).13

The Sikh Act of 1925 marked a turning point for the management of the

gurdwaras and Sikh historical thinking. The Act was created to ensure the preservation of

gurdwaras, their further development, and protection and began a new phase of

institutionalizing gurdwara management. Singh Sabha reformers and the leaders of the

SGPC, who at many times were the same people continuing their reformist agendas, had

similar ideals of Sikhism and formalized these through Sikh practices. This need to

formalize and institutionalize practices and ideas emerged with the advent of colonial

rule, whence Singh Sabha reformers attempted to enumerate, catalogue, and preserve the

past. These new practices and the reconfiguration of the gurdwara were measures to adapt

13 Eleanor Nesbitt, A Very Short Introduction to Sikhism (Oxford University Press, 2016); Vishesh Kumar

Gupta, The Sikhs and the Gurdwara System (Amol Publications, 1998).

Page 68: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

48

pre-colonial practices to a different political, socio-cultural, and economic context, while

asserting SGPC’s autonomy in representing the Sikh community, not just in the Punjab,

but globally.

Gurdwara management was always evolving, as noted by scholars like Ganda

Singha, Ian J. Kerr, and Anne Murphy, especially under Maharaja Ranjit Singh in the

early nineteenth century. Although there remain scholarly disagreements on the kinds of

changes and their impact on gurdwara management and the Sikh community, there is

consensus on the evolving nature of gurdwara affairs.14 Gurdwara management was

divided into religious functionaries and non-religious functionaries under Maharaja Ranjit

Singh. The management of the non-religious affairs came into a single individual’s hands,

and Ian J. Kerr mentions the name of Desa Singh Majithia, who in turn left it for his

successor, Sundar Singh Majithia, being the last in line of such management before the

SGPC was formed. The responsibility of this individual was purely in matters of financial

management of the gurdwara property and its associated jagirs (land grant). Other

scholars like Madanjit Kaur argue that no individual managers assumed the control of the

gurdwaras until the advent of colonial rule in the Punjab; rather, groups of Sikhs managed

each gurdwara, and having individual managers was a colonial invention.15

It is evident that the SGPC did not invent posts like the head granthi or head

rababi and inherited this division of duties in the gurdwara. Ganda Singh and Ian J. Kerr

identify different managers and heads for both non-religious and religious activities, like

14 Ganda Singh, ed., Dastur al-amal (1883); Ian J. Kerr, “The British and the Administration of the Golden

Temple in 1859,” Panjab Past and Present 10 (1976); Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Sikh

Past: History and Representation in Sikh Tradition (Oxford University Press, 2012). 15 Madanjit Kaur, Golden Temple: Past and Present (GNDU, 1983).

Page 69: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

49

grounds keeping, repairs, and security management in the Golden Temple in Amritsar. 16

The head granthi’s office supervised religious affairs and personnel issues, such as

salaries for the rababis (musicians in line of Guru Nanak’s hymns). Other granthis

managed tasks related to religious matters like prayers, training, and management of

people. The rest of the tasks were done on a voluntary seva or ‘service’ basis by deras or

religious schools/groups that were structured on a central guru-chela (teacher-disciple)

relationship. These activities included cleaning the gurdwara, giving tours to visitors,

managing pilgrim lodgings, and preparing langar (free meals for the pilgrims and

devotees). Finally, there was a last segment of workers who helped in the preparation of

karah prashad (ritual offering of sweet foods). This had traditionally been the

responsibility of halwais (sweet shop owners) and shopkeepers in the bazaars around the

Golden Temple, where pilgrims and visitors could buy prashad to donate to the gurdwara,

and the gurdwara purchased a certain amount to distribute to the visitors. These

shopkeepers also accepted money orders to deliver prashad for “absentee pilgrims.” The

SGPC took over these functions in 1926–7 and converted these roles into employable

positions.17 In other words, while offices to handle different functions had been created

long before the SGPC, the management body redefined these roles and created new

offices to control the management of the gurdwara in different and improved ways. But in

redefining these offices and assigning them specific tasks, it was creating a process to

16 Ganda Singh, ed., Dastur al-amal; Ian Kerr, “The British and the Administration of the Golden Temple

in 1859.” 17 Gurdwara Kanun, Niyam-Upniyam (Omkar Press, 1925); Gurdwara Annual Report (SGPC Publisher,

1926); Gurdwara Gazette “Sriomani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee De Aelan,” (August 1927);

No author, Sri Darbar Sahib Ji De Gunje Bhed: Arthat Darbar Sahib de intezam diyan andruni

kharabian, (Punjab Commercial Press, 1927).

Page 70: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

50

manage gurdwara affairs in a specific way. This process created a standardized format for

the management of all gurdwaras, regardless of the gurdwara’s scale.

However, this attempt met with several difficulties, for different gurdwaras

struggled to meet a standard categorization or even a definition. Gurdwaras first had to be

ordered within a system before they could be managed in this way. The initial problem in

creating the categorization of the gurdwara was in defining a space as a gurdwara and

determining who could perform which kinds of religious practices within this space. The

Gurdwara Act of 1925 resolved some of these initial concerns, as it defined a legal

process by which Sikhs could claim certain properties as gurdwaras.18 A gurdwara was

defined as:

i. (it) was established by or in memory of any of the ten Sikh Gurus, or in

commemoration of any incident in the life of any of the ten Sikh Gurus and is

used for public worship by Sikhs; ii. Owing to some traditions connected with

one of the ten Sikh Gurus, and is used for public worship by Sikhs; iii. Was

established for use by the Sikhs for the purpose of public worship and is used

for such worship by Sikhs; iv. Was established in memory of a Sikh martyr,

saint, or historical person and is used for public worship by Sikhs; and v.

Owing to some incident connected with Sikh religion, is used for public

worship predominantly by Sikhs.

Legal definitions aside, there remained other problems in defining gurdwaras and

their proper management. For instance, historic gurdwaras were categorized first, but

there was no clarity on how this categorization worked. Were historic gurdwaras

categorized by the year in which they were built or were they gurdwaras that were

historically associated with the Gurus? The other register for the gurdwaras was size—

big gurdwaras needed more resources compared to small gurdwaras. However, some of

18 Sikh Gurdwara Act, 1925, Chapter One, quoted in Surjit Singh Gandhi, Perspectives on Sikh Gurdwaras

Legislation (Atlantic Publishers, 1993): 130.

Page 71: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

51

the historic gurdwaras were smaller, even though they had many pilgrims and visitors

daily.

The problem with creating standardized models for managing gurdwaras was in

the resources allocated for their preservation and upkeep. A classification of gurdwaras

had to be created that attended to all these issues and allocated resources accountably.

The SGPC had to create a way to define gurdwaras by importance, size, and number of

visitors to establish how they could be managed. SGPC thereby created a scale of

importance, and historical gurdwaras—defined by scale and number of visitors—ranked

first in this scale for management, followed closely by newly discovered areas where

gurdwaras should have been built.

I explore this “discovery” of gurdwaras in Chapter Three, wherein I discuss the

community’s enablement of the SGPC. These scales were determined by the visibility the

SGPC would gain in their efforts to missionize and lead the Sikh community in the right

direction. While such scales and hierarchies had previously existed in gurdwara

management, the difference now was in the creation of central funds by the SGPC and the

rationale deployed in the management of gurdwaras. As the Golden Temple rose to the

top of this hierarchy, greater funds were assigned to the upkeep of the Golden Temple at

the peril of other historic gurdwaras, even near the Golden Temple in Amritsar. For

example, gurdwaras like Shaheedan Gurdwara, Mata Kaulsar Gurdwara, and others

received less funding and attention from the SGPC, despite being close to the Golden

Temple and receiving many visitors. It is also for this reason that this dissertation and this

chapter focus on the first project at institutionalizing the management and processes of

managing the gurdwara space at the Golden Temple.

Page 72: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

52

Such an assertion of managerial autonomy and control over gurdwaras expressed

in the 1925 Act was not unique to Sikhs nor to Punjab. Such efforts can also be seen in

other areas and other religious establishments at different times in the nineteenth and

twentieth centuries. Kama Maclean, for instance, explains the process by which the

Prayagval Brahmins established their supremacy in handling all religious rituals and

affairs for the Kumbh Mela, becoming the focal persons for any clarification and

organization of the Mela (fair) for the colonial government.19 Similarly, Brahmins at

Jagannath Puri seized control from the Orriya king and took over all matters of organizing

the Jagannath Puri festival, establishing a clear hierarchy of priests and officiates.

To understand this institutionalizing process, this chapter begins with an

investigation of the writings and representations of the Golden Temple complex from

1920s onwards which establish new standards of orderliness and cleanliness in the

Golden Temple. This first section traces the measures by which the SGPC curtailed

popular practices in the Golden Temple to institute new acceptable practices, rules, and

guidelines of being in the gurdwara. The second section examines the creation of offices

and the streamlining of roles and functions of these officials, who were now tasked with

maintaining the abovementioned orderliness and cleanliness. And finally, this chapter

assesses the effect of these changes on the building projects in the Golden Temple area.

Although it may seem that these were linear developments many of these events

were happening simultaneously and impacted the process of institutionalizing gurdwara

management concurrently. For example, as the function of making the karah prashad was

19 Kama Maclean, Pilgrimage and Power: The Kumbh Mela in Allahabad, 1765–1954 (Oxford University

Press, 2008).

Page 73: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

53

taken over by the SGPC from traditional halwais, a consequent project was to create rest

houses for the pilgrims who came to visit the Golden Temple. This was bcause the

halwais used to also manage the rest houses.20 To build these rest houses, external parts

of the Golden Temple boundaries had to be reordered to make space. In this way, taking

on one project meant a wider set of changes for the community. This chapter traces these

changes and the creation of Sikh institutional practices.

Setting New Standards: Cleanliness and Orderliness in the Golden Temple

The Singh Sabha reformers had early on understood the importance of print media in

communicating their message on reformed Sikhi, publishing newspapers, pamphlets,

historical works, fictional writings, and magazines; scholars like N.G. Barrier have

highlighted just how important print media was to the spread of the reformists’ agendas.21

Indicative of the increase in print media and the existent interest in the Golden Temple is

the sixty-four-page list of books on or around the Golden Temple at the Guru Nanak Dev

University (Amritsar) library.22 The SGPC inherited this practice of promoting its vision

through written media, but this was just one form to embed religious standards.

More important were the new practices and norms created by the new leadership,

especially in the first decade after its formation. Each SGPC meeting in Amritsar, when a

quorum was formed, passed an order or a resolution. These resolutions ranged from

centralizing resources to creating new schools to train religious functionaries or to dispel

20 No author, Sri Darbar Sahib Ji De Gunje Bhed: Arthat Darbar Sahib de Intezam Diyan Andruni

Kharabian, (Punjab Commercial Press, 1927). 21 N. G. Barrier, The Sikhs and Their Literature (Manohar, 1970); Kenneth Jones, Socio-Religious Reform

Movements in British India (Cambridge University Press, 1989). 22 There were 64 pages in 2014, when the fieldwork was done for this dissertation.

Page 74: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

54

erstwhile acceptable vendors and merchants of flowers and sacred books from the

gurdwara parikrama.23

The need for protocols and clearly ordered and defined space seems to have

emerged first in historic gurdwaras, which had also been regional hubs of trade,

education, and social and cultural activities. Because of these different functions, it was

felt by the SGPC leadership that the gurdwara space had to be streamlined and their focus

made clear for all visitors alike. The Golden Temple Complex, for instance, had been at

the centre of many kinds of activities, including medical research and experiments in Bhai

Wasti Ram’s Bunga, for schools, as training grounds for gatka (Sikh martial arts) for the

Akalis, as well as an organizing and mobilizing centre for the Akalis during the Gurdwara

Reform Movement. These activities had been the mainstay of the gurdwara until the

SGPC started to ban such activities. By the mid-1930s, the SGPC was largely successful

in doing away with activities like reading texts, especially if they were not Sikh

scriptures, conducting meetings or organizing any event unless patronized by the SGPC,

discussing anything other than religious works or selling any kind of wares in the

gurdwara.24 Other forbidden things included the “accidental” entry of animals or birds,

bringing in large bags or luggage, and putting the ashes of a loved one in the sarovar

(water tank).25

23 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani Pattar No. 5, Sriomani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee

ate Gurdwara Committee Sri Darbar Sahib de membrane de dhyaan yogi (1936); Khalsa Samachar,

“Hosh di dawa,” January 1928, 3; Khalsa Samachar, “Aman di Nagri,” February 1931, 5; Report Sri

Amritsar (1929, 1930), Karvawiyan, Shiromani Grudwara Prabandhak Committee, Sri Amritsar,

1921-1938, copid byb Harbans Singh Sevak (available at Khalsa College, Amritsar). 24 Gurdwara Gazette, “Monthly Meeting Notes,” (1928–1940); Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani

Pattar No. 5. 25 Ibid.

Page 75: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

55

Figure 7: “Hindu Priest of Guru in the Golden Temple reading from his Sacred Book, Guru Granth

Sahib,” 1903, Glass Lantern Slide, James Ricalton, New York State Archive, A0345, printed in

Amardeep Mandra’s The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past (1808–1959)

Figure 8: “The Pavement, Amritsar,” December 1905, H.E. Prevost Battersby, printed in Amandeep

Mandra, The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past (1808–1959)

Page 76: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

56

Figure 9: Hawkers selling their wares in the Golden Temple Complex c. 1920, courtesy, Punjab

Digital Library

The management body had to create a new sensibility of place, not just through

the written representations, which were important, but also by enforcing new practices

and norms. New signboards were put up in the Golden Temple that informed the visitors

on how to conduct themselves. Rules regarding bathing before entering the sarovar

(sacred pool of water), where to drink water, and how to enter the gurdwara became

standard rules, starting from the Golden Temple and adopted in all other gurdwaras.26

While it was one thing to order the space within the gurdwara, the SGPC

leadership was also keen on organizing the space outside the gurdwara, specifically the

entrances and the exits. Popularizing the vision of the Golden Temple as a living symbol

of spirituality, the management body highlighted the frescos, pietra dura, and minakari on

the walls inside the Golden Temple that seemingly took the visitor on a transcendental

experience; outside the Golden Temple was the secular experience of the historical

26 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani Pattar No. 5.

Page 77: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

57

bustling markets. It was important for the SGPC to make the experience of entering the

Golden Temple clean, pure, and spiritual, since outside the gurdwara one was exposed to

continual chaos. The Golden Temple had many entrances that led to the inner parikrama.

Karam Singh Historian remarks that there were as many entrances, if not more, as there

were bungas; there were eighty-eight bungas, and each bunga had an entrance into the

parikrama. Additionally, there were narrow alleyways and streets that opened into the

parikrama as well, for example, the narrow street between Akhara Braham Butta and

Ramgarhia Bunga and Bunga Sodiyan and Ghanta Ghar.27 These narrow streets caused

great distress to the SGPC leaders for it was much harder to keep the parikrama clean and

controlled, specifically from animals in these areas. Apart from these narrow entrances

were the four main gates of the Golden Temple—Ghanta Ghar (referencing the Victorian

Clock Tower), Baba Atal, Saraiwala, and Thada Saheb that open out from the parikrama

to the flourishing markets of the walled city, or Katras. The SGPC made plans to close

off the smaller passages and eventually only have the four main entrances.28

27 Karam Singh Historian, Twarikh Amritsar (Sikh History Society, 1936). 28 Amritsar Development Authority, Master Plan of Amritsar, An Introduction, (2016).

Page 78: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

58

Figure 10: Street leading to Golden Temple in Amritsar, c. 1857-58. Felice Beato, printed in

Amandeep Madra & Parmjit Singh, ed., The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past

(1808-1959) Kashi House, 2014.

Page 79: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

59

Figure 11: Passageways in the Golden Temple Outer Boundary © Amarjeet Singh, Amritsar.

One of the passages that were later enclosed by the management committee with a small gate in the

1960s. The corner area led to the Atta Mandi, which by 2014 had been properly enclosed by a wall and

water cell known as chabeel.

The SGPC synthesized different representations inside and outside the gurdwara

by advocating a certain meaning and value of the gurdwara and found suitable historical

works and representations to support their desired meaning. One effect of such a

representation was the removal of all temporal functions outside the gurdwara. For

example, the educational classes that had been held in the Golden Temple in the

nineteenth century were no longer permissible as non-religious information no longer had

a place in the gurdwara. Such views on the division of sacred and non-sacred functions

also created boundaries within the larger Golden Temple complex. A clear boundary had

to be established, and so the SGPC demolished the bungas (historical rest houses)

surrounding the Golden Temple, as I discuss in the fourth chapter.

The use of value-laden representations and the management-sponsored building

activities ordered the physical space of the gurdwara in clear terms. They created a

Page 80: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

60

bounded object that had previously extended into the bazaars of Amritsar in a more

organic way. The very meaning of the act of entering the gurdwara changed under

SGPC’s management. Passages between bungas and other open-ended paths had led to

the Guru-ka-bagh at one end and Baba Atal Rai gurdwara at the other. These passages

and open areas were carefully and slowly enclosed, beginning in the 1930s and ending in

1990, for the fear of walking in with dirty feet was aired many times in pamphlets and

newspapers.

Moreover, langar (congregational and free meal), which was earlier held in the

Guru-ka-bagh area, was now placed in an enclosed area as new structures were

constructed in the garden in 1956. The organization of langar was placed in the hands of

management employees rather than those of the volunteers. This way the management

took over a function that was earlier carried out by volunteers and streamlined the special

process for the preparation and distribution of the food.

In streamlining the purpose of the gurdwara and the use of its place, the SGPC

created distinct circuits of sacred sites that were to be visited by the pilgrims. By paving

the path between gurdwaras that were near the Golden Temple, a ranking order of

gurdwaras was established. For example, the path to gurdwara Atal Rai was paved and

clear signs were placed that distinguished the Golden Temple Complex from this

gurdwara, and another behind Atal Rai Gurdwara, known as Mata Kaulsar Gurdwara.

This created a track of sacred sites that included Atal Rai Gurdwara, Mata Kaulsar

Gurdwara and the Golden Temple Complex, showing a loosely held sacred history and its

meaning for the believers but also made clear that they were not the Golden Temple.29

29 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani Pattar, 1936, 12–13.

Page 81: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

61

Another reason was to keep the spaces clean and hygienic. A letter in 1936, for instance,

demanded that marble be laid between the gurdwaras to connect them because until then,

people going to the two gurdwaras had to walk through Guru-ka-Bagh and on open streets

that were filthy.30

A final push to establish the gurdwara space as sacred in opposition to the secular

space outside was made with the demolition of the bungas, which had been an integral

part of the gurdwara until the beginning of the twentieth century. The SGPC argued that

bungas, apart from being dens of wrongdoing, were also incongruous to the beauty and

tranquillity of the Golden Temple and gave the gurdwara a haphazard look. Some bungas

were two levels high, and some were six. Further, these bungas had been divided into

personal family homes and were leased to shopkeepers, bringing the secular functions too

close to the parikrama. The SGPC and newspapers like the Akali sought to delegitimize

this activity in the gurdwara. As a result, poems like Sri Darbar Sahib Amrtisar da din

raat britant, published in 1907, which extolled the virtues of the bungas, were removed

from print. Instead, works like Sri Amrtisar Gurdham Deedar, published in 1929, had

nine print runs, which extolled the virtues of the management body and its building

projects in the form of kar seva.31 While discipline and orderliness became important

facets of managing the gurdwara, it also became evident to the SGPC that proper training

of the sevadars was needed. The next section investigates this undertaking by the SGPC.

30 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani Pattar No. 5, Sriomani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee

ate Gurdwara Committee Sri Darbar Sahib de membrane de dhyaan yogi (1936), 5. 31 Sri Darbar Sahib Amrtisar ji de din raat britant, 7th edition (Gurmat Press, Amritsar, 1907); Sri Amrtisar

Gurdham Deedar Arthat Gurdham Darpan Rachit (1929).

Page 82: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

62

Professionalizing the Cadres: Driving Accountability and Standardization across

Gurdwaras

The new practices of orderliness and cleanliness were critical to the process of creating an

ideal gurdwara space for believers. This ideal aimed at ordering and defining the sacred

space and assigning meanings to specific areas. But, to maintain this order, a professional

cadre had to be established that would represent the authority and discipline of the newly

created SGPC. This cadre of new professionals represented the SGPC’s inherent objective

towards the Sikh community—to guide and discipline. The management body saw its role

as not just managing the financial matters that the erstwhile non-religious manager of the

Golden Temple upheld. They saw an extension in their responsibilities, which included

the hiring, training, and upkeep of a professional class of people in the gurdwara. This

professional class ranged from the sevadars to rababis and kirtankaris, trades and

positions that were traditionally passed on within families as inheritance. The SGPC

altered this landscape and democratized the professional class in the gurdwara. The

sevadars had to fulfil certain criteria to be hired and were to be trained according to new

rules for managing the gurdwara. The most important shift in this creation of new offices

and duties was to change the role of volunteer work wherein untrained and regular

pilgrims performed duties in the gurdwara as a form of service, also known as seva, into a

salaried job, which required structure, authority, and accountability. It is not that seva as a

concept was done away with in its entirety, but it transformed along with the new

responsibilities of the sevadar, where the person who does seva (seva+dar) was to be

employed. In this way, the management body established an institutional system and

process to manage the gurdwara by introducing a “professional” class to the gurdwara.

Page 83: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

63

While voluntary services allowed believers from any caste, creed, or religion to

participate in the gurdwaras, the professional class of sevadars could only be hired if they

were Amritdhari or baptised Sikhs. This meant that the sevadars had to undergo the

baptismal ceremony, if they had not already. The impact of seeing Amritdhari Sikhs

patrolling the gurdwara, guiding and disciplining visitors and pilgrims alike, created a

regimented and stricter view of Sikhism that came to life in practice from Singh Sabha

reformist texts. The SGPC established what the Singh Sabha reformers had been writing

over the last thirty-forty decades. A consequence of sevadars controlling activities in the

parikrama, as discussed in the last section, was the eventual demise of alternative

religious practices that were common in the parikrama until the 1930s, as evident from

the pictures available from the time.32

Figure 12: Udasis and Ascetics Meditating at the Amrit Sarovar in the Golden Temple Complex,

courtesy Punjab Digital Library

32 Amandeep Madra, The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past; 1808-1959, (Kashi House,

2014).

Page 84: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

64

However, it was not just the alternative religious practices and texts that came

under scrutiny. Even Sikh practices and religious readings now had to be ordered, to

ensure proper observation. No scriptures could be read in the parikrama, even if they were

the approved Sikh texts. Scriptures could only be read in designated spaces as the

management claimed that such activity blocked the narrow path for other visitors. The

same applied to sermons. Before the formation of the SGPC, any sant or baba could

sermonize in any part of the gurdwara; after the creation of the professional class, only a

few people were permitted to give sermons, as they were trained in schools. Also, by

employing more granthis (scripture readers) for the increased number of sermons

requested, voluntary agents were no longer needed. Sermons could be given by SGPC

trained pracharaks (preachers) only, and to train them a school was opened in 1927—the

Shaheed Sikh Missionary College.

The Chief Khalsa Diwan began the practice of training pracharaks, kirtanis

(hymn singers), and granthis in specific schools, which continued to receive royal

patronage by the princely states, as was the practice before colonial rule.33 The SGPC

expanded this training and opened the profession of rababis and kirtanis to the masses.

Previously, it had been a hereditary profession, with sons learning from their fathers and

belonging to certain gharanas (method and school of training) of music.34 Virinder Singh

Kalra says, “The advent of modern music education came to the kirtanis in 1927, with the

opening of the Shaheed (martyrs) Sikh Missionary College. This was an institution that

was central to breaking the monopoly the rababis held in imparting musical education

33 Bob van der Linden, “Sikh Sacred Music: Identity, Aesthetics and Historical Change,” Music and Empire

in Britain and India: Identity, Internationalism and Cross-Cultural Communication (Palgrave, 2013),

132. 34 Virinder Singh Kalra, Sacred and Secular Musics: A Postcolonial Approach (Bloomsbury, 2015), 88–90.

Page 85: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

65

through oral tradition. Sikh reformists founded the college with the express aim of

training people to work in the newly taken-over gurdwaras… These mechanisms serve to

illustrate the extent to which the training of the kirtan musician shifted in the twentieth

century from hereditary to standardized knowledge.”

The SGPC took over the process by opening more colleges, setting a uniform

syllabus, and providing regular funds for training schools and its patrons. The curriculum

for the Shaheed Sikh Missionary College “…offer(ed) accredited courses in Gurmat

Sangeet (religious music), and a certificate was issued upon completion of what is the

equivalent of a degree in music.”35 The students were trained in Sikh history, exegesis,

philosophy, ethics, and practical training in a gurdwara before they were granted a

certificate and then employment in a gurdwara.36 The institutionalization of traditional

roles like rababis, kirtanis, granthis, and pracharaks was a significant move for the

management body, which was exercising a new form of enrolment and employment

policy. These roles had previously been handed down within families, leaving little scope

for the public to get involved other than through voluntary seva. The management body

claimed that such nepotism was only harming the management of the gurdwara and that

the selection needed to be based on merit.37 However, it was not just a requirement for

skilled workers to be trained. It became a requirement for all employees in the gurdwara,

including the sevadars. It was decided that all sevadars had to fulfil certain criteria before

they could be employed, and their duties had to be clearly defined for efficient gurdwara

35 Virinder Singh Kalra, Sacred and Secular Musics. 36 Harbans Singh, Encyclopaedia of Sikhism, (Hemkunt Press, 1998); Kristina Myrvold, “Translating the

Guru’s Words to Local and Global Contests: Katha for Contemporary Sikh Communities,” in Sikh

Diaspora: Theory, Agency and Experience, ed. Michael Hawley (Brill, 2013). 37 “Sevadar Kiven Chune Jan?”, Gurdwara Gazette, August 1929, p.8.

Page 86: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

66

management. Various articles in the Khalsa Samachar and the Gurdwara Gazette

mentioned and frowned upon sevadars that were rude and unpleasant to visitors in the

gurdwara. It was believed that the sevadar had to be pleasant but firm attendants, who

guided the visitors and pilgrims but disciplined them when it was needed. For this

purpose, sevadars had to be sufficiently educated; they had to be proficient in reading

Gurmukhi and speaking Punjabi, needed some training in religious scriptures and texts,

and were expected to exhibit a good disposition and have a friendly personality.38

To further control all issues related to religious missionizing, religious

publications, and organizing Sikh events, the SGPC founded a new department called

Dharam Prachar Committee. The roles were now divided between the SGPC and this new

committee which took over all aspects of religious observation, informing and enforcing

the Code of Conduct and religious publications, while the SGPC handled all managerial

affairs of the gurdwaras. The two publications of the departments clearly signalled this

division of labor: the Gurdwara Gazette was run by the SGPC and published monthly

meetings and resolutions, while the Dharam Prachar Committee published Gurmat

Prakash, for the dissemination of Sikh histories, religious sermons, and special issues on

religious observations and events.

The Shaheed Sikh Missionary College was given over to the Dharam Prachar

Committee for management.39 The Missionary College was funded by the SGPC but the

biggest contributor to its funds was voluntary donations made by the community at large.

38 The writer says, “Parikrama vich eh sevadar rakhe jan jo yatri nal narmi, mithat ate piyar nal gal bat karn,

jo koi sawal puche ate hamdardi nal javab de, navakif nun koi gal samajhani hoe ate sabhyata nal

sikhiaye,” in Khalsa Samachar, “Sevadar da charitra,” June 1926, 3; Khalsa Samachar, “Sevadar da

charitra- bhag 2,” September 1926, 2; (December 1926), p. 4.; Gurdwara Gazette, January 1930, 12. 39 Harbans Singh, Encyclopaedia of Sikhism, (Hemkunt Press, 1998).

Page 87: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

67

Donations became a prominent way for the community to engage with the projects

undertaken by the SGPC, highlighting the support and consent of the community to

certain projects or plans. Although physical labour in building gurdwaras and charitable

establishments continued to be an important form of performing seva, donating money

became a new form of seva. This became particularly popular amongst the Sikh diaspora,

who chose to send in materials like marble and food for the gurdwaras.40 The SGPC, in

other words, did not do away with the traditional practice of performing seva or

contributing to the gurdwara, but shifted and narrowed the focus of such contributions

while streamlining the official processes of managing, building, and developing gurdwara

properties. Because the SGPC is officially headquartered in the Golden Temple precinct,

it therefore became the first gurdwara to undergo this streamlining and distribution of

professional labour.

In the process of reform, the SGPC assumed direct management of services once

provided by shop owners. Prashad is an obligatory part of visiting a gurdwara. After

offering prayers, all visitors are given prashad before they leave. Visitors can offer

prashad as a form of donation and seva, as mentioned above. There are two ways of

making this donation. Visitors may bring materials for the prashad, namely sugar, wheat,

and oil. Alternatively, they may buy the prashad readymade from the shopkeepers outside

the gurdwara and offer it inside. These shopkeepers held one more very important

function, along with controlling the quality and sale of prashad for the gurdwara. Prashad

shopkeepers traditionally controlled the rest houses and lodging for visitors coming to the

40 In recent times, an online portal asks for bheta or donations as seva on the official website for SGPC,

which is called ‘online seva system.’ For more, see: SGPC, “Send Bheta,” http://new.sgpc.net/send-

bheta/.

Page 88: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

68

Golden Temple. They would go to the railway station twice a day, when trains would pull

into the station, and pick up passengers who had come to visit the gurdwara. These

shopkeepers arranged for their lodging, food, and prashad donations, and were generally

responsible for the visitors’ overall experience.41

After the SGPC’s formation, it was believed that the shopkeepers provided poor

standards of prashad and cheated visitors with bad lodging facilities.42 Upon further

investigations, in 1927–1928, the SGPC decided to centralize the prashad facilities, and to

build sarais (rest houses) to provide free accommodation to visitors for up to three

nights.43 These decisions were not well-received by the shopkeepers, as the shopkeepers

would lose their traditional roles, and valuable business. This decision to build rest houses

and to control the prashad service meant that the SGPC was not only attempting to

control the functions and ensure quality within the gurdwara, but also outside it. The

gurdwara management, in other words, expanded outside the walls of the gurdwara. The

shopkeepers lost their right to make prashad and fix the rates for lodges and rest houses,

and they now had to compete harder for visitors. By creating these institutional processes

and departments, the SGPC impacted functions and management outside the gurdwara as

well as the people that had been associated with it, remarkably changing the experience of

visiting the gurdwara.

41 Khalsa Samachar, “Yatruan de Aaram Lai,” May 1932, 8. 42 No Author, Sri Harimandir Sahib de Gunje Bhed: Arthat Darbar Sahib de Intezam Diyan Andruni

Kharabian, (Punjab Commercial Press, 1927). This pamphlet directly accuses halwais for their

corrupt nature. The author says that the halwais had expanded their duties from providing prashad to

also renting properties around the Golden Temple as lodging for the visitors. They thus entrap the

visitors and force them to pay high rents as well as high fees for the prashad, which is also of poor

quality. The author asks the SGPC to build its own rest houses to control the visitors’ experience as

well as to take over the function of halwais. 43 Gurdwara Gazette, Meeting notes, 1928–1936.

Page 89: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

69

The new officials and functionaries, along with standardized processes of training,

were successful in placing the resources in the SGPC’s hands. However, as this

dissertation highlights, there were also other institutions under SGPC, but they differed in

certain practices and traditions of Sikhism. Taksals, like the Damdami Taksal, have

played a very important role in Sikh history and politics in the twentieth century.44 More

recently, the Damdami Taksal has become known for its leader, Jarnail Singh

Bhindrawale, and for its role in supporting the separatist movement. However,

traditionally, the taksals were known for producing a professional class of granthis

(readers), ragis (Sikh musicians), and kathakars (exegetes). Additionally, they were

known to have their own traditions in leading kar sevas in the Punjab. In this way,

institutional practices of Sikhism that are approved by the SGPC blend with the deras and

the sant traditions. While some deras do challenge the dominant discourse of a cohesive

Sikh panth that are representative of an orthodox view, many practices and even

professional training of the sevadars are done at these very deras and taksals. Eventually,

a professional cadre of Sikh religious functionaries emerged and became the new standard

for managing gurdwaras. To control the training received in taksals and deras, the SGPC

created uniform syllabi and enforced them through examinations and a rigorous

interviewing process for all job postings. As professional classes became standardized

and democratized, the job listings also had to become more transparent, as stated in

monthly meetings of the SGPC.45

44 Paramjit Singh Judge, “Taksals, Akharas, Nihang Deras,” in Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, ed.

Pashaura Singh and Louis Fenech (Oxford University Press, 2014). 45 Gurdwara Gazette, Monthly meeting minutes, August 1958.

Page 90: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

70

Building Projects: Power, Expansion, and Routinization of the New Norms

The routinization of religious and non-religious functions in the gurdwara in their

apposite places necessitated new building projects. For instance, Guru-ka-Bagh (Guru’s

garden) was used for multiple activities like the organization of kathas or sermons based

on historical events, religious fairs, school classes for students in Gurmukhi religious

learning, and special classes for women. However, these activities were no longer

permitted in the garden space as it was considered outside the sacred boundaries of the

gurdwara. This space now became a chosen spot for the new rest house for pilgrims,

which the management found necessary to provide as the halwais, who would also offer

lodging to visitors, were now seen to be corrupt.46 When demarcating areas and assigning

meaning for activities, the SGPC was in effect clearing the space of its precolonial

meanings and associations.

New standards and protocols of being in the gurdwara, the new division of labour

between Dharam Prachar Committee and the SGPC, and new building projects all had the

effect of institutionalizing the genius loci or the spirit of place that was being collectively

yet gradually crafted by the SGPC leaders. This form was not, however pre-decided or

premeditated, but evolved gradually, with each new development and plan impacting the

overall picture. In this sense, no small change or project was insignificant. Every decision

impacted something; for instance, the SGPC assuming the prashad function meant that

new rest houses had to be constructed that would allow pilgrims and visitors to find

lodging without much difficulty.

46 Gurdwara Gazette, Meeting notes of the SGPC, September 1928; Khalsa Samachar, “Updates,” August

1928, 3.

Page 91: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

71

The SGPC attempted to create a unified vision of the gurdwara as a sacred place

in its entirety, evident to visitors as soon as they entered the precincts. For this purpose,

many travel guides were published and an official position called the information officer

was created in 1930.47 The Golden Temple, like other historic gurdwaras, comprises

various ‘sacred’ locations associated with different religious events, miracles, and people,

which includes Gurus, bhakts, and soldiers/martyrs.48 These sites continue to be thought

of in a variety of ways, wherein different individuals may consider certain sites to be

more sacred than others. The information officer would guide pilgrims and visitors

coming to the Golden Temple Complex following carefully designed guidelines by SGPC

to express legitimacy. This meant not only observing the conventions of being in a

gurdwara, i.e. to not wear shoes or socks, to dress modestly, and to not carry intoxicants,

but also to not carry big bags and umbrellas into the gurdwara. The information officers

also required a ‘historical’ tour of the religious sites in the gurdwara, beginning with the

Dukh Bhajan Beri because it existed before the water tank was dug or the gurdwara was

built. The circuit then led to the raised platform near Dukh Bhajan Beri, known as the Ath

Sath Teerath, which is believed to be the spot from where Guru Arjan would watch the

work being done on the main sanctum sanctorum. The trail was historically determined,

from the oldest sites to the most recent addition to the gurdwara—the rest house made by

47 Gurdwara Gazette, June 1930. Travel guides are published annually, where the SGPC spends an annual

budget to publish pictures and histories of the gurdwara. For more see,

http://www.goldentemple.org/amritsar-travel-guide,-golden-temple-amritsar-tourist-guide.php 48 For instance, other prominent historic gurdwaras like Anandpur Sahib and Patna Sahib consist of various

sacred sites associated with the memory and historical events from the life of the Guru. Unlike the

Golden Temple, however, these sites have not been ordered within one gurdwara, although attempts

to create circuits and ordering pilgrims to visit gurdwaras in an order have been made by the

management committee. Anne Murphy, Materiality of the Past: History and Representation in Sikh

Tradition (New York: Oxford University Press, 2012).

Page 92: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

72

the SGPC in the 1930s outside the Golden Temple Complex.49 The work of the

information officer was made easier in 1956, when more signs explaining the histories of

sacred sites were put up in the gurdwara.50 Around the same time, the Central Sikh

Museum was opened to the public, putting into practice a concern that was deeply

embedded in Sikh ideas of good management and progress, i.e. “historical awareness.”51

In this section, I will consider two building projects that impacted the overall

Golden Temple Complex as well as its management. These transformations in turn

impacted the ways in which the Sikh community came to experience the gurdwara in the

twentieth century. The two projects that I discuss are the building of Guru Ram Das Sarai

and the widening of the parikrama—a project that was forty years in the making. These

projects highlight the ways in which the SGPC managed the gurdwara within and

without, and how a certain sense of place formed regarding the built structure.

While the SGPC worked towards standardizing the look and feel of the gurdwara,

there were location-specific gurdwaras that were incorporated within the larger Golden

Temple Complex. The leadership faced a paradox in its effort to both standardize the look

and feel of the gurdwaras while also maintaining the original structures of the gurdwaras

to their scale, size, and form, especially in larger gurdwara complexes like the Golden

Temple. It was in this conundrum that the SGPC’ s policies took shape, in the

contradictory desires to standardize and yet keep the particularity of the place intact.

49 Sodhi Hazara Singh, A History and Guide to the Golden Temple (Prakash Singh Publication, 1938);

Jagdeep Singh, The Durbar (no pub, 1928). 50 “Aelan”, Gurdwara Gazette, July 1956. 51 I use the term “historical awareness” to suggest that Sikhs at large may not have read various historical

accounts written or endorsed by the SGPC, but they had become historically aware through the

sermons (prachars and kathas) and annual pilgrimage tours of historical gurdwaras. I borrow the term

from Christopher Bayly’s “literacy awareness.”

Page 93: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

73

Most conservation scholars on Sikh architecture have highlighted the SGPC’ s

practice of breaking down historically valuable gurdwaras to construct bigger and more

modern structures.52 While this concern is valid, William Glover has recently

demonstrated how older structures were incorporated within newer constructions. Taking

the example of the gurdwara in Keshgarh Sahib, Anandpur, Glover suggests that although

the SGPC has been driven by its concern for bigger and shinier buildings, they have in

some places retained the older structures.53 Similarly, the attempt to shadow the design

and form of the main sanctum sanctorum in the Golden Temple Complex in other

gurdwaras, Glover suggests, signals the desire to make them closer to historical structures

than to modernize these buildings. Following Glover, we can read the streamlining of the

gurdwaras’ functions and responsibilities and the assignment of particular places for

certain activities as not driven merely by concerns of modernity but as deeply conflicted

reactions to the preservation and treatment of historical structures.

Guru Ram Das Sarai was a rest house built by the SGPC in the Golden Temple

Complex. The earliest discussions on the plans for building the Sarai revolved around

issues of the size of the building, its outlook, application of modern facilities like

electricity, sewage, toilets, and library, and the outer façade of the building, which had to

reflect that it was a gurdwara-managed rest house. While some managers felt that the rest

house should be compact and utilitarian with a set number of rooms and storage facility,

others felt that the rest house had to provide for more than just rooms for lodging.54 A call

52 Gurmeet Rai and Kavita Singh, Brick by Sacred Brick: Architectural Projects of Guru Arjan and Guru

Hargobind (Marg Publications, 2003); Patwant Singh, Golden Temple (South Asia Books, 1989). 53 William J. Glover, “Shiny New Buildings: Rebuilding Historic Sikh Gurdwaras in Indian Punjab,”

Future Anterior 9, no. 1 (2012): 32–47. 54 Gurdwara Gazette, Meeting minutes, 1928–1932; Chitha Amdan Report Imarat (Amritsar, 1931).

Page 94: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

74

for blueprints was made to the wider Sikh public in the leading newspapers, asking for

Sikh engineers to keep in mind the community’s needs.55 This call for blueprints

resembles the contemporary tender system, where the SGPC makes a call for architects,

constructors, and engineers to send in plans and designs along with the estimated cost of a

project. The process of choosing architectural and building contractors was first set in the

1930s, when the Guru Ram Das Sarai was constructed. From a pool of blueprints, the

managing committee made several choices for the rest house, deciding upon the aesthetic

and functional experience of staying in a rest house behind the gurdwara. The choice for

the location was significant, because the SGPC had acquired larger tracks of lands and

property to build similar sized or even bigger rest houses elsewhere. The committee found

it important to keep the rest house close to the gurdwara to allow visitors to listen to the

kirtan and sermons through the day.

The experience of being in a distinctive religious rest house began from the

entrance and the outer façade of the building. The use of a dome, big arched windows,

and floral embellishments gave a stylistic feeling of entering a gurdwara and not a rest

house.56 As one entered the rest house, there was a wide and open courtyard, usually full

of activity and noise. But as one proceeded towards the inner area, it was much quieter

and cooler with the use of bricks, light blue and white paint, and covered areas leading to

the rooms and storage area. This style of open courtyard leading to a quiet area is

common to many gurdwaras, especially those that have been rebuilt by the SGPC over

the years. Many gurdwaras from the fifteenth and the sixteenth centuries were single-

55 Khalsa Samachar, “Invitations to Design: A Series,” (1929–30). 56 P. S. Arshi has categorized the different plans of gurdwaras and identified the distinctive stylistic features

like pillars, arches, domes, and kiosks. For more, see: P. S. Arshi, Sikh Architecture (Intellectual

Publishing House, 1986).

Page 95: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

75

story structures, with a single room for the granthi to perform religious duties while the

congregation met outside this single story, and at times single-roomed, gurdwara.57 Many

such gurdwaras have now been converted into bigger plots of land and bigger structures

with multiple rooms and different functional areas. The rest house followed a similar

pattern and plan for the building, where the outer façade and the inner courtyard gave the

sense of entering a gurdwara. However, the similarities ended there, for the adoption of

modern facilities were made more easily in the rest house than in the main gurdwaras.

The use of electricity remained a controversial subject in the Golden Temple

Complex. The outer area in the gurdwara, mainly the parikrama, received electric lights

and wiring in 1898, after prolonged and controversial arguments between two blocs

within the Sikh community. The mahants and granthis opposed the use of electricity in

the gurdwara, claiming that the gurdwara should be managed in the same way as it was

by the Gurus. Whereas reformed Sikhs, led by Sundar Singh Majithia, insisted that the

gurdwara be managed with the current times in mind that used the advances made in the

fields of scientific invention.58 The inner sanctum sanctorum received electricity in 1931,

around the same time as the rest house.59 Other facilities, such as toilets with modern

equipment like flushes, taps, and a modern sewage system that would take the waste from

the rest house outside the walled city were significant choices in the early 1930s. These

57 Ibid. 58 No Author, Bijili Bidaran. Amritsar (1897); Sant Khalsa Dyal Singh, Sri Darbar-Sahib Amritsar vich

bijli di roshni nal beadbi (Amritsar, 1897); Harbans Singh, “Polemic over the Electrification of the

Golden Temple,” Sikh Courier 8, no. 4 (1976), 21–22. 59 Kartar Singh, History of Golden Temple (Amritsar, 1978).

Page 96: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

76

facilities, it seems, were not easily available to the larger masses who could come and

stay at the rest house for free for up to three days.60

Visitor experiences collected through visitors’ books were used to further expand

the rest houses’ facilities and provide for visitors’ comforts, a concern that had become

more pressing in the management body’s affairs. Official posts like that of the

information officer or of sevadars accountable for the comforts of the pilgrims and

visitors alike, both in the gurdwara and the rest house, signal the new management’s

concerns in producing a certain experience of visiting the gurdwara. The creation of this

experience aligned with the expectations of observing a certain decorum in this space, as

discussed before. These experiences were recorded, circulated, and published to further

fuel the development of other SGPC-led projects.

Guru Ram Das Sarai was completed in 1934 with contributions from the

community for building the rest house, and the remaining resources were supplied from

the excess of funds from karah prashad donations in the gurdwara. The future of rest

houses was also drawn up, as the number of pilgrims increased due to annually sponsored

pilgrimages organized by local gurdwara committees and the SGPC.

The plans to widen the parikrama were first made in the early 1930s, when it was

decided that the thirty-foot wide pathway around the amrit sarovar would be widened to a

sixty-foot perimeter. The SGPC argued that there had been an increase in the number of

pilgrims to the Golden Temple which cramped the walkways. The only solution was to

break the uneven structures surrounding the Golden Temple and widen the parikrama.

60 Santokh Singh BSc. SGPC’s, Report Sri Darbar Sahib (SGPC Pub., 1933–34).

Page 97: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

77

The demolition of bungas and the clearing of space along the path of smaller gurdwaras

were all part of this project of widening the parikrama, which ended in 1970. In the

process of widening, many sacred spots were highlighted, with their historic and religious

significance receiving renewed reinforcement from the SGPC. Smaller gurdwaras,

included the Shahid Bunga, one of the three that survived and was owned by the SGPC.61

The parikrama, much like other parts of the gurdwara, held significance for the

community and the management body intended to institutionalize this part of the

gurdwara as much as the others. This included building smaller shrines according to a

standardized format of gurdwaras, paving the path and laying marble, setting rules and

schedules for its cleaning, hiring a parikrama officer who oversaw the cleaning and order,

and observing proper decorum and ritualized prayers every morning and evening.

The parikrama holds a deep meaning for the Sikh community and the believers; it

is not simply a pathway around the amrit sarovar. Hence, the SGPC’s control over it is

significant. The parikrama was the place where once had lain the heads of the martyrs

who died defending the Golden Temple on the many occasions it was attacked. It is

believed that the parikrama is in fact a samadhi—a commemoration built for these

martyrs. During my fieldwork, this analogy came up in various unexpected places and

conversations, including a televised show on Sikh prayers. A frequent appeal made to

pilgrims and visitors alike is “walk gently, there are martyrs resting beneath this floor.”62

This idea of becoming a martyr for the honour of the gurdwara is extended to the valour

of soldiers for their regiment and their nation. A common sight in the gurdwara is a

61 The other two bungas were Akal Bunga—also known as Akal Takhat, the seat of temporal authority for

the Sikhs—and Jhanda Bunga. 62 Personal conversations with Balbir Singh, Sevadar (August 12, 2013) and Bibi Jagwinder Kaur

(December 4, 2013), who pointed me to the televised show.

Page 98: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

78

marble engraving dedicated to individuals and battalions that have donated money or

marble to commemorate their losses for the cause of the nation.

Figure 13: Marble Memorials in the Golden Temple Complex, taken during field work in 2013

The parikrama unites all these values—defending its sacred spaces against enemies,

courage in the face of death, and masculine notions of standing up for your right—and

embodies them in this physical space. Its institutionalization by the SGPC popularized

and regularized these values and ideas for the entire community. These values of valour,

aspiring to martyrdom for a cause greater than the self, and being commemorated and

decorated on the walls of the parikrama, are tied to the community’s connection with the

gurdwara and its built environment. The spatial ideal that extends from individual to the

built structure is made stronger with such practices and beliefs.

The stories and the values regarding the parikrama can be traced to the written

histories of the Golden Temple, which highlight its unique resilience in the face of enemy

attacks—the Temple was attacked at least seven times by the infamous Afghan invaders

Page 99: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

79

Ahmad Shah Abdali and Nadir Shah in the eighteenth century.63 Some historical

narratives have suggested that this was already prophesized by the fifth Guru, when a

mason had misplaced the foundation brick. The Guru had then said that there would be a

time when the religion would need to be defended, for this structure would be brought

down and built from the ground up once again. The prophecy included a call for

courageous Sikhs who would lay down their lives to protect the gurdwara and their

religion, which were understood to be the same thing. The valorisation of martyrs,

particularly Baba Dip Singh, in this regard comes from this spatial imagination. And the

legends associated with his death and his samadhi (commemoration building) are tied to

the parikrama in the Golden Temple. This resilience of place in turn depicts the resilience

of the community in the form of the martyrs’ presence in the parikrama.

The project to widen the parikrama was accompanied by plans to pave the path and

lay marble. Previously, only the area in front of the Akal Takhat leading to the main

sanctum sanctorum had been paved with marble using the donations from Ranjit Singh

and his son Sher Singh.64 This marble was sourced from Rajasthan and had traditional

patterns. The new marble laid on the parikrama imitates the patterns in some areas, but it

is largely plain in the rest of the parikrama. The SGPC bought a workshop to make its

own marble in 1934, along the Guru-ka-Bagh and the SGPC office. The gurmat

resolution states the setting of this workshop and explains that the increased orders and

63 There are various fictional and non-fictional accounts on this episode of Sikh history, which deeply

impacts the ways Sikhs view the Golden Temple and tie their own identities and histories to this

place. For more, see Ganda Singh, Ahmad Shah Abdali (Bombay, Asia House, 1959). 64 Madanjit Kaur, The Golden Temple, Past and Present (Guru Nanak Dev University Press,

1983).

Page 100: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

80

need for marble for the building activities necessitated the standardization and quality

control of this marble.65

The use of marble has been criticized by architectural conservationists as an

ahistorical material and not the Guru’s aesthetic choice for building materials; the Gurus

largely used Nanakshahi bricks and not marble.66 However, marble carried a certain

symbolism and meaning for people, which the SGPC capitalized on.67 Its meaning was

associated with purity, royalty, and a coolness to the touch, and this meaning was bundled

to create and embody a vision of supreme authority—both spiritual and temporal. An

aesthetic transformation was made possible through a materiality that physically

distinguished the calm spirituality inside the complex from the hustle bustle in the market

area outside.

As the processes and accounting/auditing became better defined and

institutionalized, so did the records and documentation around gurdwara management.

Annual published records highlighted expenses, revenues, and ongoing projects in the

gurdwaras, publishing audit reports, income, expenditure, and savings for future projects.

These records were also organized according to the initiatives taken by the SGPC, such as

building activity, processions, education and so on. Although many records from this time

have not survived, there remain some that reveal how gurdwaras were renovated and

constructed immediately after the SGPC came into existence. Initially, records from

1929–1930 suggest that materials like marble, gold, and other construction materials were

65 Santokh Singh B.Sc., Sri Report Sri Darbar Sahib, (SGPC pub., 1933-34), Gurdwara Gazette, Member

meeting notes, 1934. 66 Gurmeet Rai and Kavita Singh, Brick by Sacred Brick. 67 Webb Keane, “Signs Are Not a Garb of Meaning: On the Social Analysis of Material Things,” in

Materiality, ed. Daniel Miller (Durham: Duke University Press, 2003).

Page 101: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

81

donated and supplied by the community as a form of service. The gurdwara management

in Amritsar and elsewhere would take these materials and store them. During building

projects, if such materials fell in short supply, the management would send out an appeal

for the materials or for monetary supplements to complete the task at hand.68

Increasingly, the management committee extended its control over the materials and

opened factories and workshops to centralize the production of materials like marble and

stone work, to ensure that all gurdwaras had standardized inlay work.69 The reproduction

of certain styles and materials gave authenticity and authority to these structures, rather

than emphasize the longevity of the building and the materials used. Questions like

safety, access, and facilities eventually became more important to the management

committee and to the Sikh public in thinking about the old and the new gurdwara

structures, and these were addressed in the design of the gurdwara.

Of the many concerns regarding safety in the 1920s, one was the issue of the danger

the sarovar posed to children and non-swimmers. Newspapers reported multiple incidents

of children drowning in the sarovar because there was nothing to hold on to if someone

slipped into the water.70 The kar seva of the amrit sarovar in 1923 was an opportunity to

make some amends to the structure of the sarovar and add some safety features. Requests

for ideas and design options were sent out in regional newspapers, especially Khalsa

Samachar and Khalsa Advocate. Engineers and architects from the Sikh community were

welcomed to send in their designs and thoughts on how to best make the sarovar safe,

while maintaining the essence of the gurdwara’s design.

68 SGPC, Annual Report, (Amritsar, SGPC pub. 1931–32, 1933). 69 SGPC, Report Chitha Amdan Kharach Imarat (Amritsar, SGPC pub. 1939–1940, 1941). 70 Khalsa Samachar, “Sri Amrit Sarovar ate Bachiya da Dubhna,” June 22, 1922, 5.

Page 102: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

82

A wide variety of ideas came in because of the advertisement. The chief difference

in the design was the structure and materials offered to prevent drowning. One article in

the Khalsa Samachar expanded upon the request for the synchronized materiality of the

design for the sarovar to a bigger but separate issue: that of the Victorian Clock Tower.

The writer says, “The Victorian clock tower... imposed itself on the Golden Temple since

early 1870s. What we need now is an understanding of an ‘oriental design’ and how to

maintain this ‘oriental essence’ of the Golden Temple that had already been compromised

with the Victorian clock tower.”71 This Clock Tower had been built in the 1870s, after the

Revolt of 1857, by demolishing Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s Bunga. In this, it served as a

marker of British authority over the Punjab.72 The proximity of this structure to the

Golden Temple was not lost on the Sikh community, which had strongly opposed this

structure until it was demolished in 1947–1948. The Gothic design was an “eyesore” not

just to the Sikh public, but to the European and British officers who visited the site as

well. The colors of the Victorian Clock Tower were dark in direct contrast to the Golden

Temple, as the article highlighted, and their aesthetics expressed two starkly different

worldviews. The writer appealed to the better judgment of the SGPC and the community,

and the author asked for designs and building models that could be displayed at the

gurdwara before a decision could be made. The jangla, or the railing for the sarovar, was

built after such a building model was placed in the SGPC office and a certain period had

passed during which anybody could register complaints about the building plans.73

71 Ibid.; Khalsa Samachar, “Ik Namuna Purabi Sundarta da,” editorial article, May 1923, 5. 72 B. H. Baden Powell, Handbook of the Manufactures and Arts of the Punjab, vol. II (Lahore, Punjab

Feinting Company, 1872). 73 Khalsa Samachar, “Ik Namuna Purabi Sundarta da”, June 22, 1922, 5; and “Jangla kiven banen?” Khalsa

Samachar, June 7, 1923, 2.

Page 103: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

83

Competing Ideas of Building Projects: Objecting to SGPC’s Narrative

There are three bers or trees in the Golden Temple complex. These three sites are the

Illachi ber, Dukh Bhajani and Baba Budha’s ber tree. These three sites are highly revered

by pilgrims for their sacred and miraculous powers. Dukh Bhajani, literally translated as

the ‘end of miseries’, is believed to have magical powers. Legends state that this place is

blessed to cure medical issues, especially related to leprosy as a leper was cured here

when he accidentally fell in the water in the sixteenth century. Since then, the Guru

blessed the water around the tree to cure all illnesses as well as end the miseries of

believers who come to pray here.

Harjot Oberoi has pointed out that the worship of trees, particularly the pipal tree

was a common practice in the pre-colonial period and was part of an “enchanted

universe”. He says, “The pipal (Ficus religiosa) and the bar (Bengalensis) trees were

commonly venerated, and only under dire circumstances like famine were their leaves cut

to feed the cattle…”.74 In other words, worshiping trees and plants was part of the

enchanted universe and were given as high a rank as any Gurus, scriptures or sants. This

practice of worshipping plants and trees, Oberoi says, came under attack under the Singh

Sabha reforms and were eventually discarded by the community as the Guru, Granth and

Gurdwara became the only sites of belief for them. The continued support for the Dukh

bhajini amongst the Sikh community however suggests the exception to this rule of the

three G’s and the support of the community in maintaining the ber tree in the Golden

Temple. The example of the Dukh bhajini ber highlights similar efforts made by the

74 Harjot Oberoi, Construction of Reliigous Boundaries, p. 169.

Page 104: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

84

SGPC to do away with the worship of trees and the continued support given to the tree by

the community, in defiance of what the SGPC desired.

At the beginning of the twentieth century there was nothing here but a tree along the

parikrama (pathway around the amrit sarovar).75 Sometime in the 1930s, the SGPC

floated the thought to demolish this small structure to expand the parikrama. The Sikh

public questioned the rationale behind the demolition of older gurdwaras and memorials

for new projects like parikrama expansion.76 The SGPC claimed that the narrow

parikrama and the bottlenecks around various entries and structures prevented the easy

transit of an ever-increasing volume of pilgrims. Such plans lent themselves to further

conversations over which structures to keep in the Golden Temple and which ones to be

removed. While certain structures did not raise much concern, like when the shivling

(Lord Shiva’s symbolic presence)77 placed on a raised platform in the parikrama suddenly

disappeared, there were debates on other structures that held greater value for the Sikhs.

In an article entitled, “Should gurdwaras be Built or Demolished in the Golden Temple”

in the Khalsa Samachar,78 an anonymous author highlighted the risks involved in

widening the parikrama at the expense of Sikh heritage and losing out on useful and

functional spaces to make the path wider. The writer asks what would be the purpose of

coming to a site that no longer had the sacred and memorial elements that were so deeply

tied to the Sikh past and faith? The writer claimed that he had it on good authority that

75 There are pictures that attest to the simplicity of the spot in the early twentieth century. For more, see:

Amandeep Singh Madra and Parmjit Singh, ed., The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the

Past, 1808–1959 (Kashi House, 2014). 76 Khalsa Samachar, “Sri Darbar Sahib ji di Parikrama vich Gurdware Dhae Jan ya Banae Jaan?” February

11, 1932, 8. 77 Khalsa Samachar, “Sri Darbar Sahib di Parikrama vich Ek Ascharaj Ghatna,” April 19, 1923, 2. 78 Khalsa Samachar, “Sri Darbar Sahib ji di Parikrama vich Gurdware Dhae Jan ya Banae Jaan?”

Page 105: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

85

Gurdwara Dukh Bhajani and Ath Sath Teerath (mentioned above), two prominent sites

for the Sikh community, were to be demolished for the widening of the parikrama.

The demolition of these two structures would be unimaginable as they held vast

influence among the believers who came to these sites for special darshan (to be in the

presence of the divine). These voices of dissent questioned the hasty decisions to

demolish the existing structures and instead suggested ways to reinforce and rebuild the

old structures to maintain the heritage of the community. Both the Dukh Bhajani and Ath

Sath Teerath have therefore been renovated over the years under the stewardship of the

kar seva sants.

By the 1940s, the site had received a lot more attention in an increased number of

books and pamphlets highlighting its history and its attachment to the fourth and the fifth

Guru. Eventually, a Gurdwara Gazette report in 1942 stated that plans to construct a

small gurdwara to receive the increased number of pilgrims who wished to take a dip and

to do akhand path (continuous reading of scriptures for forty-eight hours) here.79 As a

result of the increased attention and focus on the gurdwara and an even higher number of

followers coming for a dip, an enclosed space for women was also constructed to allow

them access to the waters of Dukh Bhajan Beri, along with an expanded structure and

support for the tree. In other words, an increase in published representations had a very

tangible outcome on the built structure. The SGPC averted a scandal by ceding to the

community’s demands and building a structure in a place recognized to have miraculous

powers by the community at large.

79 “Aelan”, Gurdwara Gazette, July 1942, 21.

Page 106: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

86

By the 1970s, it was found that the Dukh Bhajani tree had weakened considerably

despite efforts to support and conserve it and the SGPC had to act to ensure that the

community was not irked. The roots had been impacted because of the widening of the

parikrama and the laying of marble, a project that was begun in the1940s and ended in the

1970s. The roots, which earlier had enough ground to spread and grow, were now

severely restricted by the buildings. The tree had to be saved from these constructions.

Although the SGPC made plans to conserve the built structures and the significant trees

around the gurdwara, some of the practices that ensued were more complex than they had

envisioned. These became learning exercises for the management body, which started

creating processes to prevent past mistakes, forming institutional memory as well as

stronger institutional preservation practices.

Figure 14: New Structure of Gurdwara Dukh Bhajani Beri in 2014

Page 107: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

87

Various projects have been undertaken since the 1970s to protect the Dukh

Bhanjani Beri because of its historic and religious status for the Sikhs. Many conservation

architects have been hired to devise plans to protect this site. Most recently, in 2011 a

project to clone the tree was undertaken by D.S. Jaspal. A graft of the tree was planted in

a heritage garden in Chandigarh, thereby saving this sacred tree for the Sikhs in a freer

and uninhibited environment.80

A hierarchy of sorts emerged in terms of the gurdwaras or spots deemed the most

sacred and historically meaningful to the community. As demolitions and renovations of

gurdwaras gathered speed, so did the contribution of the community in directly engaging

with such projects. The emergent process on how the community could contribute to this

increased and intensified building activity became critical as the activities raised

questions of what was historically important to the Sikh community.

In the 1920s, the community was also engaged over the status of the samadhis,

tombs for the martyred soldiers who had lost their lives while protecting the gurdwara in

the last few centuries. The samadhis under consideration were those of Sardar Gurbaksh

Singh and Baba Deep Singh. While the Shahid Bunga is an important memorial site that

continues to exist, it is only one of the many samadhis that had once been in the

gurdwara.81 Bringing these samadhis down in the late 1920s posed a threat to the memory

of these warriors and was a purposeful choice in the vision of the gurdwara and Sikhism

at large.

80 Chandigarh Nature and Health Society, “Museum of Trees: Sacred Gardens,”

http://www.museumoftrees.org/sacred_garden.php (accessed November 19, 2018). 81 Khalsa Samachar, “Baba Atal ji ate Samadhan,” May 3, 1923, 2.

Page 108: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

88

The SGPC made a conscious move to make Sikhism less aggressive and haunted by

the memories of the sant sipahis (literally “saint-soldiers,” or Sikhs who had fought for

the community) who fought these battles—a vision that the Nihangis still maintain.

However, memories of certain critical figures were sustained, for example Baba Deep

Singh. Other martyrs were revered in other gurdwaras outside the Golden Temple.

Destroying physical embodiments of the values essential to the community that were even

more recent in the minds of the community because of print culture, created an

environment where Sikhs expressed their discontent and disagreement with the plans.

By examining editorial articles, we can piece together these conversations, which

expressed the opinions that then informed the plans and processes to preserve the Sikh

past in the form of monuments and memorials. On the issue of the samadhis, one of the

op-ed articles argued that it was understandable that the management body needed to

cater to the increasing number of pilgrims at the Golden Temple and that the conditions

there were getting out of hand. However, an alternative solution to this problem would be

to create even bigger samadhis in an area not far from the original samadhi. This article

ends with five recommendations on this specific issue of memorials for sant sipahi. First,

no more samadhis should be removed from their original location. But also, no samadhis

should be worshipped. Instead, they should be treated as important memorials. Second,

the names of all martyrs should be engraved on stones and placed in the Golden Temple.

Third, a big hall or memorial like Westminster Abbey should be constructed that would

serve as a reminder of the martyrs. Additionally, historical works should be written, and a

library should be created that would hold the references for the Sikh past. Fourth, the

committee should ensure that no one ever dares to demolish important Sikh structures

Page 109: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

89

again. Finally, the committee should commit to protecting the structures that remained in

the parikrama.82 In other words, built structures and projects were not just directed by the

SGPC but were also informed by the community at large. The community participated in

these conversations through select media and participated in the building activities by

making contributions towards the building materials and building activities. The

typographies of Sikh gurdwaras, as studied and recorded by Pradeep Singh Arshi, came to

life in this period, when the typical square and rectangular gurdwaras were built along

with the archetypical domes and jharokhas (overhanging enclosed balcony), reminiscent

of the Golden Temple.83

In this chapter, I have looked at the professionalization of the SGPC—its offices,

managers and workers and the institutionalization of gurdwara management in tandem

with building/ construction activities. By looking at the three aspects in relation to each

other, I argue that the SGPC was not merely innovating on a modern sense of Sikhism or

summarily taking on projects as problems seemed to occur. On the contrary, these

representations speak of a larger vision, to preserve the past and create a new sense of

being Sikh according to the rahit maryadas that the Singh Sabha and the SGPC leaders

agreed upon. The SGPC and its attendant officers gained legitimacy by creating

standardized and accountable systems and records. Finally, despite SGPC’s efforts to

control all functions and the ways in which people visited the gurdwara, this proved to be

difficult to control. The Golden Temple had various associations in relation to specific

places for different people, and to rebuild or renew those areas required a larger vision

82 Khalsa Samachar, “Baba Atal ji ate Samadhan.” 83 P. S. Arshi, Sikh Architecture; William Glover, “Shiny New Buildings: Rebuilding Historic Sikh

Gurdwaras in Indian Punjab,” Future Anterior 9, no. 1 (Summer, 2012).

Page 110: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

90

that would have to convince most, if not all, Sikhs. In executing this vision, the SGPC

also acquired authority and autonomy in making decisions for the built structures as well

as the management of these places.

Page 111: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

91

Chapter Three: Discovering Our Roots—Performance, Pilgrimage, and Locating

Histories

It was common convention among Sikhs in the countryside, alongside

Hindus and Muslims, to frequent khanaqahs (major shrines of Muslim

pirs), pirkhanas (minor shrines of Muslim pirs), jatheras (cremation

sites of village ancestors), mazars (Muslim tombs), kabars (graves)

and samadhis (tombs associated with Sikh and Hindu holy men).

These visits were undertaken to heal illness, procure a son, cure the

cattle of disease, and quite often make propitiatory village rites. The

ancestral shrines located on the boundaries of Punjab villages were

seen to protect them from malignant spirits and other evil forces.1

Harjot Oberoi’s study of the pre-colonial “enchanted universe” highlights multiple

pilgrimage sites visited by the Punjabi community before the Sikh reformist movement in

1880s. These communities included Sikhs, Hindus and Muslims who visited the shrines

as per their needs. For example, a tomb known to cure an illness would be visited for that

specific purpose, regardless of the persons’ subscription to a religious community or

identity. In other words, pilgrimages were done based on individual needs for wishes and

desires and not determined by one’s religious faith. This, Oberoi explains, changed in

1880 with the Singh Sabha reformist movement, when a “powerful campaign for Sikh

withdrawal from popular religion” was launched. Oberoi says, “The entire project of

modern Sikhism—which entailed scripture as a channel of communication between man

and God, the reordering of sacred space and pilgrimage destinations, a new religious

1 Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity and Diversity in the Sikh

Tradition (University of Chicago Press, 1994), 198.

Page 112: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

92

calendar (negating agrarian rhythms and their accompanying celebrations), the

disciplining of the body, the purging of the ludic, the cultivation of a Protestant ethic and

its attendant rationality.”2 The ordering of pilgrimages was one such form through which

this new Sikh identity was created and sustained.

The Singh Sabha reformers ran a successful campaign in eliminating “popular

religious” sites like the tombs of saints and religious sites associated with other

communities, with concerted efforts to demonize shared and popular places of worship.

While it is difficult to capture the exact success of this campaign, and we know that

community members continued to visit other shrines,3 gurdwaras became central to

religious practice. Following from the Singh Sabha reform movement, the SGPC also

captured the imagination of many Sikhs, who believed that gurdwaras had to be

maintained in specific ways, as discussed in chapter two. From appointing the officials to

secure and organize the gurdwaras’ routine functions, to using certain construction

materials to standardize gurdwaras iconic representations, the SGPC ordered the

gurdwaras in a particular format. Pilgrimage groups were organized to further ensure that

the SGPC defined order and standard was maintained in all the gurdwaras, regardless of

their location or size. This chapter explores such organized pilgrimages that took the

SGPC’s influence to distant gurdwaras and enabled SGPC’s vision of Sikhism to flourish

in these locations.

The SGPC was formally and legally recognized as the Sikh representative body

after the Gurdwara Reform Movement in 1920-1925. The immediate consequence of this

2 Ibid., p.141. 3 Anna Bigelow, Sharing the Sacred: Practicing Pluralism in Muslim North India (Oxford University Press,

2010).

Page 113: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

93

law was the creation of a gurdwara management committee that would form the apex and

would have several smaller local management committees in the gurdwaras. The apex

committee was meant to be a federating institution, wherein the local committees would

report to the larger/ central body on the affairs annually. However, the central body

gained more authority and power over time, thereby standardizing gurdwara functions,

form and practices. While the local gurdwara committees organized annual pilgrimages to

various gurdwaras closer to them, the SGPC took over the organization of pilgrimages

when the scale was bigger, for example, pilgrimages to gurdwaras in Pakistan. One

distinction this chapter makes in studying pilgrimages is that it recognizes the historicity

of pilgrimages and contextualizes the pilgrimages in their specific moment and with their

specific objectives. These exploratory and collective pilgrimages served specific

historical moments in which they were organized while impacting the concept of

pilgrimage at large for the Sikh community. For example, when the first all-India

pilgrimage was organized in 1930, the SGPC was establishing its authority over

gurdwaras all over India. This pilgrimage helped establish the committee’s authority if

not direct control over the gurdwaras outside the Punjab.

Pilgrimages are important events, especially when they are organized by the

management body and studying these events allows us insights into the institutions’

objectives, concerns and challenges. For example, the first mass pilgrimage to the Golden

Temple was organized by the SGPC in the 1920s, when it was gaining wider popularity.

This pilgrimage led to the first kar seva (cleaning the silt from the water tank in the

gurdwara) in 1923, when thousands of Sikhs flocked to Amritsar to participate in this

service. This event is discussed in greater detail in the next chapter and sheds light on the

Page 114: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

94

impact of pre-colonial Sikh lineages and sants on the SGPC. While the next chapter

highlights the continuities between the pre-colonial practices and the current practices,

this chapter highlights the transformations of pre-colonial Sikh religious practices under

the SGPC. A study of pilgrimages allows us such an opportunity.

Harjot Oberoi writes that pilgrimages were common practice amongst the different

communities in the Punjab. However, these communities were not restricted to visit

pilgrimages associated with any one religious tradition but had a shared milieu in which

they would visit the deity associated with the problem. This changed under the Singh

Sabha where religious pilgrimages increased in numbers and were also specific to

religious identities. For instance, Sikhs would now only go to pilgrimages associated with

Sikh Gurus and martyrs. The motivation to visit gurdwaras also increased as more

historical narratives about these gurdwaras became easily available.4 While visiting local

gurdwaras was good on a regular basis, it also became important to go on pilgrimages that

were historically significant. One had to make pilgrimages to sites associated with

historical events in the Sikh past. This was further enabled by increased mobility under

colonial rule, as access to trains and roadways improved.

Under the formative years of the SGPC, between 1925- 1940s, pilgrimages had two

main purposes. One was to explore and locate the specific places where the gurdwaras

should have been, according to recorded historical works on the Sikh past. Pilgrimages

became first an exercise in locating gurdwaras and secondly, in building gurdwaras,

where building activities now became part of the kar sevas (community service which

4 Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Past (Oxford University Press, 2012), 170–179.

Page 115: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

95

broadened from cleansing the water tank in 1923 to building gurdwaras through

community service), as discussed in the next chapter. Thus, pilgrimages took on a distinct

meaning and were organized on a new scale and frequency to discover and build these

gurdwaras. There was a need to “upgrade” the gurdwaras, especially such gurdwaras that

were historically important, like the Chevin Patshahi’s (6th Gurus) gurdwara in Gwalior,

discussed further. The importance of pilgrimages was further in disciplining individual

behaviour and practices. By standardizing rituals in all gurdwaras, particularly by

encouraging pilgrims to report on deviant behaviour, the SGPC streamlined Sikh

practices.

Sikh sermons or prachars are full of historical and legendary tales of courage and

heroism, where acts of valour are tied to physical places. One criterion for proclaiming a

place to be a Sikh gurdwara amongst others, according to the Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925,

was the occurrence of a significant historical event associated with Sikh history or a Sikh

Guru in that place.5 Following the passing of this Act, efforts were made to claim various

places as Sikh gurdwaras and increased efforts were made in searching for physical

grounds where Sikh historical and legendary events were believed to have taken place.

The pilgrimages at this time were organized around such motives of discovering the

places attached to legends. These pilgrimages were followed by extensive publicity,

where reports on the journey and the discovery of these sites were published for the larger

Sikh community.6 These written materials were sold at the local gurdwaras and at times

given out for free. The pamphlets and newsletters aimed to publicize the efforts and the

5 Sikh Gurdwara Act, 1925, Section II, Punjab Legislative Department. 6 Hindustan de prasidh gurdwarian di yatra di hazuri special gaddi di report lekhak: Sarab hind gurteerath

yatra di publicity sub-committee sodhik (Lahore, 1930).

Page 116: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

96

successes of the local gurdwara committee and to circulate the official histories of the

gurdwaras that had been visited. Sometimes this literature was followed by appeals for

resources as kar seva—both monetary donations and donations of physical strength and

skills from people to help build gurdwaras at these historical sites. In other words, the

making (and sometimes the repairs) of gurdwaras, and even the knowledge of their

existence at times, were made after the pilgrimages had been organized by the local

gurdwaras. Efforts were made to familiarize the Sikh community with the places and

names mentioned in the janamsakhis (hagiographies on the lives of the Gurus) and

gurubani (verses of the Guru) in the Adi Granth. For instance, Master Mehtab Singh’s

Navan ate Thavan da Mahankosh, an encyclopaedia of the names and places in the

gurubani, informed the public, particularly the sangat (Sikh community of believers),

about the gurdwaras—the events they were associated with and the person that had

performed a miraculous event in this place, whether Guru, sant (saint) or sant sipahi

(saint-soldier). The sangat may have heard of these places in different ways, but an

encyclopaedia on the names and places made this information easily available in one

place.7

This chapter looks at how the process of pilgrimage led to a rethinking of historical

gurdwaras, beginning with a search for some gurdwaras and construction or repair of

others. It seeks to understand how pilgrimages become the focal point of social, cultural,

and political action and looks to historicise the pilgrimages, especially when new

practices were initiated. Scholarly works on pilgrimages seem to understand these events

7 Master Mehtab Singh, Navan ate Thavan da Mahankosh (1933) republished (Amritsar, Singh Bros.,

1991).

Page 117: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

97

as fully formed and unchanging events. Ritualistic studies on pilgrimages assume these

sites to be fully formed in the minds of the believers, who tend to be the subjects of such

studies.8 By focusing on the sites for pilgrimages and the act of organizing them, we can

uncover the historical circumstances and implications of institutional support to select

spaces. This allows us to understand how certain pilgrimage sites become more important

over others. In other words, pilgrimage sites are not natural sites that pre-exist in the

minds of the believers but are historical places that came to be managed by someone at

some point of time. Even when historians have studied the changes in the management

and religious practices of sacred places, they have implicitly accepted the locations’

sacred character for the pilgrims and for themselves alike.9 However, pilgrimages and

these sacred sites do change over time, in form and in meaning, as newer stories emerge,

and myths are created. They undergo various material and non-material transformations,

and one way to examine this transformation is by paying attention to how their (official)

histories are imagined and portrayed. These histories are further tied to their material

make-up.

By focusing on pilgrimages, it will become clear that communities or socio-

cultural groups are not just maintained by common pasts or experiences in the present,

but, more importantly, by working towards a collective future that has a semblance of

structure and standardization. It is not just the shared past, which is important in binding

the group to a common origin story but in working together in the vision for the future. It

is for this reason that exploring and discovering the roots for gurdwaras was just the first

8 Ann Grodzins Gold, Fruitful Journeys: The Ways of Rajasthani Pilgrims (University of California Press,

1987). 9 Ishita Banerjee-Dube, Divine Affairs: Religion, Pilgrimage and the State in Colonial and Postcolonial

India, (IIAS, 2001).

Page 118: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

98

step, but in building these sites with magnificent gurdwaras, a stronger bond was built.

The SGPC gained authority through such activities, which germinated from pilgrimages.

These pilgrimages were also very important in disciplining practices and bodies through

rituals acts that were carried through pilgrimages to other centres of Sikhism.

Explorations: Discovering Our Roots

The Panj Takhat train run by the Indian Railways courses through India, starting from

Amritsar making its way to Anandpur and Bhatinda in the Punjab, Patna in Bihar, and

Nanded in Maharashtra. Picking up passengers throughout the length of its journey, the

train route offers pilgrims a chance to visit and offer their prayers to the five seats of Sikh

authority, called Takhats, that hold special significance for the Sikh community. This

pilgrimage route is a shorter version of an earlier pilgrimage that began in 1930 from

Lahore. Pronouncing itself to be the first ever “Annual All-India Gurdwara Pilgrimage,”

the organizers had planned a pilgrimage journey starting from Lahore to Calcutta in the

east and from Delhi to Nanded in the south. This annual pilgrimage tour had enlisted the

Railways to organize the pilgrimage for the first time, changing the very nature of

pilgrimages in the process by reaching further distances in short amounts of time and

being able to cater to many Sikh congregates together.

The first all-India gurdwara pilgrimage was organized in the year 1930, starting

from Lahore and moving towards Delhi. This pilgrimage took its inspiration from smaller

pilgrimages that were organized by local gurdwaras in different regions. Harjot Oberoi

mentions that the ritual of traveling together in small groups to pilgrimages was a pre-

colonial practice. It is possible that this practice continued under the SGPC but was

formalized with structure and resources. One reason behind the collective pilgrimages

Page 119: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

99

organized by the SGPC was to ‘discover’ the places that Sikh history was associated with,

now commonly found in historical texts and pamphlets that were readily available to the

Sikh masses. It was these sites that the SGPC had fought so hard to gain rights to in the

Gurdwara tribunals, therefore it made sense to now physically identify what were

notional Sikh historical sites. The sangat may have heard of some gurdwaras and known

their significance in Sikh history, but were unlikely to have traveled to these places.

What started as a weekend group exercise during the Gurdwara Reform Movement,

where small groups of the sangat would travel to gurdwaras in the vicinity (within the

districts), finally expanded into longer pilgrimage trips to greater distances (much longer

distances that required either road travel or railway travel). The sangat at a local gurdwara

would plan the sites to be visited in advance, inform the gurdwara managers that they

would be coming as pilgrims, and collect funds to make the journey. The rules for

participating and being in the group evolved over time as the scale of these journeys

expanded. For example, Bhai Teja Singh, the head granthi (reader of sacred scriptures) at

Dehra Sahib in Lahore, organized the sangat to visit gurdwaras, stating that the purpose of

these journeys was “to make explicit the place of the gurdwara in every Sikh’s life,” and

that “gurdwaras are at the center of every Sikhs’ principles, thoughts, reforms and

liberation.”10 Note, the author does not suggest that pilgrimages allow Sikhs to relieve

their pains or seek cures, but that they are centered in their lives and purpose by visiting

the gurdwara. This is a significant shift in the meaning and purpose of making

pilgrimages in the twentieth century.

10 No author, Gurteeerath darshan ate hazuri yatra sambandhi zaruri benati prakashak sarb hind guru

teerath yatra committee Lahore (Lahore, 1930).

Page 120: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

100

These smaller pilgrimages gave way to the formation of a bigger body called the

Sarb-Hind Gurteerath Yatra Committee, or All-India Gurteerath Pilgrimage Committee,

in 1927. This body had three divisions. The first was the committee’s core that decided on

organizational matters. These included communicating and planning with the North-

western Railways department in organizing a special train that would carry the pilgrims

on the planned route, assigning a coach to the Guru Granth Sahib, and making any

necessary arrangements concerning the railways, like organizing food etc. They also

planned where pilgrims would meet, how many pilgrims could be taken, and other day-

to-day affairs. The second division was the publicity department, which handled the

advertisements for the pilgrimage, letters and publication of books, information guides

and rulebooks for future pilgrimages, and accounts of previous pilgrimages.11 The third

division, the treasury, handled the expenses and accounts for organizing the pilgrimage

and its publicity. At the end of the pilgrimage an audit report was filed, and at times

published as well. It was an enormous undertaking that required much planning and

organization by a committee of influential people.

Beginning in Lahore, this pilgrimage went to places like Amritsar, Anandpur,

Delhi, Patna, Calcutta, Gwalior, Bombay, Nanded, etc. The pilgrimage lasted about a

month and a half and carried seven hundred people on the train, although they had set out

to organize for five hundred people.12 Although touching upon all the well-known and

11 No author, Gurteeerath darshan ate hazuri yatra sambandhi zaruri benati prakashak sarb hind guru

teerath yatra committee Lahore (Lahoure, 1930). A shorter version on the 1930 pilgrimage trip. Secy

Sardar Arur Singh ji Taeb journalist and owner of Heera Company Lahore. 12 “There were some young men from opposition parties that continuously gave trouble in the yatra affairs,

who only apologized in the end of the yatra, but throughout the time they continuously misbehaved

and challenged plans.” Hindustan de prasidh gurdwarian di yatra di hazuri special gaddi di report

lekhak: sarab hind gurteerath yatra di publicity sub-committee sodhik (Lahore, 1930), 9.

Page 121: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

101

perhaps well-travelled-to places, its aim was to familiarize the sangat with places where

major Sikh events had unfolded. Travelers who explored areas around major sites

discovered many new gurdwaras on these pilgrimages. These journeys made possible a

new kind of exploration and a search for something that the travelers had heard of or read

somewhere but not been to themselves. The expectations from such travels, in journeying

to mythical places to find real gurdwaras and real congregations, were undoubtedly

enormous. But they were not always met with satisfying conditions.

The pilgrimage reports drew important links between the congregations’ devotion

and commitment and the condition of these gurdwaras. One of the reports commissioned

by the All-India Gurteerath Pilgrimage Committee mentioned the ‘benefits’ of going on

such pilgrimages. These were:

i. Gurdwaras, the pujaris’ and sevadars need our careful attention and it is now

our duty to keep ourselves informed on their work. ii. We also need to

understand the shortcomings in gurdwara management after having visited

these places to improve it through our own seva, whatever that may require.

iii. To spread the message of Khalsa through the gurdwaras. This also requires

that other communities see us taking care of our gurdwaras. iv. To keep in

touch with the brothers who live outside of Punjab. 13

Future pilgrimages organized by the same committee thus stated their goal as: “[to]

keep a check on the management of gurdwaras” and inspire the congregation in distant

places by sending more and frequently organized pilgrims. The reports also mention the

need to uphold gurdwaras to institutional standards in managing the gurdwaras and Sikhi

(correct way of being Sikh) at large. These institutional standards, as discussed in Chapter

Two, directed the way the building should look: for example, nishan sahib, a long pole

13 Hukam Singh Raees Kalyan Montgomery, Roznamcha arthat ji Sarab Hind Gurteerath Yatra (Lahore,

1930).

Page 122: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

102

with a saffron-colour cloth wrapped on it, became a characteristic sign that people would

recognize and know that a gurdwara is around. The nishan sahib was to be placed outside

the gurdwara and was to be tall enough to be seen from a distance. Nishan literally means

mark and this was the mark or signal that Sikhs were residing here. While the tradition of

the nishan sahib was introduced by the tenth Guru, Gobind Singh, it was not always

found in the gurdwaras. As the pilgrimage organized in 1930 found, there were many

gurdwaras that were missing the nishan sahib. An injunction to ensure that a nishan sahib

was placed in all gurdwaras was consequently passed in the Gurdwara Gazette in 1934,

indicating an intricate web of information and influence between gurdwara committees

and the centrally organized management committee in Amritsar.14

The physical space of these gurdwaras was standardized to fit a certain ideal of

commitment to the faith. For instance, the use of marble and white washed walls became

common adaptations to most gurdwaras all over India, a practice that has received the ire

of various Sikh scholars and conservation architects.15 Pilgrimages then were important in

spreading these standards to distant gurdwaras, where the pilgrims may have found

different conditions from their expectations.

The organizers of the annual reports and similar gurdwara pilgrimage reports

claimed that even when the report was published in 1930s, there were gurdwaras that

were heard of but were nowhere to be found. This meant that these gurdwaras were

14 “Sriomani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee da Aelan: Aelan no. 43”, Gurdwara Gazette, (June, 1934),

4. 15 Gurmeet Rai, “Abode of Bliss: Historiography of Anandpur Sahib”, Nishaan 1/1, (1999), 14–

27; Gurmeet Rai and Kavita Singh, “Brick by Sacred Brick: Architectural Projects of Guru Arjan and

Guru Hargobind”,in Kavita Singh (ed.) New Insights into Sikh Art, (Marg, 2003), 32-49; Patwant

Singh and Gurmeet Rai, “Marble and Memory”, Indian Express, (23 December, 1998).

Page 123: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

103

neither marked with a building, nor did they have a functioning management or an active

congregation. The pilgrimage made attempts to recover and revive gurdwaras that were

documented in works like Navan ate Thavan da Mahankosh and other such

encyclopaedias and gurdwara guides that were widely published and circulated since the

beginning of the twentieth century under Singh Sabha reforms.

Anne Murphy makes a similar point on the transition of gurdwaras from the

romantic notion of places that the Gurus had visited or had performed miracles in to

gurdwaras as built structures commemorating the memory of the Gurus and Sikh history

in a physical and territorial way. She says that as a result of colonial rule, there was a shift

in how gurdwaras were perceived in Sikh thought and practice, which required the

ownership of the property of the gurdwaras both in the name of the community and in the

nexus between community, history, and territory.16 Pilgrimages like the Sarb-Hind

Gurteerath Yatra and similar travels by other individual pilgrims aimed to fill this gap by

finding places, pointing them out to the authorities to build appropriate gurdwara

structures, and assigning managers and staff for these places. For example, the first

pilgrimage organized by the Sarb-Hind Gurteerath Yatra claimed to have found the

following gurdwaras in and around Lahore: Gurdwara Nanakgarh, Sahidganj Singhnian,

Shahidganj Bhai Dharam Singh ji, Shahidi Khun, and Gurdwara Baba Buddha.17

The reports describe how the pilgrims discovered the gurdwaras in exploring the

areas believed to be associated with these legendary stories. The pilgrims would

16 Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Past, 156–170. 17 The report mentions the names of the explorers: Sardar Arur Singh ji Taib, the secretary of the organizing

committee, Gyani Kartar Singh ji Hitkari and Bhai Atma Singh ji, all of whom were well-known Sikh

leaders of Lahore and had been on the Board to organize this pilgrimage.

Page 124: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

104

undertake a historical approach, looking for signs that could point to a past use and asking

local people for stories and myths of the past. The story of Dhuni Chand, for example, is

well known in Sikh legend as that of a rich man who gave up amassing wealth and turned

to the work of charity and nam (Guru’s name) after meeting Guru Nanak. The pilgrims

believed that Gurdwara Nanakgarh was the place where Guru Nanak had met Dhuni

Chand and showed him the right path to liberation. The report claims that the pilgrims

found a house here, but neither was there a Sikh caretaker, nor was the Guru Granth Sahib

placed. What was found instead was a non-Sikh caretaker who claimed to be taking care

of this important Sikh shrine as it was handed to his family for generations. The story

seemed to have been a popular one in the area, and the locals attested to this being the

place where Dhuni Chand had met Guru Nanak. The pilgrims wrote reports and sent it to

the SGPC, demanding a proper gurdwara be constructed in this place.

The report does not mention how the house was bought or converted into a

gurdwara, and it does not indicate any resistance from the caretakers that had stayed here

for generations. It does, however, assert that the gurdwara had been discovered and the

authorities were alerted to its existence. The report mentions many other sites that were

discovered to either be occupied by non-Sikh people and in need of conversion into

gurdwaras or be places that were already gurdwaras, but in very bad shape. Some of these

gurdwaras had been leased as mere property to members of other communities. For

instance, Gurdwara Baoli Sahib, constructed in the memory of the fifth Guru, was found

to be in disrepair. What seems to have made the situation more alarming is that it was not

an insignificant and unheard of gurdwara. It is believed that Maharaja Ranjit Singh had

constructed a large pond here to add to the beauty of this gurdwara and had also granted

Page 125: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

105

landed property of several thousand rupees to aid in the caretaking of the gurdwara and its

attendant mahants. However, because of its disuse, the report claims, the property had

been rented out to shopkeepers, and houses had been constructed over time.

The gurdwara came under SGPC’s domain but the Kartarpur Sodhis, claiming their

inheritance from the fifth Guru, disputed the SGPC’s control. The SGPC was already

amid property disputes between allegedly private property versus public grounds of

worship and community-owned religious property in the bungas issue, discussed in

Chapter Four. The Sodhis wanted to keep their own management style and wanted their

authority to continue, whereas the SGPC desired to bring the gurdwara under its own

control by setting up a local gurdwara committee that was ultimately accountable to the

SGPC. The question, however, was not that of management alone, but one of the sangat

owning and indirectly controlling the gurdwara property over individual families’ claims

and inheritance rights, discussed in Chapter Four. The higher moral ground claimed by

the sangat forced these individuals to reconsider their own position as gurdwara owners

and managers, and eventually to give up all claims to these properties. However, this was

not an easy battle. Many legal cases were fought, and moral arguments were made to

slowly convince various people opposing or resisting the management committee’s plans

for gurdwara construction and expansion to go through.

As the collective pilgrimages discovered older places associated with Sikh Gurus’

lives and places where gurdwaras could be constructed, the SGPC started sending

individual explorers out to discover more gurdwaras. Individuals could lead a more

intensive and yet widespread survey of the areas to search for gurdwaras. Also, given the

historical moment when gurdwaras had become the main drivers behind any kind of

Page 126: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

106

social, political, and religious act, individual explorations bore fruit in ways that

collective pilgrimages could not. For example, Pardhuman Singh Senior, the “gurdwara

historian,”18 wrote a book called Gurdham Deedar arthat Gurdham Darpan, published in

1929.19 The work followed the common genre of the period with brief historical

descriptions of each gurdwara, classified according to regions, districts, and sometimes

villages within these districts. The author provides information on how to get to these

gurdwaras, which trains to take, which places to stay at, and the condition of these

gurdwaras. Bhai Kahn Singh of Nabha used Pardhuman Singh’s discoveries and research

to compile the Gurshabad Mahankosh in 1931, which is the most authoritative

encyclopaedia on Sikhism. Pardhuman Singh says that he was encouraged by Bhai Kahn

Singh (better known for his treatise Hum Hindu Nahini, which is believed to have driven

the final barrier between Hindus and Sikhs according to scholars like N.G. Barrier and

Kenneth Jones) to undertake such an exploration and pilgrimage of the gurdwaras, as it

was increasingly felt that not enough was known on the condition of the gurdwaras in far-

out places.

The SGPC gave Pardhuman Singh letters of introduction to conduct what seems

like an official inquiry into the gurdwaras in different parts of the country in 1926.

However, it was the Prince of Nabha that provided stipends to sustain these efforts.

Pardhuman Singh visited some seven to eight hundred gurdwaras in three years and

18 The Sikh Historical Research Board hires historians and other scholars who work from the Sikh

Reference Library, attached to the Golden Temple in Amritsar. Their duties include doing research,

conserving manuscripts, and publishing official histories and religious works according to the SGPC’s

official line. 19 Pardhuman Singh Senior, Gurdham Deedar arthat Gurdham Darpan (Lala Devi Das Janki Das Printers,

Amritsar, May 22, 1929).

Page 127: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

107

emphasized that he had not accumulated information by hearsay but had visited every one

of these gurdwaras. He complained that many gurdwaras were in terrible neglect, but that

renovation work had begun in some of them.

In a more uncompromising mood, Pardhuman Singh launched a new complaint, one

that got to the root of this exercise and its significance for the entire community. Citing

examples of a few gurdwaras, he chastised the community for forgetting and not

recognizing the actual historical events in relation to the physical landscape. For example,

he claimed that the gurdwara in Patna was not just associated with the tenth Guru but with

his father. He says that the community had highlighted the gurdwaras where Guru Gobind

Singh grew up and played but had easily let go of the memories of the place where the

ninth Guru, Teghbahadur, decided to fight the Mughal emperor for his intolerance to

other religions. Although Pardhuman Singh’s claims did not change the dominant

narrative of Guru Gobind Singh’s childhood gurdwaras in Patna, it is telling of the

attempts to reorder historical memories and associations to Sikh sacred places.

A more significant contribution of his work was in discovering gurdwaras.

Pardhuman Singh’s aim was not just to travel to gurdwaras and record their conditions

but also to find those gurdwaras that were known of and had been recorded in the list of

gurdwaras. Pardhuman Singh said that some gurdwaras were alleged to be places and

associated with events in the lives of the Gurus but were nowhere to be found when he

visited these sites. He wished to give maps of all the sites he had visited but would do so

in subsequent publications. Pardhuman Singh only wanted to create a list of gurdwaras

that were to be found credibly in the places that the compilations attested they would but

gave no suggestions on what could be done where gurdwaras were not found, according

Page 128: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

108

to janamsakhis or other literary material. However, the individual quest to find gurdwaras

and report on them continued, and through institutional and official support, other

scholars resolved this issue over time. Shamsher Singh Ashok, a well-known Sikh scholar

and the Director of the Sikh Research Board in Amritsar, furthered and used Pardhuman

Singh’s list of gurdwaras to compile a bigger list, covering more areas, to create a

credible list of gurdwaras that would come under the SGPC’s control in 1952.

Ashok was also more decisive in suggesting an outcome for such searches that

yielded no results. He suggested that a group of researchers should go through all the

written material there was within Sikhism with a fine toothcomb, compile the names of

the gurdwaras, and send out pilgrims who would also work in search teams. He gave an

example of his own work. Sifting through a very long list of authoritative texts, Ashok

compiled a list of two hundred and fifty gurdwaras associated with Guru Nanak’s life.20

The rest, Ashok said, are either lost to us or are given in apocryphal sources and cannot

be believed. He suggested that similar searches should be made for the other nine Gurus’

gurdwaras to compile a true list of places that rightfully belong to the Sikh community.21

Contrary to Murphy’s suggestion that gurdwaras were material representations and

‘proof’ of the Sikh past, which had been narrativized in historical texts in the eighteenth

and nineteenth centuries, we can see that gurdwaras were being used to question and

authenticate written materials in significant ways. In other words, instead of a simplistic

20 Books mentioned by Shamsher Singh Ashok, Puratan Janamsakhi; Macauliffe, Janamsakhi Bhai Pauna

Sokha, Janam Sakhi Sodhi Mehrwan, Janamsakhi Bidhi Chand Hindaliyan, Janamsakhi Bhai Mani

Singh, Sri Guru Nanak Prakash by Bhai Santokh Singh, Twarikh Guru Khalsa part one, Gyani Gyan

Singh, Pandit Tara Singh Narottam Gurteerath Sangreh, Gurdwara Darpan by Sant Arjun Muni, Sri

Gurdwara Darshan by Gyani Thakur Singh, Gurdham Deedar by Bhai Parduman Singh Sr, Gurdham

Sangreh by Gyani Gyan Singh and Gurteerath Darshan by Bhai Nanak Singh Jagiasu. 21 Shamsher Singh Ashok, Sri Guru Nanak Dev ji de Pavitar Asthan Dharamsala ate Gurdwara (Dharam

Prachar Committee, SGPC, 1970).

Page 129: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

109

relationship between Sikh literary works and Sikh gurdwaras, a more complex process of

exploring, verifying, and documentation was taking place. These expeditions and

verification projects had consequences on both the written representations and in

restoring gurdwaras, impacting the plans and policies for the future.

The mission to discover gurdwaras gained wider popularity across the Sikh

community even in 2000s.22 Many gurdwara guides came out within a span of two

decades of the Gurdwara Reform Movement, from 1920 to 1940, which dealt with issues

of searching for gurdwaras that existed only in the minds of Sikhs and did not necessarily

have a physical existence beyond. This resulted in two plans: the less common one was to

strike out the thought that such gurdwaras existed on any piece of land and to reconsider

whether the stories were true. The more common plan was to continue with the search

and eventually build one with the help of the sangat. The kar seva (organized community

service) board’s appeals to the sangat to donate funds for building gurdwaras can be

found even in present day gurdwaras. The sangat’s involvement was essential in such

projects of discovery and construction, which not only brought them together as a

community of believers in the Guru, the granth and the gurdwara,23 but also allowed them

to place their beliefs in a physical place. This is not to suggest that the move towards

building and rebuilding gurdwaras was purely territorial within the Punjab or elsewhere.

The efforts to build gurdwaras should be the Sikh community’s efforts at becoming

visibly present in certain areas, or in asserting control on what they believed to be

22 Anne Murphy mentions the project to discover gurdwaras in early 2000s, especially when gurdwaras

were associated with Gurus’ objects. For more see, Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Past. 23 Harjot Oberoi says that the trinity for Sikhs of Guru, Granth, and Gurdwara were a creation of the Singh

Sabha reformers. For more, see: Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries (University

of Chicago Press, 1994).

Page 130: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

110

historically theirs. However, the practices in these gurdwaras, the ways in which the kar

sevas were done, were not predetermined and not uniform.

Building Gurdwaras: Recovery, Repair, and Signs

The second annual trip organized by the Sarb-Hind Gurteerath Yatra Committee differed

from the first in one important way. While the first had been preoccupied with exploring,

discovering, and reporting on the conditions of gurdwaras, the second pilgrimage

highlighted the ‘progress’ of renovation works at gurdwaras. The report emphasized that

the condition of gurdwaras impacted the community in significant ways. The buildings

and their repair, the cleanliness of the gurdwaras, their management in the form of

sevadars and managers, and finally the signposts in historic gurdwaras were indicative of

the relationship between gurdwaras and the community. It was believed that the external

appearance of gurdwaras said much about the community’s commitment to their faith. If

the gurdwaras looked unkempt and abandoned, then who protected the faith from within?

The first annual report gave detailed histories of all the gurdwaras that were visited

and discovered. The following reports, on the other hand, were closer to journal entries,

where the publicity department gave details about everyday arrangements of the

pilgrimage and the condition of gurdwaras. Notwithstanding the brevity of the following

annual pilgrimage reports, the writers missed no opportunity to point out the pain felt by

pilgrims in seeing many gurdwaras in need of urgent repair. Appeals were made in these

reports asking for skilled engineers and constructors from within the community who

would be willing to contribute their time and knowledge in constructing the gurdwaras.

The appeals stated that the gurdwaras were not commensurate to their historical value and

did not hold up to the standards expected of Sikh gurdwaras of historical importance,

Page 131: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

111

because there was nothing remarkable about the physical place that matched the evocative

space for the Sikh community. Historical gurdwaras were required to look elaborate and

given the prominence they deserved. The use of certain materials and styles of building

with a number of levels would highlight the gurdwaras’ importance to the community.

The main concerns were about having an appropriate building structure,

maintenance, and signage that directed the sangat into the building and told them how and

why these gurdwaras were important. These external features directed the sangats’

experience of these historic and religious sites, weighing upon their behaviour in the

place. If it was a place of triumph, one was directed to feel joy, and in places of traumatic

loss and suffering, one was to feel certain grief or melancholy. Informative narratives

were displayed outside the gurdwaras that would inform pilgrims and visitors alike of the

history of the place. To facilitate guided tours, informed information officers were to be

found in the gurdwaras, according to the size and scale of the gurdwara. Further,

museums and museum-like displays were created in some gurdwaras, with painted scenes

depicting such episodes as had only been heard or read about. Visualizing this material

through different forms and means became standard practice, and much of this was a

consequence of the pilgrimages organized on an annual basis.

For instance, Gurdwara Bandi Chorr in Gwalior is a historically important Sikh

gurdwara associated with the sixth Guru, Hargobind. It is believed that the Mughal

Emperor held the sixth Guru captive for challenging him by taking over temporal and

spiritual authority after his father, the fifth Guru’s, assassination. He was kept captive in

the Gwalior fort along with other regional kings and princes. When he was finally

released, he took with him fifty-two prisoners that had been held in the fort as prisoners,

Page 132: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

112

hence the name Bandi (prisoner) Chorr (free). When the first annual pilgrimage reached

the site, they found no gurdwara here but a small sign that pointed the pilgrims to a jail.

Neither the Guru Granth Sahib nor a granthi was placed here, and no physical distinction

was made to highlight the miracle performed by the sixth Guru of releasing all the

prisoners with him. The situation seemed like it could not get worse: the sangat found two

graves within a small room that had been built over time. The report said, “To get to the

graves, there is only a narrow passage and even here no one knows how to get to it and

what to do when you do get there. Are you to feel joy for the liberation of the Guru and

the miracle performed? Or sad because the sangat has forgotten the miracles performed

by the Guru?”24 There remained the question of whose graves had been built in the sacred

and pure site for the Sikhs, a question that strangely was not asked in the pilgrimage

report.

The writers suggest that the area be bought over from the royal family of Gwalior to

build a spectacular gurdwara in its place. The writers asked, “What good are the property

disputes, when historic gurdwaras are in such neglect?”25 No other gurdwara, they wrote,

should be claimed until all the historic gurdwaras falling within the first schedule of the

Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925 were fully secured and gurdwaras had been built on their

sites.

The following year the pilgrimage committee organized a similar yatra (pilgrimage)

and visited the same places that it had the previous year. Having reached the same

gurdwara on March 13, 1931, a year after the first pilgrimage, the report claims that

24 Hukam Singh Raees Kalyan Montgomery, Roznamcha, 62–63. 25 Hindustan de prasidh gurdwarian di yatra (Lahore, 1930).

Page 133: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

113

nothing had been done to improve the condition of the gurdwara. On the contrary, the

sangat now had to pay a ticket fee of Annas 2 (the currency used in South Asia before the

Rupee) to visit the gurdwara, which was in the fort.26 The writer says that a gurdwara was

now functional with the Guru Granth Sahib kept inside and karah prashad (sweet

offering given back to devotees in the gurdwara) was offered. However, the lack of a

proper building, an entrance, the nishan sahib, and signboards continued to aggrieve the

sangat. These became the standard markers of a gurdwara, and a historic gurdwara

deserved all of these.

Figure 15: New Building of the Gurdwara Bandi Chorr (2012)

26 Hukam Singh Raees Kalyan Montgomery, Roznamcha, 65–66.

Page 134: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

114

At present the gurdwara is a five-minute walk away from the fort. It looms large

behind the façade that covers the main entrance. There are signs pointing the visitors to

the historical event and the reason the gurdwara was built, along with visual displays

inside to draw the visitor closer to the Guru’s benevolence and brilliance. Not many

records have survived on the building of the gurdwara or about when and how the

decisions were finally made, although we do know the main person behind this kar seva

was Baba Uttam Singh from Khadur Sahib in Amritsar. Baba Uttam Singh is an

influential person in recent Sikh events who was also involved with the kar seva on the

Akal Bunga after the Indian Army attacked the gurdwara in 1984 and made attempts to

renovate, which were rejected by the community. His portrait was recently placed in the

Central Sikh Museum in the Golden Temple Complex in Amritsar in July 2015.27

The relationship between building gurdwaras, explorations into regions

infrequently visited, and annual pilgrimages becomes clear through the example of

Gurdwara Bandi Chorr. There were many other gurdwaras that were highlighted because

of such pilgrimages and publicized as needing help. The pilgrimages facilitated such

discoveries and led to a period of rebuilding old gurdwaras, thus converting these spaces

into bigger establishments.

The explorations, discoveries and building of the gurdwaras outside the Punjab

indicates that the Sikh community did not equate their sacred terrain and history with a

specific nationalist boundary at least till the end of 1970s, when the explorations and

discoveries were still ongoing. This suggests that the nationalist demand made in 1978 at

27 The Tribune, “Baba Uttam Singh’s Portrait Unveiled,” July 26, 2015,

http://www.tribuneindia.com/news/amritsar/baba-uttam-singh-s-portrait-unveiled/111406.html.

Page 135: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

115

the Anandpur resolution were specific to that historical moment and was not as widely

acceptable amongst the wider Sikh community, especially those who lived outside the

Punjab.

Disciplining Practices and Bodies through Pilgrimages

A period of reforming behaviour and actions was brought about with the passing of the

Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925. One of the principle ways in which people were to be trained

in behaving a certain way in the gurdwara was through pilgrimages—collective and

individual. Pilgrimage trips were ideal in initiating the ‘correct’ and standard Sikh

practices, which were highlighted at the better known gurdwaras, which could be brought

home and further trickled down. Notwithstanding these efforts at streamlining gurdwara

practices, there remained debates on what was considered purely Sikh and what was

thought to be Hindu practices. A common way to settle on a practice was to suggest that it

had come directly from the Guru’s time and was a practice that the Guru or the sants and

bhagats (holy men) like Bhai Buddha had started. To question such logic was made

impossible by the moral force of tracing the lineage of these practices back to the Guru.

The Guru, it was stated, began a certain ritual or practice and it was now the duty of all

Sikhs to follow such practices.

For instance, the second report by the Sarb-Hind Gurteerath Yatra Committee

claimed that a common problem was that people did not understand the protocols of

traveling with the Guru Granth Sahib on the train. An entire passenger car had been

reserved for the proper and respectful carrying of the Guru Granth Sahib to create a

private gurdwara on wheels for pilgrims to perform their daily rituals. The reports

complained that people used this passenger car for sleeping and getting on to the train,

Page 136: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

116

and even to move between cars, as opposed to understanding the need for respect and

privacy of the Guru Granth Sahib. They did not even observe sukhasan (ritual of resting

the sacred scriptures) and prakash (ritual of awakening the sacred scriptures) of the Guru

Granth Sahib.28

Yet, there remained spaces to argue whether something was truly a command of the

Guru or not. For instance, Pardhuman Singh, author of Gurdham Deedar arthat Gurdham

Darpan, published in 1929, says that the Sikh community had forgotten that earthen

lamps or jots were lit by the Gurus themselves and were mistakenly giving up this

practice as a Hindu one. He criticized the Sikh public and the managers of the gurdwaras

that he visited (seven to eight hundred gurdwaras, according to his own accounting) all

over India for not recognizing the value of Sikh practices as initiated by the Gurus.

Considering these reforms, Pardhuman Singh censured the excessive haste in dropping

practices that seemed Hindu but were not actually so. The issue of jots and lighting lamps

is not just a concern of early Gurdwara Reform Movement days in the 1920s and early

1930s but continues to be a problematic issue for the Sikh community. Madanjit Kaur,

author of the Golden Temple: Past and Present, was similarly criticized on various

forums for writing about the lighting of the jot in the Golden Temple in 1984. The

critiques ranged from her lack of proper knowledge and research to misinformation and

her Hindu ‘bias.’29 The issue of recording and disseminating correct Sikh practices has

been a difficult task and draws little consensus within the community. The SGPC and its

wings in the form of the Dharam Prachar Committee, the information department, and the

28 Hukam Singh Raees Kalyan Montgomery, Roznamcha. 29 Madanjit Kaur, personal conversation with author, April 2014.

Page 137: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

117

sevadars within the gurdwara perform a very important task in streamlining these

practices.

Sikh practices within the gurdwara were important precisely because they could

be watched and disciplined. For instance, the practices of cleaning and decorating the

room that housed the Guru Granth Sahib were especially important as these would

cascade to other smaller gurdwaras as well as private houses which kept the Guru Granth

Sahib. Similarly, having clean grounds and a clean body, especially when entering the

gurdwara, became paramount. These rituals marked the space as special and distinct from

other spaces. What is interesting is the novelty of such practices that marked the spaces as

clean and sacred. For instance, there are pictures and texts showing the presence of

animals in the parikrama (pathway around the amrit sarovar) of the Golden Temple,

which became a serious problem after the 1920s.30 There were certain practices that

began during pilgrimages and were meant to trickle down as the correct form of Sikhi to

the sangat. While some practices were meant to be embodied everywhere, whether the

home or the gurdwara or elsewhere, there were also special practices that distinguished

the space of the gurdwara as sacred and significant.

Various scholars have worked on the relationship between the ritual act of

cleaning and religious discipline. The impact of these small actions is significant for our

understanding of the community’s relationship with the gurdwara, and the gurdwaras’

place in distinguishing the permissible from the forbidden. These rules were tested

immediately after the Gurdwara Reform Movement but gained stringency in later years as

30 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani pattar, No. 5 to the attention of SGPC and Local Darbar

Committee, (Amritsar, 1936).

Page 138: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

118

the authority of the sevadars increased in the gurdwaras. Stringent checks on visitors,

pilgrims, and tourists alike are now common in gurdwaras, where sevadars do not only

look after the gurdwara but also look after the people who come to the gurdwaras, telling

them how they can and cannot behave. 31 Rules about where to sit, stand, and walk are

important to the sevadars. People are stopped from entering the gurdwara if they do not

wash their feet in the tanks provided outside the gurdwara or seem to be carrying any

form of intoxicants. If the sevadars are suspicious they will open the visitor’s bags or

check the person to see if they are carrying anything problematic. There are many other

examples of the sevadars disciplining the visitors to the gurdwara.32 Also, many works

advised the sevadars to speak politely to visitors to set the right example.33

Finally, the schedule for prayers and their location in the gurdwara crystallized over

the years through repeated practices and the various writings on gurdwaras. The practices

were neither new nor were they innovations, but the rigor and precision with which they

were carried out, along with the added ceremony, amplified them more than before. For

example, the Guru Granth Sahib being placed in sukhasan started much before the

Gurdwara Reform Movement. However, some of the questions about placement, timing,

and personnel were new. This was mainly because management changed hands and new

pujaris (priests) and sevadars had to be assigned these roles, but the question of location

was important precisely because this decision would have repercussions on the built form

of the gurdwaras.

31 Personal observations (August 2013–2014). 32 “Gurdwara pavitrata ate panthak seva lai yatan”, Khalsa Samachar, May 12, 1929, 3. 33 Gurmat Gurbani Pracharak Jatha, Chetavani pattar, No. 5 to the attention of SGPC and Local Darbar

Committee, (Amritsar, 1936).

Page 139: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

119

The Guru Granth Sahib is now placed in the Akal Takhat for sukhasan at night for

about two to three hours. But the place for sukhasan was not always the Akal Takhat.

Various books suggest that some bungas were the chosen place for taking the Guru

Granth Sahib for sukhasan and would return from here to the main shrine in the morning

hours. Swaiyya Singh says that Baba Miha Singh’s bunga, close to the Ghadiala Bunga,

was the chosen spot for many years until the Akal Takhat became the obvious choice.

Jagjit Singh also mentions the placing of the Guru Granth Sahib at the bungas for

sukhasan as a practice that was started during the misl (sovereign states of Sikh

confederacy) period in the early nineteenth century, although it is stated that during Guru

Arjan’s time, both the Guru and the Guru Granth Sahib, which then was a pothi

(scriptures but not the fully compiled sacred scriptures of the Sikh community), would

rest and the Guru chose to sleep at a lower level than the resting pothi. The placing of the

Guru Granth Sahib during sukhasan was important because when the management

committee demolished bungas, it had already established new rituals of placing the sacred

scriptures in the Akal Takhat.

Perhaps another precedent for the increasing value of the parikrama was the

practice of rehras sahib in the evening. This is a practice allegedly started when the sixth

Guru was captured in the Gwalior Fort (where Gurdwara Bandi Chhor is now built) under

the guidance of Baba Buddha. The ritual consists of the granthi carrying the Guru Granth

Sahib on his head and walking around the parikrama. Jagjit Singh mentions carrying

torches on this procession to feel the nearness of the Guru, which is no longer needed as

Page 140: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

120

the parikrama is well lit with electricity.34 The practice of taking the Guru Granth Sahib

around the parikrama every evening became an important ritual, one that many pilgrims

and daily worshippers attended, giving the management reason to widen the parikrama,

for which many bungas were acquired and brought down. The building fervour, it seems,

had only just begun after the formation of the SGPC. The management of the Golden

Temple Complex directly influenced the decisions vis-à-vis the gurdwaras that would be

maintained and those that needed to be built or rebuilt within the parikrama. Religious

performances, pilgrimages and building activities were thus tied to each other and

impacted the way Sikhs were disciplined.

34 “With sun-set Rahras, the Evening Prayer is recited by the Granthi. Then all standing offer Ardas at His

Feet. Shortly after this a party of priests and pilgrims with a standard and torches starts from the main-

gate of the Temple. They go around the Tank reading and reciting hymns in the praise of Great God.

(note: Guru Har Gobind had to move out of Amritsar. The Sikhs left at Amritsar felt very keenly the

pangs of His separation. Headed by Bhai Budhha, they commenced a divine service of Dhyanam in

1612. Every evening they would light torches and go in procession round the Shrine, feeling the

Master to be with them. On Guru’s return He told Bhai Budhha how that devotion had attracted His

mind to the Golden Temple every evening. He blessed them, saying that the nightly choir organized

by Bhai Budha would abide forever at Hari Madir and that He would always be there observing it.”

Jagjit Singh, Temple of Spirituality (Sikh Religious Tract Society, 1935), 70.

Page 141: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

121

Chapter Four: Resisting Desecration: Preserving Bungas as Symbol or Material

Bunga jugo jugo atal (Long Live Bungas)

- Sikh ardas

Figure 16: Painting of the tank of Amritsarji founded by Guru Ram Das Sahib, c. 1855-60 courtesy

Maharaja Ranjit Singh Museum, Amritsar (acc. No. 7)

This painting shows the Golden Temple and the built structures around it. The writing on the

painting is the name of Bungas surrounding the sarovar (water tank). From left to right: Bunga

Malvia, Bunga Amar Singh Giani, Bunga Ramgarhia, Bunga Sadha, Bunga Atal, Harimandir ji,

Baradari Raja Maha Singh, bunga Sher Singh, Bunga Ladvevala, Bunga Ranjit Singh, Deori Darbar

Sahib Bunga Nau Nihal Singh, Bunga Nishanvala, Akal Bunga, Bunga Jamedar Khushal Singh.

Page 142: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

122

Figure 17: “The Holy Tank and Temple of Hari Mandir at Amritsar”, 1853, © Amandeep Singh

Mandra and Parmjit Singh, The Golden Temple of Amritsar: Reflections of the Past (1808-1959).

Prior to the twentieth century, bungas (“rest houses” in Persian) were constructed around

the Golden Temple Complex, creating a boundary between the spiritual and quiet aspects

of the gurdwara and the activities of the marketplace outside. Initially, bungas were built

in the eighteenth century when Sikhs faced attacks from different groups, including the

Mughal state and Afghan invaders, who more than once looted and plundered the

gurdwaras. Bungas were built to create a fort-like wall around the Golden Temple

Complex—the biggest and most significant target of these attacks. The memory and the

sentiment of this protection are encapsulated in the ardas (final prayers): Bunga jugo jugo

atal (“long live bungas”), i.e. long live the spirit of bravery, courage, and resilience of the

Sikhs and their built structures in withstanding their adversaries. The mention of bungas,

which symbolize the valor of being Sikh, in Sikh ardas or the final prayers, is noteworthy.

A Sikh ardas is spoken at the ends of scriptural readings and on momentous occasions.

The frequency of the ardas read in and outside gurdwaras suggests that the larger

Page 143: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

123

population of the Sikh community is familiar with the term bungas, even if they have not

seen them. Notwithstanding, few in the community are familiar with the struggles of the

bungais (caretakers of bungas) or why bungas no longer exist around the Golden Temple

Complex, except for the Ramgarhia Bunga. While stories about attacks on the Sikhs in

the eighteenth century gained wider currency and were memorialized through distinct

media, most popular being websites like

https://sikhcentre.wordpress.com/2009/05/09/brief-account-of-sikh-history-of-18th-

century/ and Sikhchic.com , bungas’ legends circulated only through ardas.

While bungas are remembered for providing physical protection at a critical time,

they came to be much more. These structures became the centres of various activities in

and around the Golden Temple Complex. They went on to play an important role in

developing the region’s cultural, literary, and social formations as well as aiding in

medical research and practical training.1 From early- to mid-nineteenth century, these

bungas flourished and facilitated the cultural and educational development of the area

where poets were invited and patronized. In fact, many well-known literary scholars and

historians like Ratan Singh Bhangu and Santokh Singh Nirmala, considered to be

authoritative sources on the eighteenth century by scholars of Punjab history, were

patronized by bunga owners, and many of their prominent works were written within

these bungas. Bhai Kahn Singh Nabha, in his Guru Mahima Ratnavali, provides a list of

poets and scholars that were associated with and were patronized by different bungas.

1 G. W. Leitner, History of Indigenous Education in the Punjab since Annexation (1882; repr., Patiala,

1971), 82; Madanjit Kaur, “The Contribution of the Bungas to the Education of the Punjab,” Punjab

History Conference, Proceedings (March 17–19, 1978); and Kavita Sivaramakrishnan, Old Potions

New Bottles: Recasting Indigenous Medicine in Colonial Punjab 1850–1945 (New Delhi: Orient

Longman, 2006).

Page 144: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

124

Other bungas were also well-known for their support to scientific studies and practices

like Ayurveda, Yunani medicine, and surgical experiments. For example, Bhai Wasti

Ram’s Bunga was particularly known for patronizing ascetics and scholars interested in

the study of science and the body and in conducting surgical experiments. Other bungas

became famous for promoting the study of languages—especially the Punjabi language,

for example Braham Buta Akhara was associated with many literary works in the Punjabi

language and regular schooling for children around the area.2

After the Gurdwara Reform Movement (1920–1925), the SGPC assumed the

management of the gurdwara property, igniting debates about the appropriate functions of

bungas and their fate soon. The SGPC claimed that the bungas rightfully belonged to

them, as they bordered the gurdwara.3 Upon the passing of the Sikh Gurdwara Act in

1925, the SGPC claimed most of the land around the Golden Temple Complex as theirs,

informally known as the “red line,” and submitted the maps and plans accordingly to the

Punjab Government in 1926.4 These claims came to be disputed by the bunga owners and

managers, as concerns regarding their preservation became a key issue to these contests.

Given how important bungas had been in the region’s cultural and social formation, the

bungas had retained some, if not all the previous functions, and a few were still

2 “Bhai Wasti Ram da Bunga”, Khalsa Samachar, December 20, 1940: 2; Madanjit Kaur, “Contribution of

the Bungas”, Punjab History Conference Proceedings, 17-19 March 1978, 94-5; Bhai Kahn Singh

Nabha, Guru Mahima Ratnavali (Punjabi University, 1984). 3 In a more recent case of the demolition of Bunga Ramgarhia at Nanded, the SGPC argued that the bungas

had no reason to exist had the gurdwaras not been there. Once the purpose of bungas was met by

building newer and arguably better and more modern lodging facilities, there was no reason to keep

the bungas anymore. For more, see: Chandar Sutta Dogra, “Have You Eyes for It,” Outlook India,

May 2008. 4 “Petition to Deputy Governor: Ramgarhia Bunga,” Colonel Iqbal Singh, private papers; “Bungeiyan di

khabar” Gurdwara Gazette, Meeting notes, 1928.

Page 145: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

125

patronized by misl families like the Ahluwalia’s and the Ramgarhias. There were twelve

misls in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.

Misls were bands of Sikhs that rallied together under the leadership of an individual

who represented the group’s interests. These misls can be divided into three subtypes, by

caste, community, and region.5 The misls built the bungas and patronized them for their

upkeep. Some other bungas were also owned by or associated with different social groups

that can be classified by caste, village, and region. These affiliations became particularly

problematic as the SGPC was endeavouring to create a standardized, and thereby a

unified, vision of Sikh identity and practices. As the SGPC extended its control over the

gurdwara, it became evident that the spaces around the gurdwara could not be ignored or

left to other influences or impulses. The struggles between the SGPC and the bunga

owners highlights the anxiety of the SGPC to claim complete control over the gurdwara

and the surrounding areas, and the challenges it faced in such claims of authority and

control over the space. The ownership of bungas became important as these structures

indexed competing visions of Sikhism—SGPC’s as the standard and uniform ideals of

Tat Khalsa and that of bunga patrons as feudal caste and regional affiliations that also

supported exchange of knowledge and information with other religio-cultural centres like

Haridwar, which was another popular centre of religious training. Social and political

power were symbolized in the physical structures of the bungas, as the more important

5 Hari Ram Gupta, History of Sikhs: The Sikh Commonwealth or Rise or Fall (Munshilal Manohar Lal,

1978); Ganda Singh, Jassa Singh Ahluwali (Punjabi University, 1990); Gurbachan Singh Nayyar,

“Nature of Misaldari System: A Case-study of Kanhaiya Misl,” Punjab History Conference,

Proceedings, 3rd Session (1968): 169–172.

Page 146: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

126

bunga owners would have better located and more spacious bungas in the Golden Temple

Complex.

Bungas, however, had changed hands over time from their original caretakers and

owners. Bungas had been sold or leased as private property and were being used for very

different purposes than originally intended. Although the origins of the bungas and their

historical evolution still requires further investigation, this chapter focuses on the latter-

day disputes between the SGPC and the bunga owners and managers, and the grounds

upon which they each made claims to ownership. In other words, how did the SGPC

make claims to, and subsequently acquire the land around, the Golden Temple Complex

when it was not explicitly gurdwara property nor exclusively used for religious purposes?

How did the SGPC acquire bungas after most them were declared waqf (mortmain

property, which is an inalienable religious and charitable endowment),6 but not SGPC-

associated property, by the Gurdwara Tribunal? Finally, in what ways did the bunga

owners and managers challenge and resist such claims?

The SGPC deployed a variety of tactics to incorporate bungas into gurdwara

property to expand the boundary of the gurdwara. The SGPC was particularly concerned

with clearly demarcating the boundary of the gurdwara, both to guard its borders and to

assert its authority within these borders. Bunga owners and managers, on the other hand,

attempted to stake claims on the property as privately owned but as charity nonetheless—

6 Family Law in India says, “Waqf: according to Muslim Waqf Validating Act of 1913, means the

permanent dedication by a person professing Muslim faith of any property for any purpose recognized

by the Muslim law as religious, pious, and charitable. The essentials of waqf are: (a) permanent

dedication of property; (b) the dedicator should be a person professing the faith (c) purpose of

dedication should be religious and for the faith for example charitable organization.” Family Law in

India, 288.

Page 147: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

127

a phenomenon that came under scrutiny at the end of the nineteenth century.7 The British,

everywhere in the Muslim world, were anxious that “private” waqf was both a form of tax

cheating and also an economic malaise, as it was locking “useful” property away from the

private land market.8 Recent scholarship has highlighted the ways in which the colonial

government introduced new legal classifications under mortmain law, distinguishing

private trust from public trust as well as private from public charity.9

This distinction, it seems, was particularly problematic for establishments like

dharmshalas or rest houses that were privately owned but were used for charitable

purposes.10 Here, there was no clear auditing or taxation practice being used for religious

establishments or activities exclusively. Curiously, SGPC used colonial scrutiny into

private charities in making its claims over the bungas. Over the years, many bungas had

been divided between different family members and had been subsequently sold as shops,

private homes, and warehouses. For instance, some of the legal fights for control of

bungas were not waged with just one owner or manager, but with several claimants who

had acquired the bungas over different periods of time and who used it for very different

purposes. Court cases thus could not be determined on such grounds as the a priori

intention of the building and usage, as discussed by Ritu Birla in the case of Marwari

dharamshalas as private trusts but had to be based on evidence of private property or the

function it was serving at the time of the court case. Here was another question to be

7 Ritu Birla says private charity became a problematic category as there was no clear distinction between

charity being used for the “larger good” of the public or for personal benefits. Birla explains the ways

in which the private and public forms of charitable trusts were distinguished from each other, and the

impact of this on vernacular market practices. For more, see: Ritu Birla, Stages of Capital: Law,

Culture and Market Governance in Late Colonial India (Durham: Duke University Press, 2009). 8 Pascale Ghazaleh, ed., Held in Trust: Waqf in the Islamic World (American University Press, 2011). 9 Ritu Birla, Stages of Capital. 10 Ibid.

Page 148: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

128

resolved—could waqf land be considered alienable property, especially when such land

had been in the hands of private families and not the gurdwara managers?

The concept of alienation has largely been understood as the ability to buy, sell, or

lease a property and the right to inherit such land. The bunga cases legally came down to

the question of whether they were waqf lands, which, if they were, would make them

inalienable. If they were waqf, should they come under the gurdwara management’s

control directly, or could the families associated with them continue to manage them? In

other words, whose religious authority was not legitimized by the state and its

machinery—the Tribunal? If they were waqf and not gurdwara-managed, then what was

their status? Were all bungas waqf, even if private families owned and lived in them?

What of the caste affiliations, regional groups, and associations and classes of people that

had historically protected the gurdwara? Religious identification was not mutually

exclusive or exhaustive of one’s self-perceptions. Notwithstanding, would these

affiliations dissipate as soon as the SGPC took over the management of the gurdwara and

its properties?

For these reasons, alienability was not just a matter of land transactions or the

right to inherit such property; alienability of the bungas had also to achieve the severing

of all other associations, memories, and histories that had significance to many groups’

Sikh identities. As it will become clear, such associations and affiliations never ended and

continued to persist under sants and deras in and outside the Punjab. I argue that the

quickest way for the SGPC to achieve this authority over other affiliations,

notwithstanding its failure, was to demolish the bungas, which had become the material

instantiations of such affiliations and associations.

Page 149: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

129

The SGPC responded to the bunga owners and managers’ defence of private

property by asserting their sole control over the Sikh religious domain. Unlike other

religious communities in the Punjab, the SGPC allowed Sikhs to choose community

representatives, at least in the religious sphere. However, the SGPC used this claim of

democratic rule to put an end to any challenge to its activities. The question that

remained, then, was whether the bungas were religious properties or private properties?

How were these properties inherited? Could the SGPC alone claim to represent all Sikhs,

especially when claims to the contrary were made by smaller caste groups?

Eventually, the SGPC acquired various bungas through different tactics, many

times after forcing the owners to bequeath the property as a gift to the community. These

tactics did not mean relying solely on the Sikh Gurdwara Act, although it had many uses

in helping establish control over gurdwara properties. Despite having recourse to a set of

laws and a special Tribunal committee adjudicating matters of the gurdwara exclusively,

the SGPC deployed a complex repertoire of methods to acquire and establish control over

different properties around the Golden Temple Complex. The struggle over bungas allows

us to examine these vestiges of different visions and views for the community through a

different archive. It allows analysis of the SGPC beyond its publications, self-

representations, and propaganda, founded upon claims and counterclaims in court, which

have produced a significant record of its actions.

The SGPC was, above all, concerned with establishing its position within the

community by consolidating its strength and authority over gurdwaras. By transforming

the space of the Golden Temple through its cleansing drive and building projects,

discussed in the previous chapter, it took hold of more than gurdwara territory. It wanted

Page 150: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

130

to control what the buildings signified—historically, politically, culturally, and in

religious terms. The bunga owners, on the other hand were concerned with retaining their

control over the properties and their historical roles and value in the past.

Claiming Authority: Thinking Through and with the Past

The basis of the Gurdwara Reform Movement in the Punjab was to create community-

elected governance of Sikh religious establishments and wrest them from the hands of

pro-British mahants.11 The Sikh Gurdwara Act passed because of this movement, which

included the formation of a special judicial committee called the Gurdwara Tribunal to

assess whether religious lands were gurdwaras or other religious spaces. This meant that

the gurdwaras now had to be defined and this definition had to be socialized with other

regions.

The politics of the Gurdwara Reform Movement and the SGPC has received

considerable scholarly attention.12 Court cases against other religious communities for

“shared” or contested sites have also been the subject of research.13 However, there exists

little analysis of court cases in which the SGPC fought Sikh community members,

especially those that contested their sole rights to represent all Sikhs in the Punjab. The

bunga cases highlight the resistance met by the SGPC. These cases also point to the

dissatisfaction that had set in as a result of prolonged court cases, which did not always

11 Mohinder Singh, The Akali Movement (Macmillan, 1978). 12 Mohinder Singh, Akali Movement; Ganda Singh, Some Confidential Papers on Akali Movement (SGPC,

1965); Rajiv Kapur, Sikh Separatism: The Politics of Faith (Vikas, 1987); Paul R. Brass, Language,

Religion and Politics in North India (Cambridge University Press, 1974); Baldev Nayar, Minority

Politics in Punjab (Princeton, 1966). 13 David Gilmartin, “Shahidganj Mosque Incident: A Prelude to Pakistan,” in Islam, Politics and Social

Movements, ed. Edmund Burke and Ira M. Lapidus (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988).

Page 151: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

131

yield results in favour of the SGPC.14 Different interest groups, especially the mahants,

challenged the moral and religious high ground taken by the SGPC as the representative

of the Sikh community as well as its claim to be sole caretaker of the communities’

religious institutions. Special memos were sent to the colonial officers appealing to their

partiality to customs and traditional rights.15Added to this, Udasis and other religious

groups were also contesting for their specific rights; overall there was an increasing

number of cases not in favour of the SGPC, which were lost to udasis and mahants. The

SGPC leaders felt a sudden urgency to show quick successes to the community. The

enormity of the costs and the amount of time and effort spent on each case, which at times

had more than one or two plaintiffs, was much more than the management committee had

bargained for. Many of these cases were filed out of immediate euphoria for the passing

of the Sikh Gurdwara Act and were obviously not worth the accruing costs. These cases,

it was appealed to the Punjab Government, should be withdrawn, and until such a time

that an amendment allowing for cases to be taken back be passed, it was requested that

the Gurdwara Tribunal be summarily suspended.16 This chapter highlights the ways in

which the SGPC tactically used different legal classifications and practices to acquire

land and buildings around the gurdwara and their opponents’ arguments to prevent such

attempts.

14 “Mukadmiyan sambandhi vichar”, Gurdwara Gazette, June 1931. An article on the drain of resources in

all shapes and form—money, time and effort—it argues that at the rate it is going, it will take 65 years

and 14 lakh Rupees to see through all the cases that are registered in the tribunals. 15 “Udasi Memo to The Honarable Mr. Justice Coldstream I.C.S. President Gurdwara Tribunal,” [3

December 1928], No. 3472 Judl., State Archives of Punjab, Chandigarh and Civil Secretariat Home

General 1927, file no. 5495. 16 Gurdwara Gazette, Meeting notes, July 1931.

Page 152: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

132

At the most basic level, bunga cases were fought on the grounds of whether they

were to be considered private property or not. But a more specific and more significant

issue was the need for and meaning of historic preservation—maintaining the diverse

profiles of the buildings around the gurdwara. The SGPC had made clear its desire to

demolish these structures early on, claiming they were arenas of mischief and profane

activities.17 In establishing tighter boundaries around the gurdwara and maintaining

greater control on its thoroughfare, the SGPC focused on their everyday uses, whereas the

bunga owners and managers insisted upon a historical view of the bunga, asserting their

symbolic and historical value for the community. The legal contests over their fate

highlight an early step in the SGPC’s evolving understanding of historic structures that

were not necessarily or wholly religious in function, but which were characterized as

waqf properties nonetheless.18

Since bungas were used for different purposes—as schools for children, as hospitals

or medical centres, as printing shops and warehouses as well as rest houses for pilgrims—

there was no one legal category under which these structures could be placed within the

judicial process.19 For example, Bunga Sher Singh had been divided into at least three

main parts. One of these functioned as a rest house, but the other two functioned as

private properties, although legally they were all considered to be waqf land and therefore

17 Santokh Singh B.Sc., Sri Report Sri Darbar Sahib, (SGPC pub., 1929) and Report Sri Darbar Sahib,

(SGPC pub., 1931). 18 A similar case of samadhis, or cenotaphs, was brought up around the same time as the bunga cases started

being registered. The cenotaphs at Shahida Gurdwara, in close proximity to the Golden Temple

Complex, were brought down and a leveled entrance was built around this gurdwara dedicated to the

memory of Baba Dip Singh. The SGPC received a large number of petitions from different groups

and Sikh individuals that the cenotaphs were sacred and important for the memory of the martyrs in

Sikhism. However, nothing momentous came out of the petitions or demonstrations. Gurdwara

Gazette, Meeting notes, January 1931, and Private Papers of Colonel Iqbal Singh. 19 In fact, Bunga Sarkar had been taken over by the British Government, who made a police station and a

Victorian Clock Tower on this land.

Page 153: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

133

no one’s private property. Many of these bungas received maintenance grants from the

Golden Temple and continued to be mentioned in the audit reports that were published

annually after the Gurdwara Reform Movement.20

However, many bungas had to survive on their own, partly by leasing smaller

portions of their premises to commercial enterprises, but also by seeking grants from Sikh

princely states and from rich patrons who wished to maintain them. The question of

ownership was further complicated by the question of inheritance. How were bungas

passed from one generation to the next? Were they given as inheritance according to the

laws of primogeniture, the prevalent method in the Punjab? Or were they managed

communally, especially in cases where the bungas were owned by smaller committees or

groups like the Mazhabi Sikh Society?

There were three major types of bungas based on who had commissioned them to

be built. The first was bungas built by Sikh misl chiefs and royalty like Maharaja Ranjit

Singh and Maharaja Sher Singh. Second were those built by different communities like

the Mazhabi Bunga or Bunga Rangretta. And finally, there were bungas built by localities

and prominent villages that acquired land around the Golden Temple at some point and

built smaller pilgrim centres or rest houses to stay.21 Finally, another problem with seeing

bungas in a standard way was that some of these buildings were given grants by the

communities that had built them originally. Were these grants then vested in the building

or the people who managed them? Did these mangers become owners by living in these

20 Bungas like Bunga Jhalliawala, parts of Bunga Sarkar, Bunga Chainpuriya, and many others continued to

get maintenance grants from the Golden Temple. These were both declared waqf in separate court

cases. Gurdwara Gazette, “Audit Reports,” July 1931, 9. 21 For more, see: Parm Bakshish Singh, Golden Temple (Punjabi University Press, 1999), 40–45.

Page 154: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

134

buildings and being their caretakers for a set number of years, which was a legal

benchmark for inheriting property rights?

Pre-colonial ownership and inheritance practice have been a subject of many

scholarly works.22 Recently, Anne Murphy has argued that although waqf property rights

were categorized in particular ways under Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s reign, as documented

in the Khalsa Darbar records, there was a shift in the legal definition, and as a result, a

shift in the concept of private property and ownership with the onset of colonial rule. This

shift meant a deeper desire to own the properties and make the rights alienable and

inheritable. Bungas similarly underwent a change of hands in terms of ownership and

accountability, over a period, although often this was not documented well enough to win

court cases. In studying the religious grants as recorded in the Khalsa Darbar records,

especially grants that were given to the Golden Temple or to the bungas associated with

the gurdwara, it is clear that they were attached to people and not the built structures.23

There was some notion of private property in the period immediately preceding British

rule, where religious grants and establishments were in the hands of individuals assigned

for that specific role, e.g., udasi sants claimed that certain bungas were handed to them

when they were taking care of the Golden Temple. These sants claimed that the bungas

now belonged to them and not to the role of the caretaker, so the next granthi would not

inherit this bunga, which was already in the hands of that specific udasi mahant. This

understanding was contested under religious reformist movements, when the community

22 Irfan Habib, Agrarian Systems of Mughal India: 1556-1707 (Oxford University Press, 1991); Indu

Banga, Agrarian System of the Sikhs: Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Century (Manohar,

1978). 23 Anne Murphy, The Materiality of the Past (Oxford University Press, 2012), 170–173.

Page 155: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

135

became more clearly a corporate and bounded entity24 and desired the control of religious

establishments by community elected representatives as opposed to hereditary managers.

The property rights were therefore to be placed in the sacred scriptures and the caretakers

and managers were to be assigned a more specific and accountable or transparent role.

Historical publications became a viable means for the Singh Sabha reformers to

disseminate their message.25 The SGPC leaders inherited this strategy for cultivating a

sensibility of being Sikh, and to act as the representative leaders of the community. There

was a selective process in applying historical narratives to envision a future for the Sikh

community that did not include bungas and the layered authority of those who had

constructed them. Claiming authority over the Sikh community required a certain kind of

alienation from the collective past that was visibly present in the bungas. But the matter

was not as straightforward as simply extending control over the bungas. SGPC’s claims to

the landed property had to go through the Tribunals to prove legitimacy over these lands.

And beyond the legal procedure, there remained the matter of winning the support of

different caste groups and associations. The bunga cases highlight the anxieties of the

SGPC vis-à-vis different associations and interest groups within the community and their

efforts to maximize their authority over different sections of the community. Despite the

demolition drive that began in the 1930s and lasted till the 1970s, caste groups and

affiliations continue to have a strong influence. This is so much the case that the SGPC

has been ordered to rebuild some bungas by the highest courts in the country in recent

24 Ibid., 173. 25 Historical fiction by reformers like Bhai Vir Singh and Mohan Singh Vaid are particularly well known in

this genre. For more, see: Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity

and Diversity in the Sikh Tradition (University of Chicago Press, 1994) and Anshu Malhotra, Gender,

Caste and Religious Identities: Restructuring Class in Colonial Punjab (Oxford University Press,

2004).

Page 156: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

136

years in the twenty-first century, discussed below. Although these historic structures have

been lost, their historical value is invoked daily.

Inheriting the Bunga: Private Property or Waqf Land?

In some of the earliest court cases over the bungas, the SGPC attempted to claim control

of gurdwara properties, as they argued against the current managers’ and tenants’ claims

of private ownership and or of inheriting such lands. SGPC argued that Emperor Akbar

had given the gurdwara property to Guru Ramdas as a grant in the late sixteenth

century.26 The area had subsequently become a marketplace known as Guru-ka-bazaar

and eventually taken over by misls to build a protective wall around the gurdwara when it

was endangered. This interpretation meant that the misl families did not own the property

but had merely built on the community’s land. The earliest case where the issue of private

property and right to inheritance became particularly important is in that of Bunga Sher

Singh, controlled by Maharaja Sher Singh, stepson of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and Rani

Sada Kaur.

The court case was first filed in 1933 where a judgment in favour of the defendant

was made in 1936. Although the court decided the property was waqf, it declared Bunga

Sher Singh to be a non-gurdwara property and assigned the ownership to the descendants

of Maharaja Sher Singh. The history of this bunga is telling of the biography of these

structures and the competing claims to Sikh practices past and future. Over the nineteenth

century, this bunga had been taken over by three sets of people.

26 Denzil Ibbetson, Punjab Castes; Punjab Government Gazette, (Lahore: Superintendent, Government

Printing, Punjab, 1916); Giani Gian Singh, Twarikh- i- Amrtisar (Kendri Singh Sabha pub, reprint

1979); Ganda Singh, ed., Var Amritsar Ji Ki, (Sikh History Society, 1951).

Page 157: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

137

Bunga Sher Singh was particularly important to the SGPC because of its

positioning—it was located opposite the Akal Bunga or the Akal Takhat and faced

Darshan deori, the entrance to the main sanctum sanctorum. However, the descendant

and his family, as well as the managers and servitors, were not going to give in easily.

After a relatively short court case, in which it was declared that the SGPC had no right to

the management of the bunga, there remained the question of who was the rightful owner

of this property? Moreover, could the bunga be inherited if it was waqf land?

In the 1936 judgment, it was declared that the three appellants who had claimed

private ownership of parts of the bunga—Sardar Kesar Singh (a room in the bunga),

Sardar Jaswant Singh (one of the floors in the bunga) and Sardar Darbar Singh (another

floor in the bunga)—had been wrongfully occupying it, as they could produce no proof

that they had ever bought or leased these parts.27 This left the plaintiff, Sardar Balwant

Singh, who was declared to be the legal descendant of Maharaja Sher Singh, as the only

contender. However, the court also determined that he did not privately own the property.

It was now declared that the bunga was waqf land and could only be used for religious

and charitable purposes.

The Gurdwara Tribunal made an important statement by accepting Sardar Balwant

Singh’s right to inherit the bunga. It established the right of individuals to inherit religious

and charitable establishments even if they were not private properties. The bungas could

still be passed on to the next generation as private trusts, in so far as they were clearly

being used for religious and charitable purposes alone. But as it will become clear, the

court also took away the right to alienate such property, making any sales of bungas null

27 Kesar Singh and Anr. v. Balwant Singh and Ors., AIR 1936 Lah 645.

Page 158: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

138

and void. Moreover, it accepted the SGPC’s “red line” as marking religious land, even if

it did not recognize the land to be exclusively managed by the SGPC.

Since the court had decided that the bunga belonged to the descendants of Maharaja

Sher Singh as waqf land under their care, Kesar Singh filed an appeal in 1943 on the

court’s decision on the proof of genealogy.28 Kesar Singh demanded to know how the

court had decided that Balwant Singh was in fact Maharaja Sher Singh’s descendant?

What and where was his proof? Sardar Kesar Singh, who was the legally acknowledged

bungai (servitor of the property), appealed that the Gurdwara Tribunal had no jurisdiction

to take away the property from him and his family. He claimed it was not a religious

building but rather had been his family’s residence for many years. As the law stipulated

the number of years in which the owner of the property had to have some contact with or

made use of the land in some way (twelve years), which Balwant Singh had not done,

Kesar Singh claimed the right to ownership and management of said property. This

opened the case to several questions, such that the parties appealed to the Supreme Court

of India to settle the dispute.

Of the eight questions raised at the Court, the first, fifth, and sixth are particularly

important to this analysis of the shifting meaning of bunga property. First, the Court

asked: Was “the bunga in dispute a waqf property founded by Maharaja Sher Singh, or

any descendant of Maharaja Sher Singh?” This question emphasized the definition of

waqf land and its characteristics. For example, could it be transferred, alienated or

inherited? Could it be used for reasons other than religious and/or charitable purposes?

And did the SGPC have direct rights on all Sikh waqf lands? Similarly, question five

28 Kesar Singh v. Balwant Singh, AIR 1967 SC 487, [1962] Supp. 1 SC 325.

Page 159: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

139

asked: “Is the suit barred under s. 92 Civil Procedure Code?” This was a further

refinement of the definition of waqf land, especially Sikh waqf land, and whether the

Gurdwara Tribunal was the sole authority in adjudicating all cases concerned with

gurdwara properties. Finally, question six: “Are the defendants debarred from denying the

plaintiff’s title in view of the judgment of the Lahore High Court and the decision of the

Sikh Gurdwara Tribunal?”29 The Gurdwara Tribunal was set up as a part of the Act of

1925, which pre-empted the legal cases regarding gurdwara lands and their ownership.

The Tribunal was a part of the High Court, but it was separate in that all cases pertaining

to gurdwara property went to the Tribunal and its jurisdiction exceeded any other

judgment. However, there were some areas of grey in this autonomy and later appeals

made use of these loopholes to negotiate a settlement or case in their favour. The last

question then set the statutory limitations for the Gurdwara Tribunal as it asked whether a

case tried by the Tribunal could be opened again? This question was finally reduced to

whether a judgment passed by the Gurdwara Tribunal could be challenged and appealed.

These three questions allow us to understand the evolution of a new legal regime for

property rights and the right to inheritance of waqf land in general and the bungas in

particular.

Question one considers the nature of waqf property as a religious or charitable

institution, and what that meant to the application of the Sikh Gurdwara Act. If the Court

decided that the property was neither religious nor charitable but was marked off as

private and non-waqf, there would be little support for applying the Act of 1925 in

adjudicating its fate, which could link it to question five: whether the Civil Procedure

29 Kesar Singh v. Balwant Singh, 2–3.

Page 160: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

140

Code of 1902 could be applied to the bunga cases at all. The answer to this question was

particularly important because many bungas had been apportioned over the years to

different owners, caretakers, and users for very different purposes. These could vary from

religious uses, such as charitable schools, gurdwaras, or rest houses, to what may be

secular uses, such as shops or warehouses. In fact, many times the same bunga could

function as a gurdwara, with the sacred scriptures in the premises and a Granthi hired for

the continuous observation of Sikh rituals, and as a shopfront, with an outer room facing

the market streets being used by shopkeepers or medical men.

Determining the legal status and uses of this particular bunga therefore became an

important precedent for judging who could become its official and legitimate caretaker

and which court had jurisdiction over the matter. If it was legally considered a purely

religious institution, then the SGPC could make a simple claim to it as its immediate and

natural inheritance, because of the Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925, Section 2.30 But the issue

was not as simple or straightforward as that, because different people had already claimed

ownership of the property. Similarly, question five on Section 92 Civil Procedure Code of

1908,31 which dealt with the issue of public trusts, and question six about whether one

could challenge a previous judgment made by the Sikh Gurdwara Tribunal, demanded

clarification of the stance of the Sikh Gurdwara Act of 1925 vis-à-vis the immovable

30 Sikh Gurdwara Act, Section 2, 1925. 31 “Section 92 is a complete Code by itself in respect of suits based upon an alleged breach of any express

or constructive trust, created for public purposes of a charitable or religious nature. In order to attract

the application of the section the following four conditions are necessary, viz., (1) there must be a

trust, express or constructive, for public purposes of a charitable or religious nature; (2) the plaint

must allege a breach of trust or necessity for direction as to administration of that trust; (3) the suit

must be in the interests of the public, i.e., it must be brought in a representative capacity for the

benefit of the public and not to enforce individual rights; and (4) the relief claimed should be one of

the reliefs set out in the section.” Santanu Dey, Legal Provisions of Section 92 of Code of Civil

Procedure 1908, (C.P.C.), India – Public Charities.

Page 161: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

141

properties attached to the gurdwara. In this last question, it was declared that previous

judgments made by the Gurdwara Tribunal could not be questioned unless new evidence

was presented. Hence, the claim that Sardar Balwant Singh had to prove his genealogy

was rejected on the basis that the Tribunal had already accepted Balwant Singh’s claim.

Defining the bunga and fixing its nature as waqf property dealt with the first

question, on the legitimate use of this building as a religious or charitable institution. The

bunga had already been defined in the first round of this case in the lower court and was

used in passing the judgment in 1936. The court case defined bungas as “hostels where

pilgrims coming from various parts of India to pay a visit to the Golden Temple stay.

These hostels were founded by rich men especially by Rajas and were dedicated to the

public as waqf property. There was appointed a custodian at each bunga called a Bungai

whose duty was to read the Guru Granth Sahib and arrange for the comforts of pilgrims

staying in the bunga and keep the bunga in proper order.”32 The definition of the bungas

fixed the meaning and function of the structures in totality. All bungas were to be waqf

property unless there was clear proof to show otherwise. However, who owned them or

had the right to manage them was still up for questioning and arbitration. In other words,

not all waqf properties were given over to the SGPC, and to acquire them the SGPC had

to use other methods than court cases alone.

In response to question five, regarding the application of Code of Civil Procedure

versus the Gurdwara Tribunal particularly in bunga cases, the Court declared that the

ultimate authority in judging the ownership or management of gurdwara properties

resided with the Gurdwara Tribunal, even when the properties were declared to be non-

32 Kesar Singh and Anr. v. Balwant Singh and Ors., AIR 1936 Lah 645, 3.

Page 162: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

142

Sikh. In this judgment, the Supreme Court was making it clear that all bunga properties

were in fact associated with their gurdwaras even if they were not given over to the SGPC

for management. Hence, bungas were legally seen to be part of the gurdwara regardless of

how they had been occupied or used in recent years, or what and how they were to be

managed or owned in the future. Their association with the gurdwara was seen to be

paramount in legal terms. The SGPC used this ruling effectively for later court cases,

reminding the Gurdwara Tribunal that the bungas had been built to protect the gurdwara

in the first place; they therefore belonged to the community and not to individuals. Even

when bungas were given over to the care of individuals, as in this case, the SGPC made

sure that the individual would behave and work according to their set guidelines.

Eventually, the family gifted Maharaja Sher Singh Bunga to the SGPC in the early 1970s.

Only the entrance to this bunga remains, an aide-mémoire that a bunga once existed. The

plaque on this entrance, that has now been removed, once explained that the bunga was

the gift of the family of Maharaja Sher Singh to the SGPC, after the creation of the

management body as the official Sikh representatives for it.33

The SGPC has removed a plaque put up at the historic Maharaja Sher Singh

Gate adjacent to Akal Takhat in the Golden Temple complex after a plea was

filed with the Sikh Gurdwara Judicial Commission, stating that the plaque

carries wrong information about the descendants of Maharaja Sher Singh.

When the Tribune team visited the Golden Temple complex, it found that the

plaque was removed from the gate and the place where it was installed is now

plastered with cement.34

33 Sikh Sangat News: East, “SGPC Removes Plaque with Wrong Information at Golden Temple,”

http://sikhsangat.org/2014/sgpc-removes-plaque-with-wrong-information-at-golden-temple/. 34 Perneet Singh, “Crumbling Brick by Brick,” Tribune News Service, September 14, 2014,

https://www.tribuneindia.com/2014/20140915/punjab.htm

Page 163: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

143

When I returned to this gate in 2016, looking for the plaque and asking questions

about it, I was told that such a plaque never existed. The obliteration of this structure and

the memorials associated with it are dangerous because they force certain strident views

over others. However, not all memories are encapsulated in singular lieu de memoire and

re-emerge in other spaces. The SGPC, despite its attempts at producing an authoritative

discourse, struggles to enforce it. To gain supremacy over other practices, the SGPC has

incorporated some of these differences within its own structure, as discussed in Chapter

Three.

Moral Claims and Sikh Representatives

SGPC’s claim as the sole authority of elected Sikh representatives was built on a moral

argument against Udasi and Nirmala mahants and sants. The Akali leaders and the SGPC

managers claimed to have the interest of the community at heart, as the SGPC was a

community elected body. The guidelines for the SGPC’s formation, as given in the Sikh

Gurdwara Act, say that there are 175 members in all and that elections are to be held

every five years. The members stand for election in the Punjab and all registered Sikhs

above the age of eighteen years may vote. The Act aimed to make the community’s voice

heard in gurdwara management and in the management of its funds by electing its

representatives. However, as the committees were formed, it became clear that the

composition of the committee was heavily weighted towards urban-educated and higher-

caste men. The claims of being a united religious community became difficult to bear as

casteism and the rural-urban divide became evident in meetings and ensuing decisions.

Claims that partybazi, or politicking for selfish and petty concerns, were rife in the

activity of the SGPC became a resounding belief amongst most Sikhs and can be seen

Page 164: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

144

widely in newspaper editorials from the 1930s onwards. In the interviews I conducted in

Amritsar, this belief that high-caste and petty and selfish leaders drove the SGPC was still

rife. Bungas, at least under the ownership of parties other than the SGPC, served as

reminders of the Sikh community’s failure to transcend distinctions of caste and class,

creating deeper problems for the SGPC. Bungas instantiated different sources of

allegiance and authority.

One significant case highlighting the problems with the SGPC’s claim to represent

all Sikh interests was over Bunga Mazhabi. This case was first filed in 1933 and was re-

appealed in 1975, the judgment for which was finally given in 2005.35 Unlike in the

earlier case discussed here, the SGPC argued that Bunga Mazhabi was not waqf property

anymore and had not been used for religious or charitable purposes for the last twenty

years at least, since the partition of India. The SGPC claimed that it was privately owned

property, held by three different people, and that the management committee had

rightfully and legitimately purchased the property from these different owners. Further,

they pronounced themselves to be the sole representatives of the Sikh community, so the

case as created by the Mazhabi association could not stand—the interests of lower-caste

Sikhs was already represented by the SGPC.36

The ex-military Mazhabi Society was an association of the Mazhabi group, i.e. the

lower-caste group of Chura Sikh (Churas were traditionally known to be leather workers)

35 The case was first filed by the SGPC to take over the Bunga Mazhabi in 1933, but no judgment was

passed until 1940 when it was decidedly given over to the ex-military Mazhabi society. As a result of

Partition, the association was uprooted and it handed over the bunga to Sardar Harnam Singh, making

him sign an affidavit that he was merely a Bungai and not the owner. The sale deeds that the SGPC

presented to the court between Sardar Harnam Singh’s widow and the management body were

therefore rejected as legitimate sales. 36 Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh, Judicial Department.

Page 165: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

145

and was a registered society under the Societies Registration Act of 1860. The society

was earlier situated in Shiekhupura, now in Pakistan, where there was a majority base of

the Mazhabi caste group. It was reconstituted in India following the partition of the

Punjab, after a gap of almost twenty years.37 The society argued that it had named Sardar

Harnam Singh as the Bungai, who was merely given the right to manage the bunga and

read the Guru Granth Sahib. He or his family had no rights to alienate the property at any

time and there existed land documents and an affidavit to prove that Harnam Singh was

only the Bungai. Because of the historical circumstances, referring to the upheaval of

Partition and changes in the composition of the society, as well as the conditions of the

gurdwara, it was argued that the bunga had come under the “adverse” possession of the

management committee. But the society now wished to retain its control over the bunga,

although it had been demolished. Moreover, the society proceeded to not only claim the

bunga land but also demanded that the SGPC cover costs for rebuilding the bunga for

Mazhabi caste pilgrims. The SGPC, on the other hand, argued that their possession of the

bunga was no longer valid, as the SGPC had used it for the “greater good” of the

gurdwara and the Sikh community.

The argument for the greater good of the community meant returning to what the

SGPC claimed was the “original purpose” of all gurdwaras, as had been built by the

Gurus and carried on by Sikhs since. In other words, it meant returning to the moment

when the Sikh Gurdwara Act and the SGPC were created in a more recent past. The

37 Under the title ‘Grounds of Appeal’, point three says, “That admittedly, the Mazhabi Sikh Association is

a Society registered under Act 21 of 1860. No suit can be brought by said society without a resolution

passed by the said society, which is wanting in the present case. As such the plaintiff had no right or

locus standi to file for present suit.” Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at

Chandigarh, Judicial Department. The Mazhabi society was registered again based out of Karnal in

Haryana in 1966 with the Registrar of Societies.

Page 166: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

146

SGPC frequently quoted Master Tara Singh where he stated that the purpose of creating

the SGPC and the Act was “to utilize the property and income of the gurdwaras for the

purposes for which they were founded and save it from being wasted in luxurious and

immoral living.”38 Since it was claimed that the defendants had come to privately own the

bunga since independence, it was morally sound for the SGPC to intervene and return the

bunga to its original purpose and “to save it from being used for immoral purposes.”39

The case was pivotal in the ways in which the court detailed that bungas could not be

alienated or sold to anyone, regardless of whether the property was abandoned or had

been passed to a manager of an association that did not exist for a period of time. SGPC’s

assertion of representing the greater good of the community was also challenged by the

association, which alleged that the SGPC constituted a select elite that wanted the bungas

demolished for their own private purposes. The Mazhabi Society maintained that it was

important to resurrect the bunga to protect minority caste groups, who had equal rights to

visit the Golden Temple Complex. The SGPC denied the Society the sole rights to the

protection of the lower caste groups by maintaining that it was them, the SGPC, that were

the custodians of the Sikh community, which theoretically did not observe caste.

In this way, they questioned the Mazhabi Society’s “locus standi” in bringing forth

this case. Locus standi meant the legal standing of the Mazhabi Society in proving its

connection with and relation to its previous avatar located in Sheikhupura. The

38 Master Tara Singh, Punjab Legislative Council Debates 3, no. 22 (May 7 and 8, 1925), 1105. 39 While the SGPC acknowledged that the bunga must have been under some form of control with the

Mazhabi Sikh community, they also claimed that after Partition there had been no clarity on their

claims or their existence. As a result, the Bungai Harnam Singh and his family had acquired legal

authority to alienate the property, and the SGPC had legitimately paid the market value of this

property according to the sale value of a non-religious building. For more, see: Appeal no. 870, High

Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh, Judicial Department.

Page 167: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

147

Committee challenged the Society’s case by saying that the appellant of the case had no

leadership position in the society and did not represent the concerns or the consensus of

the caste group. The Society, in response, proved its connection with its earlier

manifestation in Shiekhupura by calling witnesses who attested to the Society’s existence

in Shiekhupura and now in India, with a consistent membership in both the places

through the years. The question of locus standi was decided in favour of the Mazhabi

Society. 40 This decision in favour of the Society set a precedent that parties other than the

SGPC could manage and control the rest houses or sarais around the Golden Temple

Complex. After the formation of the SGPC and the local Darbar Sahib Committee, a

series of building projects had been undertaken. One of these was to build new sarais for

the pilgrims, which were close to but remained outside the boundaries of the gurdwara

parikrama.

By returning the bunga to the Society and instructing the SGPC to pay for its

rebuilding, the court allowed and acknowledged the rights of another body within the

gurdwara to function, if only in a small way. But the SGPC continued to fight for its

complete autonomy by arguing for the use of the Sikh Gurdwara Act and claiming that it

took precedence over any other court’s authority or civil code. The Court also decided

that since the SGPC had never filed a case for this bunga in the Gurdwara Tribunal or

under the Sikh Gurdwara Act but had bought the property from other named defendants,

40 “They have locus standi to sue even if it is taken that the Bunga was not founded by the Mazhabi Sikhs of

Sheikhupura district and not managed by them. Any Mazhabi Sikh can come forward and protect the

property belonging to the Mazhabi Sikh community. In AIR 1973 Mysore Page 281 it was held that a

suit by some of the devotees in a representative capacity for possession of the properties of a deity is

competent.” Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh, Judicial Department,

13.

Page 168: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

148

whom it was found had no right to alienate the property, the sale could not be treated as

valid.41

While the Court acknowledged the Sikh Gurdwara Act and the Gurdwara

Tribunal’s verdict, it was found that the SGPC had neither approached the tribunal nor

invoked the Act to claim the property. By going to the alleged owners of the bunga and

buying the property from them directly, the SGPC had been involved in a sale that was

not legally recognizable. The Mazhabi Society was granted full rights over the bunga, and

the defendants had to pay the Society relief. The SGPC’s attempt to keep the bunga under

their control for the ‘‘larger good’’ as the higher authority representing Sikh concerns

over those of caste or sects was found less stable than the Mazhabi Society’s claims to

representation. Other court cases and settlements outside the Court similarly challenged

the SGPC’s claims to exclusively represent the Sikh community.

Although the SGPC claimed to represent all Sikh interests regardless of caste,

regional affiliation, or sect, it was found increasingly that the SGPC represented the

interests of a select few. The contests within the SGPC and outside increased over the

years, adding to the ideological differences that people had about the shape and the future

of the gurdwara. Some of these cases will be discussed in the following chapters.

41 The judgment says, “It has not been shown by Sri Darbar Sahib that Boonga in question was claimed by

them as their property under the provisions of the Sikh Gurdwara Act and that no claim/objection was

filed by anybody under the provisions of the Sikh Gurdwara Act and as such Darbar Sahib has

become full owner of the Bunga.” Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh,

Judicial Department, 14.

And, “Defdts 2 to 4 had no right to sell the Bunga. Defdts 2 to 4 stepped into the shoes of Bungai

Harnam Singh. The position of a Bungai is analogous to that of the Mahant in a Hindu shrine. It was

held in AIR 1936 Lah 623 that a bunga institution intended to be reserved as a hostel for pilgrims is

inalienable although there is no formal dedication if it is for religious or charitable purposes… as

bungais they had only the right of management of the Bunga, which was also inalienable (vide AIR

1916 Lah 98). Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh, Judicial

Department, 11.

Page 169: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

149

However, no management committee or association can survive if it is solely embroiled

in conflictual relations; the SGPC also figured out ways in which the community could

function and exist in some form of conciliation and cohesiveness. This cohesiveness and

conciliation were created by building rituals and organizing pilgrimage routes on an

annual basis. While the case of the bungas highlights the rifts between different notions

and values of Sikh history, the participation and role of different Sikh groups and the

preservation of these Sikh structures, there were also many rituals that aligned Sikh

interests.

From the two cases discussed above it becomes clear that many bungas were given

to their owners/managers and not to the SGPC, despite its claims to natural inheritance as

the Sikh community’s representative. Also, it was declared that the bungas were

essentially part-religious and part-charitable units and could not be put to any other use.42

Having declared these properties waqf land, it was also declared that the properties could

not be sold to anyone else but could be given over to the SGPC as a “gift.” Most of the

bungas acquired by the SGPC were through this method, of receiving gifts from bunga

owners or managers. But in the case of Bunga Mazhabian, the SGPC was ordered to

return and rebuild the bunga. The bungas affairs are by no means a thing of the past. New

cases regarding these buildings have been filed, and, sensing foul play, the courts have

ordered the SGPC to return these properties to the associations and individuals involved.

For example, Bunga Rangretta was completed recently in 2014 after another prolonged

42 Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak ... v. Raja Shiv Rattan Dev Singh and Ors., March 24, 1955, AIR 1955

SC 576.

Page 170: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

150

court case and has been at the centre of controversy for various reasons.43 In the case of

Bunga Rangretta or Bunga Jiwan Singh, history was invoked as much as the social

support for lower-caste Sikhs, reminding the Sikh community that it was Baba Jiwan

Singh, a low-caste Sikh, who had carried the tenth Guru Teghbahadur ji’s body back for

cremation. For this, it is believed that the tenth Guru had given the community the title,

‘Rangretta-Guru ka beta,’ or the sons of the Guru.44 In the next case that I discuss, it

becomes clear how history and historical preservation were applied to save the bunga

from the SGPC’s demolition drive. This is the only bunga that has survived the SGPC’s

parikrama-widening scheme, for the sake of which bungas were demolished.

Bungas as Heritage: Contesting Visions of the Sikh Past

The SGPC attempted to gradually take over bunga properties through different measures

such as buying the properties (although the court declared these to be invalid sales, many

bungas were still “purchased” from their alleged owners/managers), intimidating the

owners by way of pressure tactics, and, of course, taking the issue to the Gurdwara

Tribunal. The cases, as discussed above, took a long time and were an enormous expense

to the Committee. The SGPC’s preferred method was making private settlements with the

owners and managers.

43 Sikh24, “Inauguration of Bunga Baba Jiwan Singh Postponed,” September 29, 2014,

http://www.sikh24.com/2014/09/29/inauguration-of-bunga-baba-jiwan-singh-

postponed/#.Vht2zROqqko 44 Grounds of appeal: “That the S.G.P.C. and its officials and its office bearers were duty bound to maintain

the sanctity of the said building being of historical importance of the Sikhs”. Sikh Gudwara Act, 1925,

Section 142, 177 says that the SGPC will care for notified gurdwaras and will be responsible for their

maintenance. The demolition of this bunga, which was part and parcel of the gurdwara, is a breach of

trust and duty by the SGPC officials who were to care for Sikh historical monuments and not defile

them. Private papers at the SGPC office in Chandigarh.

Page 171: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

151

However, the most effective way to take over the bungas was to campaign against

the people who had earlier occupied these buildings. However, this had to be done in a

careful manner. Although the SGPC disavowed the present bunga owners, many of whom

were direct descendants of misl leaders and still cared for the bungas, the SGPC did not

wish to break away from the misl period completely. The argument against the misuse of

these properties had to demonstrate a particular historical narrative that showed how these

buildings were earlier crucial to Sikh history but were now arenas of corruption and

selfish gains. The SGPC aspired to clear the space of such elements that upset the sacred

nature of the gurdwara, a project they invested in heavily even before the British

Government legally recognized them, beginning with the kar seva (literally meaning

clearing the silt from the water) cleaning of the water tank in 1923.

The project to sanitize the gurdwara space had started with the very establishment

of the SGPC, which believed in a strong connection between the outward appearance of

the gurdwaras and Sikhs’ commitment to their religion. The practices of renovating,

remaking, and constructing new gurdwaras, which began in the 1920s, was a result of this

connection between the appearance of built structures and the community’s commitment

to its faith. These practices, as discussed in the following chapters, became central to the

SGPC’s policies towards gurdwaras. They set a precedent for later preservation work,

especially in historically important gurdwaras and other historically important places like

the bungas. The bungas were thus seen as an obstacle in the path to rejuvenating Sikhs’

commitment to their religion. Demolishing the structures, it seems, was the only option

that the SGPC could consider in order to return the gurdwara land to both religious

functions and to cleanse the space of external elements.

Page 172: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

152

On the other side of this debate, Bunga owners emphasized the historical

significance of these structures. They argued that the bungas had not only been essential

in protecting the gurdwara and the community in the past but had made significant

contributions well into the present. For instance, the Ramgarhia Bunga was one of the

better-known bungas and became representative of an earlier era when misl leaders

resided in these bungas and invited British officers to view the Golden Temple Complex

from the bunga premises. Additionally, bungas doubled up as educational centres,

hospitals, and rest houses, performing multiple roles. Bunga owners challenged SGPC’s

historical narrative, which emphasized the Guru period and the contributions of certain

individuals in the early development of Sikhism. The bunga owners and managers

forwarded a different and broader historical narrative that emphasized the misl period in

continuity and did not just focus on individual misl leaders stuck in time as the

community’s heroes. Works on individual misl leaders like Jassa Singh Ahluwalia and

Jassa Singh Ramgarhia are particularly popular subjects of both fictional stories and non-

fictional histories. The trend started with the Singh Sabha reform period when fictional

works like Sundari gained popularity and became important in the reformist agenda to

educate Sikhs on correct moral behaviour.45 The bunga owners claimed that the bungas

had stood the test of time and had been reinvented for the community over the years. The

very individuals and families that the SGPC now vilified as selfish and corrupt still cared

for these properties and patronized artists and masons to preserve them. These owners

urged the Punjab Government and the Gurdwara Tribunal through various petitions to

protect them and Sikh heritage in the form of these built structures. They urged them not

45 Bhai Vir Singh, Sundari, first pub. 1898 (New Delhi: Bhai Vir Singh Sahit Sadan, 2003).

Page 173: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

153

to be led astray by the SGPC leaders who pushed the religious function of this property

and to consider all the work they had been doing in sustaining the heritage of Sikh

architecture and of Sikh cultural and political history at large.46

Underlying the conflict between the SGPC and the bunga owners were the different

expectations and understandings of the built structure around the gurdwara. While the

SGPC desired to distinguish a sacred zone (also called the “red line,” drawn by the

SGPC) with clearly defined entrances and exits to the gurdwara, the owners saw these

buildings as historical markers integral to the gurdwara. The opposition between the

religious and the historical functions of the built form was by no means new. For

example, the Mahabodhi Temple at Bodh Gaya had three different contenders for

complete rights to the place. One was the Government of India, which wanted rights to

preserve this historical site and to prevent any work on the temple complex without the

government’s prior approval.47 Tapati Guha-Thakurta has argued that the two priorities of

active religious service and historical preservation were always kept separate by the

British officials and there was an effect of “museumization” of the relic once the colonial

government took over the task of preservation. In other words, once a place was

pronounced to be a preservation site, it could no longer be an extant religious site and

vice versa. Deborah Sutton has argued that despite the British authorities’ claims of

cordoning off historical or heritage sites from active religious observations, these

functions co-existed in the Linga temples in Bhubaneswar.48 In other words, activities

46 Sardar Tarlochan Singh of the Ramgarhia Bunga, Petition to the Deputy-Commissioner of Amritsar.

[September 1930]. 47 Tapati Guha Thakurta, Monuments, Objects, Histories: Institutions of Art in Colonial and Postcolonial

India (Columbia University Press, 2004). 48 Deborah Sutton, “Devotion, Antiquity, and Colonial Custody of the Hindu Temple in British India,”

Modern Asian Studies 47, no. 1 (2013): 135–166.

Page 174: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

154

related to conservation and historical research did not end the religious properties of the

place. At times, they rekindled the interests of followers, who now came back to observe

religious duties in these temples. Considering these works, the bungas present us with a

curious position as they were never fully religious sites but were contested upon the

grounds of waqf property. Also, the bunga cases did not lead to museumization, which

curiously was the only way bungas and misl history could have been saved, nor did they

renew the interests of the masses to protest their demolition.

The Ramgarhia Bunga is the only remaining bunga that exists outside the eighty-

four that surrounded the gurdwara until the early 1940s. Slowly, bungas were brought

down for a variety of reasons and building projects. These building projects, discussed in

the next chapter, had acquired the significance of being seva or service, a ritualized

activity in which individuals worked to give something back to the community. Seva in

its simplest form could involve daily cleaning of the gurdwara; more involved seva was to

take part in the building activities, which also included demolishing the bungas.

The case of Ramgarhia Bunga was first filed in 1929 and was eventually settled

outside the court in 1972–73; it is one of the longest court cases over bungas on record.

The case was first filed by the SGPC against three members of the Ramgarhia family who

were in possession of the bunga—Sardar Tarlochan Singh, Sardar Pratap Singh, and

Sardar Mahender Singh. They had inherited the bunga from Mangal Singh CSI, their

great-grandfather, who had been granted the bunga as private property by the British

Government for his service in managing the Golden Temple Complex from 1862–1879.

Out of the three, Sardar Pratap Singh and Sardar Mahender Singh sold their share of the

bunga to the SGPC after intense pressure to do so. As they did not live in the bunga, they

Page 175: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

155

considered it easier to turn the bunga over to the Committee. Sardar Tarlochan Singh,

however, chose to fight the case because he feared that the SGPC would demolish this

bunga as well. He lived in the bunga with his family, and eventually reached a settlement

with the SGPC that a museum would be built in its place, devoted to the history of the

misl period.

The case stretched on from 1929 as the SGPC kept asking for more time to present

its case. On the opposing side, Sardar Tarlochan Singh had documents proving the long

history of the well-reputed bunga that he had inherited, which received many British

officials and other foreign dignitaries as guests. For instance, J.C. Oman, a colonial

official in Amritsar, mentions watching the fireworks on special occasions from this

bunga, which was in the ownership of Sardar Mangal Singh CSI’s descendants.49 The

bunga was important to the SGPC because it contained the coronation stone that Jassa

Singh Ramgarhia brought from Delhi after defeating the Mughals.

As the case stretched in court, and the other two members of the family sold their

portions of the bunga, Sardar Tarlochan Singh began facing pressure from multiple

directions. One was the increasing financial cost of the court case; the other was pressure

from the SGPC. Since they had taken over the area surrounding the bunga, the SGPC

built a langar hall (a food hall where all pilgrims and devotees receive free food all day).

This langar hall cut off the entrance to the bunga from outside the gurdwara walls and the

entrance from within the gurdwara could only be accessed by following gurdwara rules of

not wearing shoes and socks, covering one’s head, and not carrying big bags etc. The

SGPC was aware of the implications of building the langar hall at the entrance of the

49 J. C. Oman, The Mystics, Ascetics, and Saints of India (T. Fisher Unwin, 1903).

Page 176: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

156

Ramgarhia Bunga—even today, the bunga can only be accessed from behind the langar

hall.

The tenor of the court case changed as Sardar Tarlochan Singh realized that despite

having the correct paperwork which established the bunga as his home, there was little

chance of keeping the bunga in his family in the long term. Circumstances had changed

after Partition; a larger number of pilgrims filed into the gurdwara daily, severely

restricting his family’s mobility (because of the blocked doorway) and increasing scrutiny

by the community. Sardar Tarlochan Singh also witnessed the demolition of many other

bungas between the 1940s and 1970s, many of which were historic structures that had

been vibrant centres for artistic creativity. It became clear that the bunga had to be given

up—but to whom? The Archaeological Survey of India was showing keen interest in

taking over the bunga as a historic structure, but the SGPC would never have allowed a

government agency so close to the gurdwara premises.50 This was also the reason that the

Victorian Clock Tower and the police station in Bunga Sarkar had been demolished in

1947–48 by the SGPC and its followers,51 as soon as the Punjab became independent

from British control.52 The question then became: How could the bunga be preserved

from SGPC’s demolition drive and from its plans for widening the parikrama?

In one of the court’s rulings, it declared that the bunga was a historic place and

could not be demolished by any managing body, whether by the SGPC or by the owners

50 Colonel Iqbal Singh, descendant of the Ramgarhia Bunga, personal conversation with author, March

2015. 51 Jathedar Dalip Singh, personal conversation with author. He was the Jathedar of the Akal Takhat in the

early 1970s. 52 Nayanjot Lahiri talks about a number of monuments that were brought down after colonial rule ended.

For more, see: Nayanjot Lahiri, Monuments Matter: India’s Archaeological Heritage Since

Independence (Marg Publications, 2016).

Page 177: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

157

of the bunga. This was a small victory for Sardar Tarlochan Singh, who had been

involved in the case for over thirty years, having assumed it from his father. After this

declaration, Sardar Tarlochan Singh, aged seventy, gifted the bunga to the SGPC for its

management and transition into a Sikh misl museum in early 1970s. In 2010, the SGPC

called for an expression of interest from museum consultancy and design firms to help

build this museum.53

Despite the process of museumization of the bunga, which the SGPC was forced

into by the Gurdwara Tribunal and by the settlement reached with Sardar Tarlochan

Singh, there remains little interest in bungas amongst the wider Sikh community. A

signboard, placed by the SGPC, briefly describes the history of Ramgarhia Bunga, but

there remains much more concealed within the structure. The museumization process

neither pushed the bunga into secular-preservation concerns, nor did it reawaken the

community to its religious and historical functions. In sum, the strategy of obtaining a

court order to maintain the structure and build a museum was the only way in which the

bunga could be saved from the demolition drive led by the management body.

The three cases discussed above highlight the ways in which the SGPC attempted to

assert its authority in seizing control over all lands around the gurdwara as waqf property

and claimed to be its natural inheritance. The courts often refuted the SGPC’s claims,

making the lands around the gurdwara waqf but not necessarily the responsibility of the

SGPC. Because of these cases and many others, the SGPC used various tactics to force

the issue, like building new structures that obstructed the path to the bungas and forcing

53 The Indian Express, “Bunga Ramgarhia to be Converted into Museum,” May 8, 2010,

http://archive.indianexpress.com/news/bunga-ramgarhia-to-be-converted-into-museum/616272/.

Page 178: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

158

bunga managers to give away their property by creating stringent rules of management.

The bungas, despite being invoked regularly in the ardas several times a day, are today

lost structures that incite little interest or questions from the community.

Page 179: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

159

Chapter Five: “To Serve with Honour”: Deras and the Practice of Kar Seva in the

Twentieth Century

The advent of colonial rule in the Punjab in 1849 initiated a series of events that were

unprecedented. From increased mobilization by means of railways and roadways to wider

access to print media, colonial rule brought with it access to wider geographical reach for

more number of people, despite the inequality of such access. One of the central debates

in South Asian history has been about the kinds and depth of changes in the socio-cultural

and religious fields. In other words, colonial rule did not just enumerate and categorize

the colonized people into insular and inward-looking associations, example caste and

religious identities, but also led to a “rapid integration of the region into the interregional

and global structures that gave the empire its shape… (and) the spatial boundaries of the

Punjabi world were suddenly stretched, elongated, and reconfigured”.1 In other words,

while ascriptive identities became more fragmented, these identities were also drawn on a

larger and wider scale. This chapter explores one such instance in which the precolonial

traditional practices and networks were recast under colonial rule and modified again in

the post-colonial period. However, there are clear indications that they are part of the

same traditional practice that began in the fifteenth century. Through a study of kar seva

(originally desilting of the water tank and later community service to build/ conserve

gurdwaras) practice, this chapter explores the role of sants (holy men/ live gurus) and

1 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Fomrations in an Imperial World,

(Duke University Press, 2006), 69.

Page 180: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

160

their deras (homes of living Gurus/ holy men) in Sikh practice and the ways in which they

have been incorporated by the SGPC. Despite the SGPC’s prolific activities from 1920s

to standardize and institutionalize Sikh practice, long established religio-cultural

traditions were not entirely displaced. Instead, the SGPC incorporated these practices

within its folds and minimized the threat posed by these heterodox identities.

The Singh Sabha movement began the process of defining and codifying Sikh

religion and practices, a process of sanitizing the religious traditions that was eventually

taken over by the SGPC. While the Singh Sabha was prolific with its agenda through

print media and organizing festivals that only celebrated the Gurus’ lives over agricultural

festivals, we do not know how successful the Singh Sabha was in streamlining these

practices.2 The SGPC took over a similar agenda of sanitizing and institutionalizing Sikh

practices but it was more accepting of “living Gurus” and their deras than the Singh

Sabha. In the absence of an existing religious language that could speak to a national and

global audience, kar seva spoke with greater ease. Organized in 1923 by the SGPC, this

kar seva was SGPC’s first populist religious act that included popular sants as the

“beloved five” in this event. This inclusion marked not just an acceptance of the

heterodox elements within Sikh institutions but show how the Sikh institution as created

by the SGPC could not survive without the inclusion of these traditional centres of Sikh

learning and practice.

Following the practices and the social processes involved in carrying out the kar

sevas, we get a glimpse of the motley nature of Sikh authority in religious management.

2 Harjot Oberoi, Construction of Religious Boundaries, (1994); Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and

Diaspora, (2006).

Page 181: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

161

The SGPC is not an isolated institution, although it is the premier institution for Sikh

religion. It sets the standards not just for the historic gurdwaras in India, but for

gurdwaras outside of its authoritative domain, in the UK, USA, Singapore, and elsewhere.

At its founding, the SGPC had a wide base of members who came from diverse

backgrounds and training. The Committee emerged from a milieu of shared ideas,

knowledge, and practices in the eighteenth and the nineteenth centuries. These founding

members influenced the SGPC’s guidelines, practices, and views on the future direction

for the panth (literally, the Guru’s path, or the Sikh community). For instance, many of

the SGPC’s founding members committed themselves to deras and were sants.3

Following Ballantyne’s call to “recognize that although the Panth is united by its devotion

to the gurus and the Guru Granth Sahib, Sikhs occupy diverse cultural locations and

articulate a multiplicity of identities. The recognition of the cultural exchanges and

hybridized social patterns borne out of inequalities of colonialism and the upheavals of

migration necessitates the creation of new historiographical visions and forms of

practice.”4 This chapter seeks to add to this new historiographical vision that recognizes

the multiplicity of identities and adherence to traditional practices and forms in different

format.

The sacred geography of Punjab has undergone significant changes over the

twentieth century resulting from various political events. The Partition in 1947 created a

new boundary between Punjab in India and Punjab in Pakistan. Another redrawing of the

Punjab state in India occurred because of the Punjabi Suba movement in the 1950s and

3 W. H. Mcleod, Historical Dictionary of Sikhism (Scarecrow Press, 1995), 70. 4 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora, (2006), 33.

Page 182: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

162

1960s. Most recently, the Khalistan movement demanded an independent Punjabi nation-

state. These events led to the creation of new boundaries that determined how people

accessed religious places, thereby shaping the religious practices and institutions of

gurdwaras in Punjab. While these events may have closed off certain regional networks

and passages in North India, they opened global networks with the Sikh diaspora. As a

result, there developed new institutions, religious authorities, and boundaries between

communities. The partition of Punjab in 1947 and the reorganization of the state with a

Sikh majority in 1966 have perhaps highlighted the caste and community differences

between Sikhs.5 Some scholars have suggested that it is because of these differences in

caste and community-based organizations that deras and sants have regained their

popularity. This chapter argues that the popularity of sants and their deras is not a

resurgence of interest purely because of caste or class interests or vote-bank politics. On

the contrary, these traditional centers of learning and religious practice were always

popular and have been accepted by the SGPC as well.

Sants traditions and Deras

From early 2000s, coverage of sants and their dera increased in media channels and print

journalism. Part of this was a consequence of the kar sevas done by groups like Guru

Nishkam Sevak Jatha- a group from UK that carried out the kar seva of the golden domes

at the Golden Temple in Amritsar and were decried for damaging the heritage of the

gurdwaras.6 And another reason was the increasing popularity of dera chiefs like Guru

5 Ronki Ram, “Social Exclusion, Resistance and Deras: Exploring the Myth of Casteless Sikh Society in

Punjab”, Economic and Political Weekly, (12 October 2007), 4066-4074. 6 “All set for kar seva at Golden Temple”, Times of India, (24 March 2004)

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/chandigarh/All-set-for-kar-seva-at-Golden-

Temple/articleshow/578806.cms

Page 183: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

163

Ram Raheem, who had a major following in Sirsa, Haryana and Punjab and were

considered to be threats to the conventional forms of religious and political bodies like the

SGPC and the SAD (political wing of the SGPC).7 Scholarly works on deras can be

categorized into two fields. Certain works believe deras to be “dens of mischief” and

corruption. Additionally, they critique the followers for their mistreatment of heritage

structures and for privileging new buildings over historical and “authentic” buildings.

Other works consider the caste and class component of dera followers and argue that

deras are recent attractions for marginalized groups.8 In both perspectives, there is an

implicit suggestion that these sants and dera followers are outliers to the mainstream

thought and management of Sikhism. Even in academic works, scholars like Harjot

Oberoi have argued that the tradition of sants and pirs (Muslim spiritual men) was ousted

by the Singh Sabha reformers.9 Contrary to such works and opinions, this chapter takes

into consideration the lineage of sants and deras and their importance to mainstream

religious practices and processes as a serious component of lived religion.

The sant tradition belongs to the North Indian region and has varied schools and

traditions. Karine Schomer argues that the sant tradition is a controversial topic that has

7 Praveen Swami and Aman Sethi, “Faiths at War”, Frontiline, Volume 24, Issue 11, (June 2- 15, 2007),

https://www.frontline.in/static/html/fl2411/stories/20070615002602500.htm 8 Harkirat Singh, “Heritage Destroyed by Custodians,” Hindustan Times Amritsar, October 9, 2014;

Surinder S. Jodhka, “Of Babas and Deras,” Seminar, no. 581 (January 2000): 54–57,

http://www.indiaseminar.com/2008/581/581_surinder_jodhka.htm; Varinder Walia, “The Rise and the

Fall,” The Tribune, September 14, 2006, http://www.tribuneindia.com/2006/20060914/aplus1.htm;

Surinder Singh, “Deras, Caste Conflict and Recent Violence in Punjab,” Mainstream XLVII, no. 26

(June 13, 2009); Ronki Ram, “Ravidass Deras and Social Protest: Making Sense of Dalit

Consciousness in Punjab,” Asian Studies 67, (November 2008); Ronki Ram, “Untouchability, Dalit

Consciousness, and the Ad Dharm movement in Punjab,” Contribution to Indian Sociology (New

Delhi: Sage Publication, 2004); Ronki Ram, “Social Exclusion, Resistance and Deras,” Economic and

Political Weekly (October 6, 2007); Vandita Mishra, “Inside Dera Sachkhand,” The Indian Express,

May 31, 2009. 9 Harjot Oberoi, The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity and Diversity in the Sikh

Tradition (University of Chicago Press, 1994), 316.

Page 184: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

164

little consensus among scholars of Hinduism. She says the difficulty begins with the word

sant itself, which has “several overlapping usages.” The word derives from the root word,

sat (truth) and means “one who knows the truth” or “one who has achieved ultimate

reality.” However, she says that the word has taken on a more general ethical meaning of

a good person, who serves as a good model for society. Historically, however, the term

refers to a designation given to poet-saints belonging to traditional bhakti (literally

devotion, the term refers to saints loosely defined by their beliefs in the identity markers

of God and truth) groups. The sant tradition in the north is a fragmented concept that has

been pieced together more by scholars than by the sants themselves. They did not think of

themselves as belonging to a larger fabric but focused rather on personal enlightenment.

Scholars agree that the binding characteristic of these sants is not a self-awareness of

belonging together, but a similarity in their teachings. It is for this reason that we find

references to other sants in the works of Guru Nanak.10

Sants and their dera followers have been an important part of the religious

landscape of Punjab for centuries. Within Sikh history, we have examples of Udasi sants,

Minas sants, and Ram Raiya sants who created their own schools of religious thought and

practice, affected by Sikhism, and had major followings around Northern India. These

sants were related to the “canonized” Sikh gurus. Authoritative discourse by the SGPC

10 Diana L. Eck, ed., Devotion Divine: Bhakti Traditions from the Regions of India: Studies in Honor of

Charlotte Vaudeville (Egbert Forsten Publication, 1991); C. J. Fuller, The Camphor Flame: Popular

Hinduism and Society in India (Princeton University Press, 1992); J. S. Hawley, Three Bhakti Voices

(Oxford University Press, 2005); David Lorenzen, ed., Bhakti Religion in North India: Community

Identity and Political Action (State University of New York Press, 1995); Katherine Schomer and W.

H. McLeod, ed., The Sants: Studies in a Devotional Tradition of India (Berkeley Religious Studies

Series, 1987); Charlotte Vaudeville, Myths, Saints, and Legends in Medieval India (Oxford University

Press, 1999); Karen Pechilis Prentiss, The Embodiment of Bhakti (Oxford University Press, 2000).

Page 185: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

165

claims that the Gurus cast these heretics out of the fold of Sikhism. However, Jeevan

Deol suggests that contrary to this opinion, Minas were “spurned” because they followed

a separate lineage of Guruship in opposition to the successor chosen by the previous

Guru, Arjan, there is evidence that the Sikh gurus maintained their relations with them.

While the mainstream Sikh community has depicted them as a “criminal” tribe,

Minas do not consider themselves to be outside the Sikh community. Minas, Deol says,

were prolific in producing hagiographies, scriptural exegesis, and devotional poetry. It is

for this reason that the authoritative discourses claim that Guru Arjan asked Bhai Gurdas

to compile the Adi Granth, the scriptures of the ‘authentic’ Gurus, which is now

recognized as the live embodiment of all Gurus and is the final Guru for all Sikhs. Deol

also highlights the importance of Minas in the seventeenth and the eighteenth centuries in

the Punjab, as indicated in the vast number of followers that attended the courts of Minas

guru. Reading other regional histories of the seventeenth to eighteenth centuries, Deol

says, “This account (Dabistan-i-mazahib) indicates that the guruship must have been so

thoroughly contested by the descendants of Arjan and Prithi Chand as to create two

noticeable panths or sangats—an impression supported by a reading of later Sikh sources,

most of which indicate that uncertainty about the succession followed Guru Ramdas’

death.”11 It was only in the twentieth century, Deol argues, that Minas lost their

prominence as a result of the Singh Sabha movement.

As such, sants and their dera followers have been a prevalent part of “the enchanted

universe of pre-modern religiosity.”12 It was perhaps through these sants and their dera

11 Jeevan Deol, “The Mīṇās and Their Literature,” Journal of the American Oriental Society 118, no. 2

(April–June, 1998): 174. 12 Harjot Oberoi, Construction of Religious Boundaries.

Page 186: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

166

followers that the messages of the Gurus spread beyond their locales and attracted

sangats (communes) from distant parts of the region.13 Deras, in fact, continue to

influence and attract new converts in different parts of the world.14 Paramjit Singh Judge

writes, “In the absence of an institutionalized priesthood, and in a predominantly oral

tradition, Sikh identity and revivalism have long been inspired by itinerant sants in both

Punjab and in the global diaspora.”15 He says that deras originated in the Punjab with the

Nath tradition of Gorakh Nath, but quickly spread into different traditions, beliefs, and

practices. The diversity of these deras and their religious principles and practices has

attracted very different communities and schools of thought. For example, the Nihang

deras are associated with the warrior tradition within Sikhism and are known to be a

commune of itinerant Sikhs who travel to locations associated with the tenth Sikh guru

and the battles he fought. Nihangs are internalists, in that they do not interact with the

outside world and have their own practices, education, and training that focus on the

martial spirit of the Sikhs.

While the SGPC has traditionally maintained its distance from Nihangs for their

practice of consuming opium and focusing on the tenth Guru’s Granth over the Adi

13 Madanjit Kaur, “The Contribution of the Bungas to the Education of the Punjab,” Punjab History

Conference, Proceedings (March 17–19, 1978). 14 For example, 3 HO movements in California led by Yogi Bhajan. His website says, “Yogiji went to

Gurdwara every Sunday. Many of his students went with him. A devout Sikh, Yogi Bhajan never tried

to convert anyone to follow the Sikh Path. But his faith and devotion, and his deep love of the Guru

were contagious. People wanted to learn more about the Sikh religion. Some of his students went to

the local Gurdwara in Los Angeles and asked to be baptized as Sikhs. The Granthi (religious official)

there didn’t know what to do, because Americans had never done this before, so he called Yogiji for

help. In 1971, Yogi Bhajan was bestowed the title of Siri Singh Sahib by Sant Chanan Singh at

the Akal Takhat and was authorized to ordain Ministers and perform the Amrit Ceremony. Through

his efforts, Sikh Dharma became officially incorporated and recognized by the US Government as a

Religion on April 10, 1973.” For more see, Shakti Parwha K. Khalsa, “About Yogi Bhajan,” Healthy

Happy Holy Organization, https://www.3ho.org/yogi-bhajan/about-yogi-bhajan. 15 Paramjit Singh Judge, “Taksals, Akharas and Nihang Deras,” in Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, ed.

Pashaura Singh and Louis Fenech (Oxford University Press, 2014).

Page 187: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

167

Granth, they have increasingly been inducted into the mainstream in recent years. Some

scholars claim that this is to increase the political base of the SGPC, but there are other

reasons for their inclusion in the mainstream.16 Nihangs, while being inward-facing, are

an important part of Sikh history and have taken over the dissemination of the tenth

Guru’s works and practices, like Gatka, the martial arts training of the Sikhs, and dhadi

singing, a particular form of music invoking the martial spirit of the Sikhs. Nihangs also

played a very important role in the kar seva following the Indian Army’s attack on the

Golden Temple in 1984. The SGPC and the Sikh population deeply contested this kar

seva as they believed that the Government of India was behind it.17

While some deras can trace their lineage and history back to the sixteenth century

and earlier, many deras are newer and have been established in places like Birmingham

and Kericho, Kenya. Paramjit S. Judge says, “Deras are invariably non-sectarian in

nature. Even when they have acquired the status of a sect, they do not insist on being part

of an exclusive normative system for the adherents. Dera identity has traditionally been

more like an ‘add-on’ identity. One continues to be a Sikh or a Hindu or a Muslim and

still gets blessings or naam from the guru or the pir at the dera.”18

While Judge suggests that deras are largely fluid organizations, this is not a

universal understanding of deras. For instance, Baba Kashmira Singh argues, “Sikhs are

breaking away from gurudwaras and coming to deras like mine for spiritual guidance

because of their disillusionment with Sikhism.” Meanwhile, Avtar Singh Makkar, the

16 Joginder Singh, “Sikhs in Independent India,” in Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies, ed. Pashaura Singh

and Louis Fenech (Oxford University Press, 2014). 17 Shekhar Gupta, “The Elusive Solution,” India Today, August 15, 1984, 58–67; Man Singh Deora, ed.,

Aftermath of Blue Star (Anmol Publications, 1991). 18 Paramjit Singh Judge, “Taksals, Akharas and Nihang Deras.”

Page 188: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

168

President of SGPC claims, “We are trying to bring such babas [another name for sants]

into our fold. But many are misusing the gurbani [literally Guru’s voice, or devotional

songs] for their own commercial motives and we are directly in confrontation with

them.”19 All these deras have significant differences in their practices, principles, and

understanding of Sikhism. Many of these are simply Sikh gurdwaras led by individual

sants and their followers. Often, deras have been built in the memory of a sant, when the

sant has gained a more sacred status, although still below the Adi Granth’s sacred status

as the sacred book is considered to be a living being. These dera followers largely adhere

to the conventions of Sikh preaching as they have evolved, with a few differences from

the mainstream institutionalized preaching of SGPC;20 the SGPC recognizes these dera

run temples as gurdwaras. For example, Bibi Jagir Kaur heads the dera for Labana Sikhs

in the Punjab and was president of SGPC in 1999.

Broadly speaking, deras can be divided into four categories. The first category is

deras that give primacy to the Adi Granth and largely accept SGPC’s practice of Sikhism.

An example of such a dera is Baba Sham Singh ji, discussed later in the chapter. Another

example of this is the Damdami Taksal, which may have some differences with the SGPC

over politics but typically echoes the organizational and institutional line of the SGPC.

The second category contains sant traditions that have always differed from the

mainstream SGPC view. These deras have their own distinct practices, philosophies, and

19 Surinder S. Jodhka, “Of Babas and Deras.” 20 Joginder Singh says, “There are 25 historical and 107 non-historical gurdwaras (in Amritsar in 2009).

Among the non-historical, 25 per cent of gurdwaras are based on caste/sect; 20 per cent belong to

various babas; 8 per cent are constructed in memory of dead personalities; and 47 per cent belong to

various Singh Sabhas. The castes to which these gurdwaras belong are Ramgarhia, Kamboj, Bhatra,

Jat, Khatri, Mazhabi, Sevapanthi, and Namdhari.” Joginder Singh, “Sikhs in Independent India.”

Page 189: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

169

visions for their future, but these are still grounded in the Guru’s philosophy. Examples of

this category are the Nirankari and Namdhari Sikhs, who believe in a Living Guru but

also Sikh scriptures. They have their own specific rituals of birth, marriage, and death.

These deras have separate religious places as well and their community does not use the

gurdwara as the singular location for meetings or rituals.21 Another sub-group of sants

and deras within this category are the global sants, who provide believers an avenue to

participate in Sikh practices while living away from India, but still tow the institutional

line. They have established gurdwaras, educational and technical institutions, hospitals

and other charitable organizations, both within and outside Punjab, creating zones of

influence parallel to the SGPC, which also manages such institutions. More importantly,

these sants have been active in the kar sevas of the gurdwara. For example, the Guru

Nanak Nishkam Sevak Jatha was tasked with replacing Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s plates in

the Golden Temple that had been placed in the early nineteenth century with gilded

copper plates. This dera has been criticized for the damage caused to the heritage

structure because of this task, as they did not appoint a trained person to carry out this

seva.22 Later in this chapter, I will examine the context in which diasporic sants have

taken up kar sevas and the implication for the heritage of the gurdwaras for the Sikh

community.

The third category includes sant traditions that are very different from mainstream

Sikhism, to the point where there seems to be no similarity between the two. For example,

21 W. H. Mcleod, Historical Dictionary of Sikhism. 22 Amandeep Mandra, “Kar Seva at the Golden Temple for Cleaning of Gold Plating Changes Hand,”

http://news.ukpha.org/2013/06/kar-seva-at-golden-Temple-for-cleaning-of-gold-plating-changes-

hands/; Yudhivir Rana, “Let SGPC Give in Writing, We Will Stop Seva: GNNSJ,” Hindustan Times,

April 28, 2003, https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/chandigarh/Let-SGPC-give-in-writing-we-

will-stop-seva-GNNSJ/articleshow/-149259456.cms.

Page 190: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

170

the Udasis, the Nirmalas, and the Sevapanthis are traditions of sants and deras that are

very different from mainstream Sikh practices and principles of the SGPC. They are

closer to Hindu yogic practices and spirituality. These deras had been well-integrated

with Sikh institutions and practices in the early half of the twentieth century but were

later sidelined by the orthodox leaders of the SGPC.

The final and fourth category of deras have almost become new religions

movements across the globe. Deras like the Sacha Sauda Dera from Sirsa (Haryana) and

are representative of current trends of regional and global politics. These deras attract

lower caste and class communities and are also popular amongst the Sikh diaspora who

have the resources and desire to participate in Sikh religious institutions, albeit from a

distance.

As this chapter shows, these deras are important because of their wide following,

both regionally and globally. They are prominent players in Sikh religious and political

practices and it is for this reason that the SGPC has incorporated them within their

structure. The following section on the kar sevas shows how the sants effectively

influence Sikh traditions and practices. The kar seva of 1923 created a new fervor in the

community to come together and perform an act of religiosity that renewed its sense of

belonging, but at the same time summoned a new mass public into being. There had been

other traditional events where Sikhs had gathered in large numbers in Amritsar, for

example on gurpurabs (birth anniversaries of the Gurus) and other sacred days according

to the agricultural customs in the Punjab. The 1923 kar seva, however, differed by the

sheer scale of people coming into Amritsar. We have reports from the Punjab CID on the

Page 191: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

171

huge mass of people arriving into Amritsar, which brought on security fears as a result.23

In a literal sense, the kar seva was just a cleansing of the amrit sarovar to remove the silt

accumulated over the years (sources say it had reached four feet high), but the timing of

the event suggests a deeper meaning.

Deras’ Influence on Kar Sevas: The Continuation of Traditions in the Twentieth Century

From every part of the Punjab, even from the depths of the jungle, Sikhs

flocked in multitudes to Amritsar. Special trains had to be run, in which the

pilgrims were closely packed, some finding room on the foot-boards, the

tender, and even on the engine. It is reckoned that more than 300,000 devotees

took part in the festival, and followed barefoot the ritual procession that

preceded the ceremony. The column of pilgrims was more than three miles

long. Five persons of high rank, known as the ‘Well- beloved,’ inaugurated

the work of digging…. The crowd thronged the Temple walls, some crawling

in the mud, or sinking in it up to their knees, and even waists…, in their efforts

to get near the place where the ‘Well-beloved’ were, so that they could take

away, as soon as the ceremony had begun, a little mud from the sacred

reservoir. This mud they will keep in their homes, and they will leave it to

their descendants. And every hour of every day since the 17th June has seen

the same fervor, the same ritual observances performed by thousands and

thousands of Sikhs.24

The quote above was published in the Illustrated London News for an English

audience regarding a ritualistic event in the Punjab in 1923. Highlighting the volume of

people attending this event, it captures the challenge this event posed for the colonial

officials in the Punjab, for instance, special arrangements had to be made at the railway

station, to ensure that the walled city was secure and there was continuous surveillance in

the area. 25 This event, known as the kar seva of 1923, was occurring at the same time as

23 “Exemption from Terminal Tax of the Articles Imported by the Darbar Sahib Authorities of Amritsar

Income with the Clearance of Silt of the Holy Tanks,” Punjab Government Civil Secretariat, Part B,

Proceedings, File no. 293, 1937/30, April 1923.

24 Illustrated London News, “Where Mud is Sacred: Strange Rites at an Islanded Sikh Shrine,” September

15, 1923, 28, italics added.

25 “Exemption from Terminal Tax of the Articles Imported by the Darbar Sahib Authorities of Amritsar

Income with the Clearance of Silt of the Holy Tanks,” Punjab Government Civil Secretariat, Part B,

Proceedings, File no. 293, 1937/30, April 1923.

Page 192: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

172

other gurdwaras in the region were being occupied by Sikhs, to oust traditional mahants

and caretakers. Incidents like that at Nankana Sahib gurdwara were all too fresh in the

memories of the colonial officials and the Sikh participants, wherein a confrontation

between the mahant and Sikh leaders led to physical and violent fights between the two

sides. The kar seva, although motivated by religious feelings, posed a threat to the

colonial officials.

The kar seva of 1923 was one of the earliest mass gatherings organized by the

SGPC, soon after its formation in 1920. At this time, the SGPC was an ‘illegal’ body, and

was under British scrutiny for organizing other politically charged events that occupied

gurdwaras for long periods of time and challenged the mahants authority in these spaces.

The Gurdwara Reform Movement was at its peak during the kar seva. This kar seva

placed the SGPC as the supreme representative of the Sikh community, as opposed to any

other Sikh representative bodies like the Chief Khalsa Diwan, which is structurally

SGPC’s predecessor.

At the time of the kar seva, it was unclear whether the SGPC was purely a political

or religious body.26 It was also unclear whether it was more radical than the previous

reformist body, i.e. The Singh Sabha, and the question of how could the SGPC

distinguish itself from other Sikh bodies and representatives was at large. The Singh

Sabha was a socio-religious reform movement that began in 1881, with the foundation of

the first Sabha in Amritsar. This movement is understood to be the intellectual

“Report of the Pilgrim Committee Regarding the Railway Arrangements for Pilgrim Traffic,” Part A,

Proceedings, March 1922, File no. 214, 35-7 and 49/50 B. 26 Tan Tai Yong, The Garrison State: Military, Government and Society in Colonial Punjab 1849–1947

(Sage, 2005).

Page 193: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

173

predecessor of the SGPC, as the SGPC adopted the conservative views of the reformers.

Chief Khalsa Diwan was the first socio-political organization of Sikhs that came into

existence on October 30, 1902. The Chief Khalsa Diwan’s objectives were to promote the

intellectual, moral, educational, and economic welfare of the Khalsa order. They

particularly invested greatly in publishing the Sikh rahit maryadas (code of conduct) and

in propagating the correct practices of Sikhism by compiling works on daily practices

while also promoting the Sikh Education Conference that attended to the issue of Sikhs

education in the twentieth century, focussing specifically on issues of women’s education

and the technical training of the Sikh community in fields of science. The Panch Khalsa

Diwan was more radical in its view of Sikhism and followed similar tactics as the Chief

Khalsa Diwan in promoting Sikhism across Punjab, for example, they published their

own rahit maryada, but this was a lot more stringent than the CKD’s. It was important for

the SGPC to distinguish itself from all these other organizations and establish its authority

quickly. Commonly, newly established competing community groups quickly lost steam

and either dispersed or lost any clout on their followers.27 The beginning of the kar seva

was deeply colored by this context in which it was first organized, and its impact on the

SGPC’s organizational structure has endured.

Kar seva literally means the service (seva) of silt (gar in Persian and kar in

Punjabi), which accumulated at the bottom of the amrit sarovar (sacred water tank).

Volunteers collected and disposed of the silt, a deed considered to be one of the greatest

performances of service by the Sikhs. The quote above says that Sikhs doing this seva

saved the silt as sacred mud and took it to their homes. The silt by being in the gurdwara

27 N. G. Barrier, The Sikhs and Their Literature (Manohar, 1970).

Page 194: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

174

is sacred and is considered to have miraculous powers. Sikhs continue to hold on to such

beliefs and I confirmed this during my fieldwork in 2013-14. It is not just the silt though

that is sacred, any part of the gurdwaras’ built-material is now considered sacred, as it has

been a part of the gurdwara for a period. So kar sevas as a term have extended from just

gathering and desilting to building parts of the gurdwara that are essential to the religious

function. This extension of kar seva was instrumental to the deepening ties between the

sants, deras and the SGPC.

Figure 18: First Kar Seva in 1923

Page 195: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

175

Figure 19: Kar Seva 1923 © Illustrated Weekly of London

Page 196: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

176

Figure 20: Basheshar Nath Chopra, “Where Mud is Sacred: Strange Rites at an Islanded Sikh

Shrine,” Illustrated London News, 15 September 1923

The article from the Illustrated Weekly of London quoted above mentions, “Five

persons of high rank, known as the ‘Well- beloved,’ inaugurated the work of digging….

The crowd thronged the Temple walls, some crawling in the mud, or sinking in it up to

Page 197: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

177

their knees, and even waists…, in their efforts to get near the place where the ‘Well-

beloved’ were…”. These five “well-beloved” men were the panj piare (the beloved five)

who led the seva. The original panj piare were five Sikh men who were first inducted into

Khalsa in 1699. Legend has it that on Baisakhi Day in 1699, the tenth Guru Gobind Rai

transformed Sikhism into a new form known as Khalsa Sikhism. This form of Sikhism

outlined a courageous and sacrificial persona for Sikhs. As a result, Sikhs adopted the

new name of Singh (for men) and Kaur (for women) and underwent a baptism of sorts,

signifying a new birth, whereupon Guru Gobind Rai became Guru Gobind Singh. Tat

Khalsa or the Singh Sabha is known to have promoted the Khalsa identity over others like

the sants that are discussed in this chapter. These five “beloved” personified the original

panj piare, who had adopted new personas in the face of danger and uncertainty. The

beloved five took on a symbolic role in Sikh practice, especially in the formation of any

political council.28

The beloved five in the kar seva of 1923 were Baba Sham Singh ji of Atta Mandi;

Gulab Singh Gholia (Moga); Fateh Singh, the head granthi of the Golden Temple; Baba

Kharak Singh, the President of SGPC; and Sardar Teja Singh Samundari, the Vice

President of SGPC. To be chosen as one of the beloved five was a high honor, as it gave

that individual a position of authority in traditions and practices of Sikhism. Interestingly,

the beloved five during the kar seva represented different schools of thought and practices

of Sikhism as opposed to the mainstream ideology adopted by the SGPC in the following

years.

28 Bhai Santokh Singh, “Sri Gur Pratap Suraj Granth,” Khalsa Samachar, ed. Bhai Vir Singh (Amritsar,

1963); Ratan Singh Bhangu, Prachin Panth Prakash (Amritsar, 1962); Sarup Das Bhalla, Mahima

Prakash (1776).

Page 198: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

178

Gulab Singh Gholia belonged to the dera of Bhai Ram Singh in the Faridkot district.

He was trained as a kirtankari (people who performed hymns at the gurdwara), and to

further train in the scriptures such as the Adi Granth, he studied Sanskrit, which was then

common practice. For this reason, he apprenticed under Giani Anokh Singh in Sangrur,

where he studied Sanskrit and Vedanta for approximately ten years, finally moving on to

Rishikesh to further study classics under Pandit Nihal Singh and Pandit Advaitanand.

Here he also studied Indian medicine. As the Singh Sabha movement gained popularity,

he returned to the Punjab and took on a greater role in the education of Sikhs as well as in

doing kirtan (performing of hymns) in Amrtisar.29 He was actively involved in the

Rikabganj affair in Delhi in 1914, where a group of Sikh reformers contested the building

of the new colonial capital (Delhi) by taking over parts of the gurdwara land.30 Gulab

Singh Gholia’s biographical sketch seems at odds with the present understanding of

Sikhism as defined by the SGPC, where kirtankaris are trained at the Damdami Taksal

and the Sikh Missionary College and not at deras, as discussed in Chapter Two. It would

be difficult today to find professional kirtankaris who are also trained in Indian medicine

or in Vedantic knowledge. There has been a streamlining of professional training with the

SGPC coming to the fore in institutionalizing Sikhism. Yet, deras continue to be very

important to Sikh practices and education, and their significance is even more marked

during kar sevas.

29 Harbans Singh, The Encyclopaedia of Sikhism (Hemkunt Press, 1998); H. S. Doabia, Life Stories of the

Sikh Saints (Singh Brothers, 1995); Ruchi Ram Sahni, Struggle for Reform in Sikh Shrines (Sikh

Itithas Research Board,1942); Joginder Singh, Sikh Leadership in the Early Twentieth Century

(GNDU, 1999). 30 Harjot Oberoi, “From Gurdwara Rikabganj to the Viceregal Palace,” Punjab Past and Present 14 (1980):

182-98; Mrinalini Rajagopalan, “1918–Rasul Numa Dargah: Interrupting the Archive; Indigenous

Voices and Colonial Hegemony,” in Building Histories (Chicago University Press, 2017): 59–86; K.

L. Tuteja, Sikh Politics 1920–40 (Vishal Publications, 1984).

Page 199: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

179

Baba Sham Singh ji, another of the panj piare in the 1923 kar seva, has a dera

dedicated to him in the Atta Mandi (an area in the walled city located in close proximity

to the Golden Temple), which is fairly popular in Amritsar even amongst the Amritdhari

Sikhs (baptized Sikhs).31 Baba Sham Singh had also been a kirtankari at the Golden

Temple, just like Gulab Singh Gholia, and his followers believed he lived for 125 years,

from 1800 till 1925. They believed he was a kirtankari at the Golden Temple for 75 years,

from the 1840s onwards.32 Legends have it that Baba Sham Singh ji was adopted by a

Sevapanthi, Sant Bhai Ram Singh. Sevapanthis are a dera founded in the seventeenth

century when the Sikhs were being persecuted and when many battles were fought

between the Sikhs and Mughal and Afghan forces. This dera believes in doing service

without any discrimination. Its followers believed it was the caretaker of some of the

bungas around the Golden Temple. Sevapanthis are also known to have a close

association with the Udasi sants and the Nirmalas. These three sampradayas (traditions of

learning) were prolific in their literary activity and were custodians of the Golden Temple

at some point from the seventeenth to the nineteenth centuries.33 Baba Sham Singh ji

31 Personal interviews with devotees coming into the dera over a period of three months from June to

September 2013. I was introduced to this dera by a contact who is an Amritdhari Sikh. He and his

family have been devotees of the dera for more than a generation. 32 Major Prem Singh, Jivan Braham Giani Sant Baba Sham Singh (Sohan Singh Pub., Amritsar, 1978);

Giani Balwant Singh, Agam Agadh Purakh Shriman Pujya Sant Attar Singh Ji Maharaj Mastuane

Valian da Sampuran Jivan Charittar (Mastuana Pub., 1983); Suraj Singh, Baba Sham Singh Ji (no

pub., no date). 33 Gurinder Singh Mann, “Sikh Studies and the Sikh Educational Heritage,” in Studying the Sikhs: Issues

for North America, ed. John Stratton Hawley and Gurinder Singh Mann (SUNY Press, 1993), 95–112;

Gurinder Singh Mann, “Teaching the Sikh Tradition: A Course at Columbia,” in Studying the Sikhs,

129–160; Christopher Shackle, “Survey of Literature in the Sikh Tradition,” Oxford Handbook of Sikh

Studies, ed. Pashaura Singh and Louis Fenech (Oxford University Press, 2014); Eleanor Nesbitt,

Sikhism: A Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2005); Harbans Singh, The Encyclopedia of

Sikhism (Hemkunt Press, 1998); Shamsher Singh Ashok, Atharvi Sadi da Punjab (SGPC, 1972).

Page 200: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

180

moved to Amritsar with his Guru, Baba Ram Singh, where he stayed at the Dharamsala of

Addanshahis, another name for Udasis sants.

After his preliminary training in scripture reading, Baba Sham Singh ji studied Sikh

theology and history successively under the guidance of Pandit Atma Singh and the

Nirmala scholar, Thakur Dayal Singh.34 Baba Sham Singh ji embodied the education and

training he had through his life. For instance, there is a story of Bhai Sham Singh ji’s life

about traveling from Haridwar, where he was training in religious scriptures, to Amritsar

in order to make a pilgrimage to the Golden Temple. When he returned he became very

sick and performed bhumi aasana, a practice in yoga, along with nam simran, a Sikh

practice of repeating the name of the Guru.35 The writer of this text gives many examples

where Baba Sham Singh ji practiced Advaita Vedanta and Sikhism, which seemed to

have philosophical similarities, specifically with the belief that the soul is the same as the

universal truth or Brahman.

Baba Sham Singh ji wrote a handwritten pothi (scriptures) called the Bhagat Prem

Prakash, also known as the Prem Pracheean Baba Sham Singh. The language of the pothi

signifies the confluence of philosophies, knowledge, and traditions. It indicates a regional

exchange that was taking place in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and continued

in the twentieth century, as Baba Sham Singh ji continued to write in the pothi till the

very end of his life. Although the pothi was written in Punjab, the language is a mix

between Hindi and dialects from Haryana (then a part of Punjab); Haridwar-Rishikesh,

where he was trained in Vedanta, theology, scriptures, history, and yoga; from Jammu,

34 Major Prem Singh, Jivan Braham; Giani Balwant Singh, Agam Agadh. 35 Major Prem Singh, Jivan Braham, 24.

Page 201: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

181

where his Guru was from; and finally, Manjha Punjabi from the vicinity of Amritsar. An

example from this text gives a flavor for the language.

Ik yavan (musalman) fakir kalavant Khun Shah nam tiska, sasta jis ko siddhon

ki devion, aur param shaktivan, dono pantho ke pujan mein bi, ate ashram

tinka subhaviman jaise rikhion ka hota hai, jo jeev subhavak shatur bhav karan

hare hai, so tinke ashram par vair tiag kar vicharte hai. Aise anant gunon ke

dharan hare so sain lok, koi rababi jal pan karat bhaya tin pas jai kar. Tab sau

puchat bhai, ‘jo tum kaun ho? “tab so kahat ji guru Nanak ji ka shabad padan

vala ‘rababi’.” Aisa sun kar so sahib lok kehat bhae jo ‘bhai mardane di umat?

Phir kehet bhae oh sain lok: “vah vah Nanak darvesh, vah Nanak kalandar,

Nanak Shah faqir, hinduon ka guru, muslamanon ka pir. Guru Nanak ji ka

darja vada hai khuda ke darbar mein.36

The text says, “There once was a Muslim ascetic who was also knowledgeable in

science; his name was Khun Shah. He was a follower of two sects, the Gossains and the

Udasis. He lived like a Hindu ascetic and had given up enmity and fear. He was the

bearer of so much knowledge, so the yogis and the Gossains, who have achieved greater

spirituality and knowledge, asked this Muslim ascetic, “Who are you?” and he said, “I am

a Rababi who reads Guru Nanak’s words.” Hearing this, the yogis said, “like Bhai

Mardana?” and the Gossains said, “Praise Nanak devotee! For Nanak belonged to both,

the Muslims and the Hindus. Guru Nanak has a higher ranking in God’s court.”

Words like tiska, tinka, and ate are distinctly Punjabi words, while kalavant, kehat,

subhaviman, subhavak, and gunon ke dharan are Hindi words. Apart from language

choices, the content of the pothi also reflects diverse knowledge from the region, while

often privileging Guru Nanak’s knowledge and practices. Guru Nanak is accepted by all

the sampradayas of Udasis, Nirmalas, Sevapanthis and Sikhs as the founder of Sikhism.

The differences emerged in these religious sects, as Jeevan Deol explained in his work on

36 Prem Pracheeyan Baba Sham Singh, quoted in Major Prem Singh, Jivan Braham, 133–34.

Page 202: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

182

the Minas as well, with the direction these sects wanted to take after Guru Nanak’s

passing. For example, the Udasis continued to integrate Guru Nanak’s teachings with

yogic and tantric practices. Minas chose Prithi Chand, Guru Arjan’s brother, as the Guru

after their father Guru Ram Das, although they accepted the teachings of the previous

Gurus. The story cited above highlights the respect and higher privilege given to Guru

Nanak, although other religious sects like the Gossains and the Udasis received respect.

Baba Sham Singh ji was trained in this context of different sampradayas that

influenced each other in significant ways. His dera continues some of these practices and

traditions. The SGPC accepted and welcomed this, as evident from his role as one of the

panj piare in the first kar seva. He is also held in great esteem for having baptized two

highly revered Sikh leaders, Bhai Vir Singh and Sardar Sundar Singh Majithia.

Baba Sham Singh ji would travel to different gurdwaras where he would perform

different kinds of seva to improve the experience of devotees. Some examples of his seva

include building a parikrama (pathway around the gurdwara) at Gurdwara Mata Kaulsar

(behind the Golden Temple and Gurdwara Atal Rai), painting the gurdwara in Khadur

Sahib, building a room at Sangrana Sahib, rebuilding the Jhanda Bunga in the Golden

Temple, building foot baths at the entrance of the gurdwara, repairing stairs to Santokhsar

Sahib and building the parikrama, resthouses, and extra rooms in the gurdwaras where

there was no space for pilgrims to stay.37

At the Golden Temple, there is a story of Baba Sham Singh ji giving a sermon

about seva’s importance to Sikhs’ lives. He said, “The seva of the Guru Granth Sahib is

37 Suraj Singh, Baba Sham Singh Ji (no date), 54–56.

Page 203: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

183

the seva of the Guru’s heart. And the seva of gurdwaras is the seva of the Guru’s body.”38

He encouraged Sikhs to perform seva of the gurdwara, from menial tasks like cleaning

the parikrama to more important tasks like building chabeels (water points) and stairs to

enter the gurdwara. In fact, it was Baba Sham Singh ji who is known to have inspired

Gurmukh Singh of Patiala to do the kar seva in 1923 and later sevas as well. Gurmukh

Singh is known for many sevas all over India. For example, he oversaw building the main

shrine at Muktsar. He helped construct a twenty-kilometer paved road linking Khadur

Sahib and Goindwal to Tarn Taran; helped build Gurdwara Tapiana Sahib at Khadur

Sahib; and helped reconstruct Gurdwara Dera Sahib and the sarovar (pond) at Jamarai,

which is the ancestral village of Guru Nanak.39 Following him, Baba Jiwan Singh Kar-

seva-wale became Gurmukh Singh’s disciple and continued the tradition of kar seva.

Baba Jiwan Singh was a central figure in the kar seva of the amrit sarovar in 1973.

Baba Sham Singh ji has a wide following both in India and outside. During my

fieldwork, on certain occasions at the dera, I observed that a granthi (reader of scriptures)

would read parts of his pothi by mobile phone to Baba Sham Singh ji’s followers in

different parts of the world. I could listen to some of these sessions over the phone (for

diasporic followers only) and in person (for local followers). In the brief sessions that I

observed, I heard descriptions of the seva done by Baba Sham Singh ji over his lifetime

and how this reflects Sikh ethics, responsibilities, and morals in the present day. His pothi

contains interesting historical facts about the Golden Temple and Amrtisar from the

perspective of Sevapanthis. Additionally, there are hagiographies of different sants that

38 Ibid., 19. 39 Giani Gurdit Singh, Sant Gurmukh Singh Patiala Wale (Sikh Sahit Prakashan, 1985); Sant Visakha

Singh, Malva Itihas (Kishanpura, 1954).

Page 204: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

184

inform the dera and the practices of its followers, like the one mentioned above. Largely,

these hagiographies stress characteristics like compassion and devotion, and the devotees

are asked to perform kar sevas in the gurdwara or donate for the kar seva.

A work by Jang Singh Giani lists the different kar seva projects in the Golden

Temple done by leading sants. The figures below show some of these projects that

modernized the gurdwara facilities that were perceived as problems by the SGPC and

recorded in the Gurdwara Gazette. For instance, the langar hall was first built and then

expanded in the 1950s and was located right behind the Ramgarhia Bunga.

Figure 21: Guru ka Langar © Gurveen Khurana

In personal conversations with Colonel Iqbal Singh, heir to the Ramgarhia Bunga,

said that he remembered the time when they lived in the Ramgarhia Bunga till early 1960,

after which they gave the Ramgarhia Bunga to the SGPC under conditions that the bunga

would not be demolished and that a Misl museum would be built there. He says that the

Page 205: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

185

SGPC had been applying pressure on the family to hand the bunga to them for many

years, but it was only when the langar hall was expanded and drew its border close to the

family’s home that they had no choice but to vacate.

The second picture shows Guru Nanak Niwas, which is built behind the gurdwara

entrance, and was built by kar seva sants including Baba Jaimal Singh Bhuriwale. This

dera now is known for its kar sevas solely and the head is known as the kar seva baba of

Bhuriwale.

A period of intense building activity followed the passage of the Sikh Gurdwara Act

of 1925 recorded in the Gurdwara Reports available from 1929 to early 1940s. We have

records of the resources allocated for buildings- repairs and new buildings and audit

Figure 22: Guru Ram Das Sarai built in

the 1930s © Pratap Singh ‘Giani’: Sifti

da Ghar

Page 206: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

186

reports on how much was spent and for what particular projects.40 These reports indicate

that building activity increased and became one of the central focus for the management

committee, as discussed in chapter two. Although the regular repair, renovation, and

rebuilding of gurdwaras was not new to Sikhism, there was a difference in the intentions

and the intensity to this activity during and after the Gurdwara Reform Movement (1920–

25). The intensity and interest grew quite steadily from early 1930s and peaked again in

the 1990s, as the Sikh diaspora started contributing to these activities. Sants and their

deras were heavily involved in these projects as they provided both monetary resources

and physical labor through its large following.

As newer and glossier buildings came up, the question of the impact of these

building projects became evident, especially about their historical value and the overall

impact on heritage. Scholars and conservation architects have termed most of the recent

renovation works and new buildings to be inauthentic “eyesores,” making an argument

for protecting the continuity of historical structures and materials and ousting the kar seva

babas, who are considered to be ignorant and uneducated. 41 In May 2008, Chander Suta

Dogra asked, “Have you the Eyes for It?” The question was posed in the context of the

recent demolition and rebuilding of the historical baradari (a building or pavilion with 12

doors) at Gurdwara Hazoor Sahib in Nanded. Quoting H. S. Dilgeer, she says that after

1984, the Sikh community donated generous amounts of money and time to rebuild the

Golden Temple precinct. Soon the kar sevaks (those doing the kar seva) realized the value

of these projects and the opportunity to profit. Dilgeer says, “The trend then spread across

40 Gurdwara Reports 1929-1940. 41 Chander Suta Dogra, “Have You the Eyes for It?”, Outlook (5 May 2008).

Page 207: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

187

Punjab, and in the last two decades, old heritage structures began to be demolished and

replaced by garish, opulent marble gurdwaras.” Chander Suta Dogra, and other scholars

quoted in the article suggest that there is collusion and corruption between the kar sevaks

and the leadership at the SGPC, who she claims are at the same time ignorant and

uncaring about Sikh heritage. Dr. Gurtej Singh says, “Whether it is the Shiromani

Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee or the Akal Takt or even the political Akali Dal which

draws its strength from the former two, there is no appreciation for our heritage… The

SGPC patronizes these babas and they do not realize that they are converting history into

mythology by destroying historical evidence.” Dogra’s article highlights a popular

sentiment amongst scholars of the Punjab and conservation architects about how religious

communities value or devalue their heritage and their built structures.42 Additionally, the

gurdwaras are also tourist sites, which adds to the pressure to make these buildings look

polished and new.

Sants and their deras have been doing kar seva since the seventeenth century,

specifically since the Sevapanthi sampradaya came into existence. Although kar seva is a

voluntary service, since the 1920s only the SGPC can authorize these sevas, especially

when they happen in historic gurdwaras. While many deras had their own traditions and

styles of doing kar seva, they have now been integrated into the SGPC’s ideal for

standardizing and modernizing gurdwaras. A structured approach has thus been created,

where the SGPC now seeks tenders for the kar seva work. In a call for “expression of

interest” for the “appointment of conservation experts for Sri Harimandir Sahib” in 2013,

42 Chander Suta Dogra, “Have You the Eyes for It?”; Varinder Walia, “The Rise and the Fall”; Amandeep

Mandra, “Kar Seva at the Golden Temple”; Yudhivir Rana, “Let SGPC Give in Writing”.

Page 208: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

188

the SGPC made clear its criteria for appointing the right people for this work. The form

states:

With a view to ensure a thoroughly professional implementation of the

initiative; the consultant/consultancy and implementing firm must have an

association with individual(s)/domain expert(s) of building

conservation/artwork conservation/ architectural and art history background.

This is an essential requisite.

1. The applicant should be a registered Architect/Firm with special expertise

in Building Conservation/Consortium of allied professionals/organization

registered in India. Appropriate documents supporting their status must be

submitted.

2. The applicant should have the requisite ability to execute conservation of

art works such as Wall Paintings, and Copper gilding/Goldwork, ability to

manage complex situations and to effectively co-ordinate the work with the

concerned offices/officers of SGPC.

3. The applicant should have academic, technical and financial capabilities on

the lines, mentioned below.

Technical Expertise- To provide the project a professional & right direction,

the associated/employed panel of expert(s) should have the following

qualifications:

• Principal applicant should have a recognized degree/diploma in

Architecture with Master in Conservation/Archaeology or equivalent

or have commensurate experience in the field.

• At least one member should have a degree/diploma in Art

Conservation or equivalent or have commensurate experience in the

field.

• At least one member should be a Historian/Art Historian/Social

Scientist.

• Others in the panel should include conservators, architects, artists,

with sound background & experience.

• In case of association/consortium, the lead applicant should have

qualifications in Building Conservation including association/team

members with conservators.43

43 EOI, Conservation works of the Main Shrine: Relating to Building Structure at Harimandir Sahib, Shri

Amritsar, Punjab. http://sgpc.net/tenders-2/

Page 209: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

189

The contracting process in the gurdwara was therefore centralized and tightly

controlled by the management body. There had emerged, for this reason, a particular and

standard practice and view of Sikhism, especially when it came to conduct kar sevas in

and around the gurdwara by the 1980s. Kar seva became the SGPC’s response to the

various challenges it perceived from external power contests. For example, the SGPC’s

decision to raze the Victorian Clock Tower in 1947–48 was an explicit response to the

end of colonial rule to reclaim the gurdwara space as its own, and as my interaction with

Jathedar Dalip Singh suggested, the SGPC encouraged the Sikh public to demolish this

structure as a kar seva. Other examples about kar sevas of the gurdwara space, where rest

houses, langar halls and the very parikrama within the gurdwara took on new

significations and established Sikh autonomy and authority. It became evident to the

SGPC, from the first kar seva in 1923, that the deras and sants had to be included in these

events, evident in the inclusion of Baba Sham Singh and Gulab Singh Gholia.

In this realization, kar seva also took on a more powerful position amongst the Sikh

community, as more than a simple donation of money, time and resources. But a planned

engagement with the space of the gurdwara, creating and strengthening this social

formation amongst the Sikh public. Kar seva as a practice and as a concept has developed

and matured in particular ways. The new building process and the institutionalization of

kar seva shows that the Sikh community did not forsake its interest in historical buildings

entirely, while rebuilding in a way that replaced the old. On the contrary, it crafted a

narrative of rejuvenation and autonomy. In the next section, I investigate the kar seva

done by the Guru Nanak Nishkam Sevak Jatha at the Golden Temple in 1994. In this

Page 210: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

190

section, we see how deras have evolved from the early twentieth century, discussed

above, and how they conceive the role of kar seva in bringing the community together.

New Riches: Gold Plating the Dome at the Golden Temple

In explaining the motives and desire to do seva amongst the diaspora, Murphy suggests

that kar sevas provide an “alternative to militant political modes of action related to the

Khalistan movement, which has sought an independent Sikh state in India—modes that in

recent years have lost power within the mainstream Sikh diaspora community.”44 She

writes that this kar seva should be seen as a political act as it “asserts particular orders of

values, and often entails the conversion of peripheral or non-mainstream life-styles and

value systems to fit a dominant one.”45 Murphy’s assertion of kar seva as political and an

alternative to a violent movement from the 1980s alone is limiting in understanding why

the diaspora engages in kar seva in their “home” countries and in India. This approach in

understanding diaspora’s involvement in kar sevas falls neatly in Tony Ballantyne’s

historiographical categorization of the “diasporic approach.”46 This approach, Ballantyne

explains, grew out of histories and sociological studies of Sikh migrants and developed in

1970s and 1980s and were focused on issues of acculturation and assimilation. Anne

Murphy’s reading of the kar seva emerges from this understanding of diaspora studies of

44 Anne Murphy, “Mobilizing Seva (Service): Modes of Sikh Diasporic Action,” in South Asians

in Diaspora: Religions and Histories, ed. Knut Jacobsen and Pratap Kumar (Leiden: Brill, 2004),

337–72. 45 Ibid, 363. 46 Examples of the diasporic approach includes Knut A. Jacobsen, Kristina Myrvold, ed. Sikhs Across

Borders: Transnational Practices of European Sikhs (Bloomsbury Academic, 2012); Michael Angelo,

The Sikh Diaspora: Tradition and Change in an Immigrant Community (Garland Publishing, 1997);

Darshan S. Tatla, The Sikh Diaspora: The Search for Statehood (UCL Press, 1999).

Page 211: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

191

assimilation wherein she studies why the Sikh community does any kind of service in

their “host” country- the USA.

Tony Ballantyne however also suggests that the study of diaspora can also be very

productive because it allows us to understand the history of mobilities from nineteenth

century to the present, despite the inequalities and issues of access. He writes, “At an

analytical level, the concept of a Sikh diaspora was both promising and troubling. In

conceiving of the diaspora, itself as the analytical focus (rather than the Sikh community

in a nation), the possibility of a genuinely transnational approach to Sikh studies is

opened. In so doing, a strategy is produced through which we might recover not only the

social networks, institutional structures, and cultural traffic that have linked Sikhs living

overseas with the Punjab, but also the ties that directly connect different diasporic

communities.”47 Following Ballantyne, this chapter on kar seva captures the regional as

well as the global networks of knowledge, ideas, and practices in the two main events

discussed here, the kar seva of 1923 and the kar seva of Guru Nanak Nishkam Sevak

Jatha (GNNSJ).

Sant Puran Singh, born in India in 1898, founded the GNNSJ in Kericho, Kenya,

where he immigrated in 1917. Legend says that Sant Puran Singh had a divine calling and

adopted a mission to bring more people into the Sikh faith. Sant Puran Singh had a big

following in Kenya before he moved to Birmingham in the 1970s. Many of these

followers, it is believed, moved to the UK because of him. Sant Puran Singh preached

47 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora: Sikh Cultural Formations in an Imperial World

(Duke University Press, 2006), 21.

Page 212: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

192

selfless service and made seva a predominant part of individual devotion and service.48

To understand the motivations for Sant Puran Singh’s followers to move from Kericho to

the UK, to become “twice-migrants” and to do seva for gurdwaras in the UK and in the

Punjab, we need to widen our analysis of the Sikh diaspora. Employing Ballantyne’s

heuristic of “webs,” the project of kar sevas highlights the flow of ideas, monies, and

people between different locations. Ballantyne defines webs as, “the ‘horizontal’

connections that linked colonies directly together as well as the ‘vertical connections’

between metropole and colony.”49

The GNNSJ provides us with a good example to understand how the legacy of

colonial ideas about restoring heritage and of orthodox Sikh ideas of seva have

intermingled in present times. Sant Puran Singh’s move to Kenya, for instance, was made

possible within the newly opened networks of colonial rule. His later move to the UK was

possible because of Commonwealth ties. The creation of religious identity as the

predominant way to identify and to create a community of Sikhs in Kenya was also a

product of the Singh Sabha reform movement. And finally, the idea of restoring one’s

heritage by employing different methods including seva is also a product of being

exposed to different ideas of history. As Ballantyne says,

The annexation of Punjab in 1849 did not just mark the onset of colonialism

but also initiated the rapid integration of the region into the interregional and

global structures that gave the empire its shape. As Punjabis were drawn into

the complex international webs of the British imperial system and tentatively

48 J. Barrow, “Religious Authority and Influence in the Diaspora: Sant Jaswant Singh and Sikhs in West

London,” in Sikh Identity: Continuity and Change, ed. P. Singh and N. G. Barrier (Delhi: Manohar,

1999); D. S. Tatla, “Nurturing the Faithful: The Role of the Sant among Britain’s Sikhs”; Religion,

22/4, (1992), 349-74; P. Bhachu, “The East African Sikh Diaspora,” in The Sikh Diaspora, ed. N. G.

Barrier and V. A. Dusenberry (Chanakya Publications, 1989). 49 Tony Ballantyne, Between Colonialism and Diaspora, 30.

Page 213: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

193

explored distant lands beyond the empire, the spatial boundaries of the Punjabi

world were suddenly stretched, elongated, and reconfigured.50

The seva for gold-plating the Golden Temple led by the GNNSJ is the result of this global

web created by the twin legacies of the colonial ideal of history and of Singh Sabha

values of religious belonging and autonomy.

Gold-plating of the Golden Temple dome was suggested by the Baba Mohinder

Singh, the sant succeeding Sant Puran Singh, for the 300-year anniversary of the

formation of the Khalsa. An important reason to prioritize this task was that parts of the

dome had been damaged after the Indian Army’s attack in 1984 to extract Sikh separatists

and militants who had fortified the gurdwara. This seva was to repair those areas by

changing the plating. In the process of changing the plates, the older plates were

documented and kept safely, to be placed in a museum.

The GNNSJ took responsibility for financing this project and leading the entire

process of hiring the experts and the labor. The autonomy given to the sants in this case

raised many questions. Why was the seva given to a sant tradition, in which the leading

sant is believed to be higher than all its followers, thereby practically taking a position of

the Guru? Others have questioned if the expertise and the method employed in the seva

was up to the standard of the Golden Temple.

On the question of authority and autonomy, as highlighted in this chapter, kar sevas

have traditionally been led by the sants. Following this, it should not be surprising that

sants and deras continue to manage the seva for the SGPC. Even after the audit reports

and processes had been laid down, the leading manager for these sevas was someone

50 Ibid., 70.

Page 214: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

194

from a dera. On the latter question of expertise and methods employed, documents in the

GNNSJ headquarters illustrate the way decisions were made and what arrangements

supported its work in the seva. Over a hundred craftsmen worked on the project over two

years, from 1995 to 1997. Artists came from Agra, Moradabad, Hoshiarpur, Makrana, and

Varanasi to do different kinds of work required for the restoration. For the methods

employed, Sanjay Suri and Bhavdeep Kang say:

The master craftsmen from Varanasi first copy the pattern on the old patra on

a sheet of paper. The drawing is to scale. The pattern is then etched with a

small, needle-like chisel on plates of copper. A thicker chisel is used to

emboss the pattern on the copper. The embossed plate is then put on a slab of

lac, so that the finer points of the drawing can be executed on copper. Nearly a

thousand copper patras have been completed. Once the copper plate is ready,

it is covered in gold, which must be absolutely pure. The jewelry donated for

the project is usually in 22 carats and must be purified to remove traces of

copper and silver. The pure gold is then melted and shaped into a bar. The

malleable metal is pressed into flat ribbons of a precise thickness. A seven-

foot strip must weigh exactly 17.5 grams. The technology employed by the

craftsmen dates back several centuries—the very same techniques that Ranjit

Singh’s artisans used. Modern techniques would not have served half as well.

Sanjay Kumar, a craftsman from Varanasi, explains: “Electroplating is not

guaranteed to last more than a few years. The work has to be done by hand.

We are confident it will last for 500 years.”51

Kar seva changed in form and process as the Sikh diaspora created new networks

and exchanges with the Sikhs in the Punjab. This exchange ultimately impacts the

heritage of Sikhs.

This chapter explored the issue of autonomy and authority amongst the Sikh

religious community and indicates that despite the SGPC being the authoritative and

legally recognized body, older sant traditions continued to influence main events and

activities within Sikh practice. Using the kar seva as a main event to highlight the active

influence of the sants, this chapter indicates the ways in which the SGPC has had to

51 Sanjay Suri and Bhavdeep Kang, “The Gift of Gold,” Outlook, January 29, 1997.

Page 215: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

195

accept and incorporate traditions within its own structure to ensure its authority is

accepted by and large by the community and outside. It was argued that the recent

scholarly and journalistic attention to the sants and deras as new religious movement is

only a small part of a longer historical tradition. We need to understand the sant tradition

and its historical changes to contextualize the recent developments as well as the structure

of the SGPC.

Page 216: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

196

Chapter Six: Layered Authority: SGPC and its Impact on the Management of the

Golden Temple Complex

The Golden Temple has been center stage of a range of activities—socio-cultural,

educational, sometimes political and of course religious over the twentieth century. Over

the twentieth century, these functions and activities have been streamlined to be largely

religious in nature, although there have been a series of political events within the Golden

Temple Complex. From efforts to streamline activities by making certain acts legitimate

and others illegitimate, as argued in chapter two, the SGPC sanitized the gurdwara

environment. Further to this, with the building activities, which involved the Sikh

community through different forms of labour, including physical labour and monetary

support, the SGPC gained authority over Sikh religious instituions. From the different

activities and events organized or patronized by the SGPC, what becomes clear is the

SGPC’s attempts to clearly define its role as the only religious manager of Sikh

institutions. However, as this dissertation has argued, this authority was layered.

The SGPC could only gain its momentum and support amongst the Sikh

community by appealing to traditional sants and their deras. These sant traditions, far

from dying out, are transforming in different ways in the twentieth and the twenty-first

century. The term layered authority suggests that the SGPC is not a simple democratic

body wherein all the members have equal power or say. The term layered authority means

that there are multiple layers within the SGPC that positions certain traditions, rituals and

schools of thought above others, thereby defining the nature and character of this body.

To understand the SGPC as a political body with some religious affiliations is to

Page 217: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

197

misunderstand the functioning of the SGPC, which tends to prioritize Sikh missionizing

through gurdwaras most importantly. It is also a misrepresentation to think of the Sikh

community as a community of memory or one that lives through its past. Conversations

during my field work and studying the SGPC’s activities and events, it becomes clearer

that the Sikh religion thrives through religious practice and the SGPC motivates, directs

and patronizes these practices. However, the layered authority is not simply internally

stratified. There are other agents in the Punjab that influence the management bodies’

organization and decisions. Through the illustration of the galliara project, this

dissertation will conclude this study of the SGPC’s nature and organizational structure.

The galliara project is an apposite conclusion to this study for a few reasons. One,

it highlights the relationship between the SGPC and the Punjab state, which sponsored

this project. Second, it indicates the other influencers in the layered authority of the

SGPC. While this dissertation focuses on the internal dynamics of the Sikh community,

there are a number of external factors that influences the structure of the SGPC. Although

this dissertation could not focus on those dynamics at all, this project highlights a way in

which we can atleast begin to understand the inter-relations between the SGPC and the

Punjab state.

The relations between the SGPC and the Punjab state have not always been

confrontational or fraught, as defined by an “events” history perspective of the Punjab.

Many buildings projects around the Golden Temple have been funded by the Punjab state,

which continues to oversee the areas security, hygiene and upliftment. However, the

galiara project did emerge from a conflict. SAD’s political ambitions were on a rise in

1970s, when they passed the Anandpur Sahib resolution in the parliament. This resolution

mainly sought greater independence from the Indian government to rule over state issues

Page 218: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

198

along with a legal recognition of the separation of religions between Hinduism and

Sikhism. These political ambitions ended with radical Sikhs occupying the Golden

Temple Complex and fortifying their hold over this space by arming themselves.

Eventually, an armed attack in 1984 ended this crisis when the radicals were either

captured or killed by the Indian National Army.

This moment of an armed intervention impacted the community’s ideas of

autonomy and control over gurdwara management in significant ways. The events in

1984 damaged a large part of the gurdwara complex, especially the Akal Takhat, which

naturally led to the issue of repair and renovation. The Akal Takhat is the temporal seat of

authority, built by the sixth Guru, Hargobind in the seventeenth century. This temporal

authority was constructed in front of the spiritual authority of the Golden Temple-

Harimandir Sahib and marked a shift in Sikh religious collective thought. The question

was, who would do the repairs and how? The government of India guided the Nirankari

leader to take up this cause, but the SGPC and the Akali Dal did not permit this seva.

Eventually, the community did the seva under Baba Kharak Singh, a renowned Sikh

leader, who was then 90 years old and had led the first kar seva of 1923 and had been a

prominent Sikh leader through the decades. The Sikh community rallied behind Baba

Kharak Singh, who represented the initial management body and the first resistance of the

Akali Dal in the 1920s. It was an authoritative signal to get Baba Kharak Singh to lead the

seva of 1988, especially as the Akal Takhat was being rebuilt, which was badly damaged

after a tank fired and hit the dome of the Akal Takhat. The internal contest on leading the

kar seva of the gurdwara and the Akal Takhat signaled a larger challenge to the authority

over the gurdwara and its management. And the Sikh support rallied behind Baba Kharak

Singh reset the SGPC’s role in gurdwara management despite increasing discontent over

Page 219: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

199

the last few years of uncertainty.

While seva was being done inside the gurdwara, the Punjab state was making its

own plans to create a circumference around the Golden Temple to create clearer entries

and exits. Known as the Galliara project, the project aimed to create a thirty-meter wide

corridor with a garden area immediately outside the Golden Temple complex. The

galliara project was conceived immediately after the militancy period in the Golden

Temple complex and it was meant to create a corridor between the buildings and the

gurdwara, so that anyone accessing this space was visible from a distance. This allowed

the state to survey and keep a check on the activities in the gurdwara. The plan involved

buying shop-houses immediately outside the gurdwara. During this time attempts were

made to consolidate the lands around the Golden Temple as part of this project. Mapping

the area and the sites around the demarcated area was far from straightforward and

frequently conflictual. This area, it was found was largely owned by the SGPC and had

been leased to private business owners. The galliara project had many roadblocks, the

purchasing of the landed property being one of them. The SGPC and the state were drawn

on two sides of this conflict and there was no easy resolution. The galliara project was

then divided into five phases, wherein shop-houses were bought in parts and the galliara

was built.

The galliara project demarcated a “new space” of the Golden Temple complex for

the first time in the twentieth century. The galliara project created a moment in which the

building project was initiated by an external agency and had a different motivation than

the building projects initiated by the community itself. And this was the first time that

such a distinction had emerged in the building projects in and around the Golden Temple.

The galliara project became a precursor for the later UNESCO world heritage site

Page 220: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

200

proposal for the Golden Temple.

Figure 23: Galliara Project around the Golden Temple Complex

Figure 24: Galliara Project Overview

The galliara project aimed to create a distance between the Golden Temple and

the shops around the area and create a green belt of garden space. Ravindra Bhan, a well-

known landscape architect who has also worked on the landscaping around the Ayodhya

Golden Temple

Bazaar area

Galliara

Page 221: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

201

mosque, designed this garden space.1 The galliara project is the first attempt to bring an

environmentally sustainable angle into the development plans for the Golden Temple

complex and its surrounding areas. The garden became central to the organization of the

monument as a distinctive, orderly space, set apart from the people around. The

landscape around the Golden Temple now formed a barrier as it was insulated from the

quotidian affairs of the market area.

The galliara project was attempting something new, by engaging a landscape

architect who envisioned a sustainable development plan for the galliara project. The new

paradigm of landscape design and architecture used land and water availability to create a

space for recreational purposes. However, as discussed in this dissertation, the area in and

around the Golden Temple has various structures that have historical and religious

significance for different communities. These structures had to be bought and razed to

finally create what was a sustainable and environmentally friendly area albeit dismissive

of religious sentiments and utility. The galliara project as a result used similar tactics as

those applied by the SGPC when they bought bungas from their owners- by influence,

money or legal procedures. The galliara project highlights the ways in which the SGPC

mirrors, intersects and works with the Punjab state to ensure that the gurdwaras are

manged according to certain standards, thus creating an evolved layered structure for the

SGPC, even with an external body.

The SGPC, as this dissertation has highlighted, had to work hard to influence Sikhs

within and beyond the Punjab over the years. For this, the management body employed a

wide variety of tactics like fighting for properties in the Tribunal court, occupying

1 Conversations with Dr. Morenz (9th May 2014).

Page 222: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

202

gurdwaras, organizing pilgrimages and kar sevas, educating the community and

collectively restoring gurdwara structures. These activities opened the SGPC to become

an amalgamated organization that continues traditions and practices from the pre-colonial

period as well as influences from the state. This creates a layered authority of the SGPC.

Page 223: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

203

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Archives

INTACH Archives, New Delhi.

Punjab Digital Archives, Chandigarh.

Punjab State Archives, Chandigarh.

National Archives of India, New Delhi.

SGPC, Chandigarh.

Published Primary Sources

———. Sri Amrtisar ji di yatra. 1927.

———. Sri Darbar Sahib Amrtisar da din raat britant. 1907

———. Darbar Sahib. January 28, 1929.

———. Gurdham Didar: Arhaat Gurdham Darpan. Amritsar: Devi Das Janaki Das, n.d.

———. A Brief Sketch of the Sikh Temples in India and Abroad. n.d.

———. Gurmat Itihas Guru Khalsa. Amritsar: Labh Singh & Sons, 1921.

———. Guru-ka-Bagh. Amritsar: Sikh Tract Society, 1922.

———. Kesgarh. January 21, 1929.

———. Panja Sahib: Number of the Sikh Sevak. Amritsar, 1932.

———. “Sacred Sikh Shrines Associated with Guru Teg Bahadur in the Capital.”

Spokesman Weekly 22, no. 17 (1909): 9–10. Oxford: Clarender Press. Reprinted

December 1972.

———. Ustat Darbar Sahib. Amritsar, 1874.

———Sikh Case: Presented by Nationalist Sikhs to the Das Commission, 1962.

Bhangu, Rattan Singh. Prachin Panth Parkash. Edited by Bhai Vir Singh. Wazir Hind

Press, Amitsar, 1914.

Budh Singh, Bhai. Sri Amritsar Yatra. Amritsar: Gurmat Press, 1918.

Chandher, G. S. Brief History of the Golden Temple. Lahore: G. S. Chander, 1892.

Cole, Henry H. Preservation of National Monuments. India: Golden Temple at Amritsar,

Punjab. Calcutta, 1884.

Darshan. Var Amritsar ki. Edited and annotated by Ganda Singh. Amritsar: Sikh History

Society, 1951.

Gurmat Gurbani Jatha. Chetavani Pattar. 1936.

Ibbetson, D. C. J. Report on the Census of Punjab, 1881. 3 Vols. Calcutta, 1883. Lahore:

Superintendent, Government Printing, Punjab, 1916.

Page 224: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

204

Kaul, Pandit H. K. Census of India, 1911. 2 Parts. Lahore, Government of India Print,

1912.

Lakshman Singh, Bhagat. Sikh Martyrs. Madras: Ganesh and Company, 1928.

Latif, Muhammad. History of the Punjab. Calcutta: Central Press Limited, 1891.

Leitner, G. W. History of Indigenous Education in the Punjab since Annexation and in

1882. Calcutta: Superintendent of Government Printing, 1882. Reprint Lahore:

Republican Books, 1991.

Macauliffe, M. A. The Sikh Religion, its Gurus, Sacred Writings, and Authors. Oxford:

Clarendon Press, 1909.

Maclagan, E. D. Census of India, Punjab & its Feudatories, 1891. Calcutta, 1892.

Nabha, Kahn Singh (Bhai). Gur Shabad Ratnakar Mahankosh. Patiala State, Bhasha

Vibhag, 1931.

Nanak Singh, Bhai. Gur Tirath Darshan. Chattar Singh Jiwan Singh, n.d.

Narotam, Tara Singh (Pandit), Sri Guru Tirath Sangreh. Kankhal, 1884.

Oman, John Campbell. The Mystics, Ascetics and Saints of India. T. Fisher Unwin, 1903.

Petrie, D. “Secret C.I.D. Memorandum on Recent Developments in Sikh Politics, 1911.”

Panjab Past and Present 4, no. 2 (October 1970): 302–79.

Santokh Singh B.Sc., Sri Report Sri Darbar Sahib, SGPC pub. 1929, 1930, 1931,1932,

1935, 1939, 1940.

Sahni, Ruchi Ram. The Gurdwara Reform Movement and Sikh Awakening. Lahore, Desh

Sewak Book Agency, 1922.

Sethi, G. R. “Golden Temple of Amritsar.” Modern Review. January 1930.

Sethi, G. R. “Sikhs and their Shrines.” New Statesman 23 (September 1924): 20–21.

Sethi, G. R., et al. Sikh struggle for Gurdwara Reform. Or, the History of the Gurdwara

Reform Movement. Amritsar: Union Press, 1927.

SGPC. “Truth about Gurdwara Sahid Ganj Affair.” Panjab Past and Present 9, no. 2

(October 1975): 378–98.

SGPC. The Golden Temple. Amritsar, 1964.

SGPC. Memorandum Submitted to the Consultative Committee of Parliament on the Issue

of Punjabi Suba. Amritsar, 1965.

SGPC. Punjab Suba Demand. Amritsar, 1966.

Shiromani Akali Dal. Memorandum on Punjabi Speaking State Submitted to the States

Reorganization Commission in 1956. Amritsar: The Dal, 1956.

Shiromani Akali Dal. Punjabi Suba. Amritsar: Panthic Tract Society, n.d.

Singh, Ganda. “Golden Temple Amritsar.” Sacha Sajjan, Amritsar, April 24, 1940.

Singh, Ganda. “Bhai Bota Singh di Shahidi.” The Amrit, March, 1933.

Singh, Ganda. “Sikh te Lohe de Khod.” The Khalsa Advocate, April 20, 1922, Amritsar.

Singh, Ganda. Kujh Ku Puratan Sikh Itihasak Patre. Amritsar, 1937.

Singh, Ganda. Sikh Itihas Bare. Lahore, 1942.

Singh, Ganda. “Sikh Itihas Wale.” The Panj Darya, Lahore, 1946.

Singh, Ganda. Akali of Gurdwara Rawalsar. Mandi State: Kalghidhar Press, n.d.

Singh, Ganda. Amritsar. Tract No. 857–59, April–May 1932.

Singh, Ganda. Shahidi Saka. Tract No. 883, Khalsa Tract Society, Amritsar.

Singh, Ganda. History of Gurdwara Shahidganj Lahore from its Origin to November

1935. Amritsar, 1935.

Singh, Ganda. Nanak Panthis: The Sikhs and Sikhism of Seventeenth Century as Given in

the Dabistan-i-Mazahib. Amritsar: Ganda Singh pub., n.d.

Page 225: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

205

Singh, Ganda. Sikh Historical Monuments and Need for their Preservation: A Paper Read

at the First Conference of Sikh Youth League at Lahore. London, 1933.

Singh, Ganda. Some Confidential Papers of the Akali Movement. Amritsar: SGPC, 1965.

Singh, Ganda. Tarikh-i Amritsar ke Chand Makhiz. Amritsar: Sikh History Society, 1953.

Singh Gian, Giani. Tawarikh Gurdwarian. Amritsar, n.d.

Singh Gian, Giani. Gurdham Sangreh. Patiala: Bhupinder State Press, n.d.

Singh, Gulab. Siharfi Harimandir Sahib ki. n.d. Copy in the GNDU library.

Singh, Gurmukh. Brief History of the Golden Temple. Amritsar/Lahore, 1894.

Singh, Harnam. Tawarikh Gurdware Gurparkash. Lahore, n.d.

Singh, Hazara. History and Guide to the Golden Temple. Amritsar: Partap Singh Sunder

Singh, 1938.

Singh, Jagjit. Sri Darbar Sahib Tarn Taran. Local Gurdwara Committee, 1929.

Singh, Jagjit. Temple of Spirituality or Golden Temple. Amritsar/Delhi: Mittal Publishers,

1988. First published 1927.

Singh, Jamiat. Ustat Sri Darbar Sahib. Lahore: Chirag Din Bookseller, 1875.

Singh, Khazan. The History and Philosophy of Sikh Religion. Nawal Kishore Press, 1914.

Singh, Khazan. Gurdwara Handbook. Lahore: Model Electric Press, 1934.

Singh, Master Tara, Punjab Legislative Council Debates 7th and 8th May. Vol. III, No. 22,

1925.

Singh, Narain. Jatra Sri Harmandar. Amritsar, 1878.

Singh, Pardhuman, Gurdham Deedar arthat Gurdham Darpan. Lala Devi Das Janki Das

Printers, Amritsar, May 22, 1929.

Singh, Partap (Gyani). History and Guide to the Golden Temple with Short Notes on the

Lives of Ten Gurus. Amritsar: Buta Singh Partap Singh, n.d.

Singh, Sundar. Guide to the Darbar Sahib of the Golden Temple of Amritsar. Amritsar,

1905.

Singh, Sundar. History of the Golden Temple, Amritsar and the Shrines around the City.

Amritsar: STS, 1909.

Singh, Sundar. Short History of the Hari Mandir Amritsar. Bhai Buta Singh, 1902.

Singh, Suner. Gurdham Yatra. Amritsar: Partap Singh Sunder Singh, 1930.

Singh, Teja. Chaar Takhat Sahib. Lahore: Gurmat Tract Society, 1934.

Singh, Teja, Sikhs and Organizations. Lahore: Sikh Tract Society, 1927.

Singh, Teja. The Gurdwara Reform Movement and the Sikh Awakening. Amritsar: SGPC,

1922.

Singh, Thakar Giani. Sri Gurdware Darshan. Amritsar: Labh Singh and Sons, 1924.

Singh, Thakar. Shri Gurdware Darshan. Amritsar: Bhai Labh Singh and Son. Bazar Mai

Seva, n.d.

Syad, Muhammad Latif. History of the Panjab from the Remotest Antiquity to the Present

Time. Calcutta: Calcutta Central Press Company, 1891.

Randhawa, Mahindar Singh. Sri Amrtisar ji de darshan ishnan. n.d.

Page 226: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

206

Manuscripts

Amritsar Mahatam, M.S., BM. 2761 (A collection of Braj Bhasha religious tracts written

in Gurmukhi characters, fol. 1-36; Punjabi MSS.) A poem in 8 chapters (adhyaya)

in praise of the sacred city of Amritsar. In Guru Nanak Dev University Manuscript

Section.

Darbar Sahib. Fahrist Saman Sri Darbar Sahib. Amritsar: SGPC, 1923.

A list of materials handed over by Sardar Sundar Singh Ramgarhia to the Shiromani

Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee, Amritsar.

Report Sri Darbar Sahib. SGPC. Incomplete, partly printed, not issued.

Dissertations

Kumar, Visesh. “The Process of Institutionalization of Sikh Shrines in Delhi.” PhD diss.

Mahatma Jyotiba Phule Rohilkhand University, 1975.

Singh, Gurdip. “Administration of Sikh Gurdwaras and Settlement Of Disputes: A Study

Of Sikh Gurdwara Judicial System.” PhD diss. Punjab University, 1990.

Singh, Kanika. “Sikh Museums in India.” Submitted to Ambedkar University, 2012.

Singh, Karamjit. “Understanding Sikh Architecture through the Sikh Shrines in East

Punjab.” GNDU, 2012.

Legal Cases

Appeal no. 870, High Court of Punjab and Haryana at Chandigarh, Judicial Department.

Kesar Singh and Anr. v. Balwant Singh and Ors., AIR 1936 Lah 645, p. 3.

Kesar Singh v. Balwant Singh, AIR 1967 SC 487, [1962] Supp 1 SC 325.

Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak ... v. Raja Shiv Rattan Dev Singh and Ors., AIR 1955

SC 576 (March 24, 1955).

Private Papers

Majithia Papers, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library.

Singh, Ganda. Private Papers.

Singh, Sardar Tarlochan. Bungai family. Private Papers.

SGPC Papers, Proceedings of SGPC meetings and Resolutions passed from 1919–1937,

Research Department, Khalsa College, Amritsar.

Page 227: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

207

Newspapers and Periodicals

Ajit, 1951–1999.

Khalsa Samachar. Amritsar, 1921–43.

Nishaan. New Delhi: Nagaara Trust, 2000–, quarterly.

Panchbati Sandesh. Dehradun: Dr. Balbir Singh Sahitya Kendra, 1977–, Panjab Past and

Present. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1966–, Semiannual.

Proceedings of the Punjab History Conference. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1965–,

Annual.

Spokesman Weekly. Chandigarh, 1951–, Monthly

The Civil and Military Gazette

The Khalsa Advocate: 1920-1947.

The Tribune

Times of India

Interviews and Conversations

Apinder Singh, August 2013–August 2014.

Balwinder Singh, Sevadar for Dera Shaam Singh, June 2013–September 2013.

Colonel Iqbal Singh, March 20, 2015.

IAS Kharbanda, August 4, 2013.

Jathedar Dalip Singh, March 14, 2014.

Jathedar Vedanti, March 10, 2014.

Kiranjot Kaur, ex-Secretary to SGPC, July 10, 2013.

Nishan Singh, August 2013–August 2014.

Opinder Singh Thakar, January 17, 2013.

Prof. J. S. Grewal, March 30, 2014.

Prof. Jeevan Deol, December 12, 2013.

Prof. Madanjit Kaur, February 16, 2014.

Roop Singh, Secretary to SGPC, August 8, 2013.

Secondary Sources

Aggarwal, B. S. “Sikh Tirthas at Kurukshetra.” Sikh Review 30, no. 341 (May 1982).

Ahluwalia, M. L. Gurdwara Reform Movement, 1919–1925: An Era of Congress–Akali

Collaboration—Select Documents. New Delhi: Ashoka International Publishers,

1985.

Ahluwalia, M. L. Landmarks in Sikh History: A Fully Researched and Documented

History, 1699–1947. Ashoka International Publishers, 1996.

Ahmed, Hilal. Muslim Political Discourse in Postcolonial Indian Monuments, Memory,

Contestation. Delhi: Routledge, 2014.

Ahuja, Roshan Lal. Indigenous Education in Punjab unto the Annexation at the Time of

Sikhs. Chandigarh: Vee Vee Publishers, n.d.

Page 228: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

208

Allen, Marguerite. Golden Lotus of Amritsar. Calcutta, 1955.

Alter, Stephen. “Amritsar: City of Nectar and Gold.” In The Americans, edited by Dam F.

Moraes. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1992.

Anand, Mulk Raj. “Heritage of the Punjab.” Marg 10, no. 2 (March 1957).

Anand, Mulk Raj. Homage to Amritsar. Bombay: Marg Publications, 1977.

Anand, Mulk Raj. “Painting and Prayer: A Note on HGieratic Pictorial Art under the

Sikhs.” Marg 30, no. 3 (June 1977): 44–45.

Anand, Mulk Raj. “Paintings under the Sikhs.” Marg 7, no. 2 (1954): 23–31.

Anand, Mulk Raj. “Specimens of Paintings under the Sikhs.” Marg 10, no. 1–2 (March

1957).

Anderson, B. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of

Nationalism. London: Cornell University Press, 1991.

Appadurai, Arjun. Worship and Conflict under Colonial Rule: A South Indian Case.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981.

Arjan Muni, Pandit. Gurdwara Darpan. Ambala: Swami Arjan Dev Buryal Publishers,

1952.

Arshi, Pardeep Singh. Sikh Architecture in Punjab. New Delhi: Intellectual Publishing

House, 1986.

Arshi, Pradeep Singh. The Golden Temple: History, Art and Architecture. Harman

Publication House, 1989.

Arshi Pardeep Singh, and Kirpal Singh. “Gold for the Harimandar (Golden Temple,

Amritsar).” In Maharaja Ranjit Singh: commemoration volume on bicentenary of

his coronation 1801–2001, edited by Prithipal Singh Kapur and Dharam Singh.

Patiala: Punjabi University, 2001.

Assmann, J. Religion and Cultural Memory. Translated by R. Livingstone. Stanford, CA:

Stanford University Press, 2006.

Atkinson, D., and D. Cosgrove. “Urban Rhetoric and Embodied Identities: City, Nation

and Empire at the Vittorio-Emmanuele II Monument in Rome 1870–1945.” Annals

of the Association of American Geographers 88, no. 1 (1998): 28–49.

Aulakh, Ajit Singh. About the Golden Temple. Amritsar: B. Chattar Singh Jiwan Singh,

2001.

Bains, Santokh Singh. “Role of Gurdwaras in Distribution of Sikh Literature.” Spokesman

Weekly 33, no. 1-3 (1983): 43–5.

Bajwa, Fauja Singh. Guide to Sikh Shrines and Historical Places in Delhi. New Delhi:

DGPC, 1953.

Ballantyne, Tony. Between Colonialism and Disapora: Sikh Cultural Formations in an

Imperial World. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2006.

Ballantyne, Tony. “Looking Back, Looking Forward: The Historiography of

Sikhism.” New Zealand Journal of Asian Studies 4, no. 1 (June 2002): 5–29.

Banga, Indu. Agrarian System of the Sikhs: Late 18th And Early 19th Century. New

Delhi: Manohar Book Service, 1978.

Banga, Indu. “Formation of Sikh State, 1765–1845.” In Five Punjabi Centuries: Polity,

Economy, Society and Culture, 1500–1990, edited by Indu Banga, 84–111. New

Delhi: Manohar, 1997.

Banga, Indu. “Religious Land Grants Under the Sikh Rule.” Punjab History Conference

Proceedings, 6th session (March 1971): 144–51.

Banga, Indu. “Sikh Revenue Administration.” In Studies in Local and Regional History,

Page 229: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

209

edited by J. S. Grewal. Amritsar: Guru Nanak Dev University, 1974, 55–85.

Banga, Indu. The City in Indian History: Urban Demography, Society and Politics. South

Asia Publications, 1991.

Banga, Indu. “The Punjab under Sikh Rule: Formation of a Regional State.” In History

and Ideology: The Khalsa Over 300 Years, edited by J. S. Grewal and Indu Banga.

New Delhi: Tulika Books, 1999.

Barrier, N. Gerald. “Authority, Politics, and Contemporary Sikhism: The Akal Takhat,

the SGPC, Rahit Maryada and the Law.” In Sikhism and History, edited by P. Singh

and N. Gerald Barrier. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Barrier, N. Gerald. “Early 20th Century Visions of Sikh Religion and Politics.” Sikh

Review 49, no. 8 (August 2001): 31–39.

Barrier, N. Gerald. Punjab History in Printed Documents: A Bibliographic Guide to

Parliamentary Papers and Select Non-Serial Publications, 1843–1947. Columbia:

University of Missouri Press, 1969.

Barrier, N. Gerald. “Sikh Politics in British Punjab Prior to the Gurdwara Reform

Movement.” In Sikh History and Religion in the Twentieth Century, edited by

Joseph T. O’Connell et al., 159–90. New Delhi: Manohar Publications, 1990.

Barrier, N. Gerald. “Sikhism in the Light of History.” In Sikhism and History, edited by

P. Singh and N. Gerald Barrier. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2004.

Barrier, N. Gerald. “The Punjab Government and Communal Politics, 1870–1908.”

Journal of Asian Studies 27, no. 3 (May 1968): 523–39.

Barrier, N. Gerald. The Punjab in Nineteenth Century Tracts: An Introduction to the

Pamphlet Collections in The British Museum and India Office. East Lansing,

Michigan: Research Committee on the Punjab, 1969.

Barrier, N. Gerald. The Sikhs and Their Literature: A Guide to Tracts, Books and

Periodicals, 1849–1919. Delhi: Manohar, 1970.

Barrier, N. Gerald, and Paul Wallace. Punjab Press, 1880–1905. East Lansing, Michigan:

Research Committee on the Punjab, 1970.

Bawa, K. S. “Sri Harimandir Sahib During the Reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh.” Journal

of Sikh Studies 12, no.1 (February 1988): 13–21.

Bawa, Ujjagar Singh. “Gurdwara: Its Concept and Role.” Sikh Review 47, no. 9

(September 1999): 24–30.

Bayly, C. A. The Birth of the Modern World, 1780–1914: Global Connections and

Comparisons. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004.

Bedi, J. S. “Goindwal Sahib: The First Important Place of Pilgrimage of the Sikhs.”

Spokesman Weekly 35, no. 10 (November 4, 1985): 4–5.

Bengtson, J. “Saint George and the Foundation of English Nationalism.” Journal of

Medieval and Early Modern Studies 27, no. 2 (1997): 317–40.

Bhatia, H. S. Rare Documents on Sikhs and Their Rule in Punjab. New Delhi: Deep &

Deep Publications, 1998.

Bhatti, S. S. Golden Temple: Marvel of Sikh Architecture. Amritsar: Rose Dog Books,

2013.

Bir, Raghbir Singh. “Our Gurdwaras.” Sikh Review 42, no. 8 (August 1994): 32–33.

Birla, Ritu. Stages of Capital: Law, Culture, and Market Governance in Late Colonial

India. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2009.

Boholm, A. “Reinvented Histories: Medieval Rome as Memorial Landscape.” Ecumene 4

(1997): 247–72.

Page 230: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

210

Bond, Jeffery R. J. “Visiting a Sikh Temple.” Sikh Review 18, no. 203 (October 1970):

10–11.

Bourdieu, Pierre. Outline of a Theory of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press, 1977.

Bourdieu, Pierre. The Logic of Practice. Translated by R. Nice. Stanford, CA: Stanford

University Press, 1990.

Brand, V., ed. The Study of the Past in the Victorian Age. Oxford: Oxbow, 1998.

Brar, J. S. The Communist Party in Punjab: The Politics of Survival. New Delhi: National

Book Organization, 1989.

Brass, Paul R. “Elite Groups, Symbol Manipulation and Ethnic Identity among the

Muslims of South Asia.” In Political Identity in South Asia, edited by David Taylor

and M. Yappeds. London, 1979.

Brass, Paul R. Ethnicity and Nationalism: Theory and Comparison. New Delhi: Sage,

1991.

Brass, Paul R. Language, Religion and Politics in North India. Authors Guild, 1974.

Brown, Kerry, ed. Sikh Art and Literature. London: Routledge, 1999.

Chahal, Devinder Singh. “Gurdwara: Crucible for Moral Grandeur.” Sikh Review 46, no.

6 (June 1998): 12–16.

Chahal, Devinder Singh. “Meanings and Functions of Gurdwara.” Sikh Courier 37, no. 84

(Autumn–Winter 1997): 21–26.

Chakrabarty, D. Provincializing Europe: Postcolonial Thought and Historical Difference.

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2000.

Chandra, Bipan... [and others]. India’s Struggle for Independence. New Delhi: Viking

1988.

Chatterjee, Partha. The Nation and its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories.

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1993.

Chatterjee, Partha. Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse.

Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1986.

Chiy, G. “The Tradition of Historical Consciousness: The Case of Stokesay Castle.” In

Managing Historic Sites and Buildings: Reconciling Presentation and Preservation,

edited by G. Chiy and D. Baker, 85–97. London: Routledge, 1999.

Choay, F. The Invention of the Historic Monument. Translated by L. M. O’Connell.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001.

Clifford, James. “The Others: Beyond the ‘Salvage’ Paradigm.” Third Text 3, no. 6

(1989): 73–77.

Cohn, Bernard S. Colonialism and its Forms of Knowledge: The British in India.

Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1996.

Cole, Owen W. “A Visit to Sikhs and their Shrines.” Sikh Review 47, no. 11 (November

1999): 52–54.

Cole, Owen W. “Sikh Worship in Gurdwara.” Sikh Courier 25, no. 60 (Autumn–Winter

1985): 8–10.

Cole, Owen W. The Guru in Sikhism. London: Darton, Longman and Todd, 1982.

Cole, Owen W., and Piara Singh Sambhi. The Sikh: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices.

New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House, 1978.

Connerton, P. How Societies Remember. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1962.

Coward, Harold G. “Hinduism in Canada.” In The South Asian Religious Diaspora in

Britain, Canada and the United States, edited by Harold G. Coward, John

Page 231: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

211

R. Hinnells and Raymond Brady Williams. Albany, NY: SUNY Press, 2000.

Coward, H., J. Hinnels and R. Williams, ed. Asian Religious Diaspora in Britain,

Canada, and the United States. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press,

2000.

Cressy, D. “National Memory in Early Modern England.” In Commemorations: The

Politics of National Identity, edited by J. R. Gillis. Princeton, NJ: Princeton

University Press, 1994.

Daly, Patrick and Tim Winter, ed. Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia. Routledge:

2012.

Das, Veena. “Time, Self, and Community: Features of the Sikh Militant Discourse.”

Contributions to Indian Sociology 26, no. 2 (July–December 1992): 245–59.

Datta V. N. Amritsar Past and Present. Amritsar, Municipal Committee, 1967.

Davis, Richard. Lives of Indian Images. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1997.

Deol, Harnik. Religion and Nationalism in India: The Case of the Punjab. London:

Routledge, 2000.

Deol, Jeevan. “Eighteenth Century Khalsa Identity: Discourse, Praxis and Narrative.” In

Sikh Religion, Culture and Ethnicity edited by Christopher Shackle et al., 25–46.

Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press, 2001.

Deol, Jeevan Singh. “Illustration and Illumination in Sikh Scriptural Manuscripts.” In

New Insights into Sikh Art, edited by Kavita Singh. Mumbai: Marg Publications,

2003.

Deora, Man Singh, ed. Aftermath of Blue Star. Anmol Publications, 1992.

Dhami, M. S. “Religio-Political Mobilisation and Shift in the Party Support Base in 1985

Punjab Assembly Election.” Punjab Journal of Politics 11, no. 1–2 (1987): 17–35.

Dhillon, Gurdarshan Singh. “Gurdwaras in Sikhism.” Sikh Courier 40, no. 89 (Spring–

Summer 2000): 3–9.

Dial Singh, Mahant. Nirmal Panth Darshan. Amritsar, 1953.

Dietler, M. “A Tale of Three Sites: The Monumentalisation of Celtic Oppida and the

Politics of Collective Memory and Identity.” World Archaeology 30, no. 1 (1998):

72–89.

Dilgeer, Harjinder Singh. The Akal Takht. Jullundur: Punjabi Book Company, 1980.

Dilgeer, Harjinder Singh. The Sikh Reference Book. Amritsar: Sikh Educational Trust,

1997.

Dirks, Nicholas B. “Colonial Historiographies and Native Informants: Biography of an

Archive.” In Orientalism and the Postcolonial Predicament, edited by Carol A.

Breckenridge and Peter van der Veer, 279–313. Philadelphia, 1993.

Dodson, Michael S. “Orientalism and Archaeology: Writing the History of South Asia,

1600- 1860.” In The Marshall Albums. Photography and Archaeology edited by

Sudeshna Guha, 66–93. Ahmedabad: Mapin, 2010.

Dogra, R. C., and G. S. Mansukhani. Encyclopedia of Sikh Religion and Culture. New

Delhi: Vivek Publishing House, 1995.

Dogra, Chandar Suta. “Have You the Eyes for it.” Outlook India, April 29–May 5, 2008.

Doig, Desmond. “Forgone Sikh Shrine.” Sikh Review 30, no. 347 (November 1982): 39–

43.

Dusenbery, Verne A. Sikhs at Large: Religion, Culture and Politics in Global

Perspective. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008.

Eaton, Richard M., and Phillip B. Wagoner, ed. Power, Memory, Architecture: Contested

Page 232: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

212

Sites on India’s Deccan Plateau, 1300–1600. London: Oxford University Press,

2014.

Fairclough, Graham, Rodney Harrison, John H. Jameson Jr., and John Schofield., ed. The

Heritage Reader. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge, 2008.

Falser, Michael, and Monica Juneja. “’Archaeologizing’ Heritage? Transcultural

Entanglements between Local Social Practices and Global Virtual Realities”.

Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on Cultural Heritage and the

Temples of Angkor, May 2–5, 2010, Heidelberg University. Heidelberg: Springer,

2013.

Fenech, Louis E. The Darbar of the Sikh Gurus: The Court of God in the World of Men.

Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2008.

Flood, Finbarr B. Objects of Translation: Material Culture and Medieval ‘Hindu-Muslim’

Encounter. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2009.

Fox, Richard G. Lions of the Punjab: Culture in the Making. Berkeley, CA: University of

California Press, 1985.

Gandhi, S. S. Perspectives on Sikh Gurdwaras Legislation. New Delhi: Atlantic

Publishers, 1993.

Gandhi, Surjit Singh. “Guru Gobind Singh at Damdama Sahib.” Spokesman Weekly 29,

no. 18 (1979): 3–4.

Gauba, A. Amritsar, A Study in Urban History, 1840–1947. ABS Publication, 1988.

Gauba, A. “Education in Amritsar under Sikh Rule.” Panjab Past and Present 9 no. 2

(October 1975): 427–40.

Gauba, A. “The Art of Painting in Amritsar, and Artists up to 1947.” Punjab History

Conference Proceedings, 9th session (April 1976): 260–61.

Geary, P. Phantoms of Remembrance: Memory and Oblivion at the End of the First

Millennium. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1994.

Geary, P. “Sacred Commodities: The Circulation of Medieval Relics.” In The Social Life

of Things, edited by Arjun Appadurai. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,

1986.

Gell, Simeran. “The Arts of the Sikh Kingdoms Exhibition.” Anthropology Today 15, no.

3 (June 1999).

Gellner, Ernest. Nations and Nationalism. Oxford: Blackwell, 1985.

Ghazaleh, Pascale. Held in Trust: Waqf in the Islamic World. American University of

Cairo Press, 2011.

Gill, Jaspinder Singh. “Gurdwara: Refuge for the Lost and Lonely.” Sikh Review 46, no. 9

(September 1998): 61–62.

Gill, Kamaljit. “Role of the Vernacular Press during the Gurdwara Reform Movement.”

Indian History Congress Proceedings, 44th session. Delhi (1983): 463–70.

Gillis, J. R. ed. Commemorations: The Politics of National Identity. Princeton: Princeton

University Press, 1994.

Glassie, Henry. Material Culture. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1999.

Glover, William. Making Lahore Modern: Constructing and Imagining a Colonial City.

University of Minnesota Press, 2008.

Glover, William J. “Shiny New Buildings: Rebuilding Historic Sikh Gurdwaras in Indian

Punjab.” Future Anterior 9, no. 1 (2012): 32–47.

Goswamy, B. N. “The Changing Face of Things: Little Known Sikh Portraits from

Patiala.” In New insights into Sikh Art, edited by Kavita Singh. Mumbai: Marg

Page 233: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

213

Publications, 2003.

Grewal, J. S. Contesting Interpretations of the Sikh Tradition. Delhi: Manohar, 1998.

Grewal, J. S. Historical Perspectives on Sikh Identity. Patiala: Punjab University, 1997.

Grewal, J. S. Master Tara Singh in Indian History: Colonialism, Nationalism, and the

Politics of Sikh Identity. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2018.

Grewal, J. S. “Nabha’s Ham Hindu Nahin: A Declaration of Sikh Ethnicity.” In Sikh

Identity: Continuity and Change, edited by P. Singh and N. Gerald Barrier. New

Delhi: Manohar, 1999.

Grewal, J. S. “Study of Sikhism, Sikh History and Sikh Literature.” In Approaches to

History: Essays in Indian Historiography, edited by Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, 255–

318. Primus, 2011.

Grewal, J. S. The City of the Golden Temple. Amritsar: Guru Nanak Dev University,

1986.

Grewal, J. S. “The Golden Temple”. Panchbati Sandesh 26, no. 2–3 (October 2003–

January 2004): 38–46.

Grewal, J. S., and Indu Banga. “Pakistan, Khalistan and Partition.” In The Partition in

Retrospect, edited by Amrik Sing. New Delhi: Anamika Publishers, 2000.

Guha, Sudeshna. “Archaeology, Photography, Histories.” In The Marshall Albums:

Photography and Archaeology, edited by Sudeshna Guha. New Delhi: Mapin

Publishing and the Alkazi Foundation, 2010.

Guha-Thakurta, Tapati. “Archaeology and the Monument: An Embattled Site of History

and Memory in Contemporary India.” In Monuments and Memory, Made and

Unmade, edited by R. S. Nelson and M. Olin. Chicago: University Press of

Chicago, 2003.

Guha-Thakurta, Tapati. Monuments, Objects, Histories: Institutions of Art in Colonial

and Postcolonial India. Delhi: Permanent Black, 2004.

Gupta, Hari Ram. History of The Sikhs. Vol. 4, The Sikh Commonwealth or Rise and Fall

of Sikh Misls. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal, 1978.

Gupta, V. K. The Sikh and Gurdwara System. New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 1998.

Halbwachs, M. On Collective Memory. Edited and translated by L. A. Coser. Chicago:

University of Chicago Press, 1980.

Hans, S. S. A Reconstruction of Sikh History from Sikh Literature. Jalandhar: 1988.

Hans, Surjit. The City of Golden Temple According to Guru Arjan. Journal of Sikh

Studies 15, no. 1 (February 1988): 85–91.

Harvey, D. C. “Heritage Pasts and Heritage Presents: Temporality, Meaning and the

Scope of Heritage Studies.” International Journal of Heritage Studies 7, no. 4

(2001): 319–38.

Harvey, D. C. “Landscape as Heritage and a Recreational Resource.” In The Construction

of Nationhood: Ethnicity, Religion and Nationalism, edited by R. J. P. Hastings.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

Harvey, D. C. “National Identities and Politics of Ancient Heritage: Continuity and

Change at Ancient Monuments in Britain and Ireland, c. 1675– -1850.”

Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers 28, no. 4 (2003): 473–87.

Hawley, John Stratton, and Gurinder Singh Mann, ed. Studying the Sikhs: Issues for

North America. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1993.

Hewison, R. “Great Expectations: Hyping Heritage.” Tourism Management 9 (1988):

239–40.

Page 234: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

214

Hobsbawm, Eric J. Nations and Nationalism since 1780: Programme, Myth, Reality.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994.

Hobsbawm, E. The Age of Revolution. London: Abacus, 2002.

Hobsbawm, E. J., and T. O. Ranger. The Invention of Tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge

University Press, 1983.

Hosagrahar, Jyoti. “Negotiated Modernities: Symbolic Terrains of Housing in Delhi.” In

Colonial Modernities: Building, Dwelling and Architecture in British India and

Ceylon, edited by Peter Scriver and Vikramaditya Prakash. Delhi: Routledge, 2007.

Howes, Jennifer. Illustrating India: The Early Colonial Investigations of Colin Mackenzie

(1784-1821). New Delhi, Routledge, 2010.

Jaijee, Inderjit Singh. Politics of Genocide Punjab 1984–1998. Delhi: Ajanta, 1999.

Jain, Shikha. “Revisiting Planning for Indian Cities: The Pilgrim City of Amritsar.” In

Religion and Urbanism: Reconceptualising Sustainable Cities for South, edited by

Yamini Narayanan. New Delhi, Routledge, 2015.

Jakobsh, Doris R. “Constructing Sikh Identities: Authorities, Virtual and Imagined.”

International Journal of Punjab Studies 10, no. 1–2 (January–December 2003):

127–42.

Janjua, H. S. Sikh Temples in the U.K. and the People behind Their Management.

London, 1976.

Jeffrey, Robin. “Grappling with History: Sikh Politicians and the Past.” Pacific Affairs

60, no. 1 (1987): 59–72.

Jhabal, Aridaman Singh, and Jaswinder K. Dhillon. Real Story of Liberation of Gurdwara

Tarn Taran. (As described by S. Amar Singh Jhubal).” Journal of Sikh Studies 27,

no. 1 (2003): 101–16.

Jodhka, Surinder Singh. “Making of the Cultural Difference: Identity Formation among

the Sikhs in Punjab.” In Mapping Multiculturalism, edited by Kushal Debb. Jaipur:

Rawat, 2002.

Jodhka, Surinder Singh. “Plural Societies and Imperatives of Change: Interrogating

Religion and Development in South Asia.” Economic and Political Weekly 47, no. 1

(January 2012): 43–4.

Johar, Surinder Singh. “Sikh Takhts: Damdama Sahib”, The Tribune, (Chandigarh), 1 Jan

1978.

Johar, Surinder Singh. Salient Features of a Sikh Shrine. Delhi: Vivek Publishers, 1977.

Johar, Surinder Singh. The Heritage of Amritsar. Delhi: Sundeep, 1978.

Josh, S. Sohan Singh. Akali Lehir da Sanchalak, Master Sunder Singh Lyallpuri, S Kirpal

Singh. 1980.

Josh, S. Sohan Singh. Akali Morchian Da Itihaas, Delhi, 1977.

Josh, S. Sohan Singh. Shiromani Committee Da Janam te Isde Pradhan, Qaumi Ekta,

June 1975.

Juergensmeyer, Mark. “The Forgotten Tradition: Sikhism in the Study of World

Religions.” In Sikh Studies: Comparative Perspective on a Changing Tradition,

edited by Mark Juegensmeyer and N. Gerald Barrier, 13–23. Berkeley, CA:

Berkeley Religious Studies Series, 1979.

Juergensmeyer, Mark. “The Ghadar Syndrome: Nationalism in an Immigrant

Community.” Punjab Journal of Politics 1, no. 1 (October 1977): 3–12.

Juergensmeyer, Mark. Religious Rebels in Punjab. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 1998.

Juergensmeyer, Mark, and N. Gerald Barrier, ed. Sikh Studies: Comparative Perspectives

Page 235: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

215

on a Changing Tradition. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Religious Studies Series, 1979.

Juneja, Monica. Architecture in Medieval India: Forms, Contexts, Histories. Edited by

Monica Juneja. New Delhi: Permanent Black, 2001.

Kachroo, M. L. “Gurdwara Majnu Ka Tila.” Sikh Review 42, no. 9 (September 1994): 44–

45.

Kain, R. J. P. ed., England’s Landscapes. Vol. 3, Landscapes of South-West England.

London: Harper Collins/English Heritage, 2006.

Kang, Kanwarjit Singh. “Art and Architecture of the Golden Temple.” Nishaan 1 (2002):

26–29.

Kang, Kanwarjit Singh. “Gurdwara Baba Atal.” Marg 30 (1977).

Kalra, Virinder S. Sacred and Secular Musics: A Postcolonial Approach. London:

Bloomsbury, 2015.

Kapur, Rajiv A. “‘Khalistan:’ India’s Punjab Problem.” Third World Quarterly 9, no. 4

(October 1987): 1206–1224.

Kapur, Rajiv A. “Sikhism and Politics.” Sikh Review 19, no. 213 (August 1971): 38–51.

Kapur, Rajiv A. Sikh Separatism: The Politics of Faith. London: Allen & Unwin, 1986.

Karan, Pradyumna P. “Patterns of Pilgrimage to the Sikh Shrine of Guru Gobind Singh at

Patna.” Journal of Asian and African Studies (Tokyo) 46–47 (1994): 275–84.

Kaur, Amarjit. “Panthic Control over the Golden Temple.” Journal of Regional History

(1993): 59–64.

Kaur, Amrit. “The Punjab Press and the Golden Temple Controversy, 1905: An Issue Of

Sikh Identity.” Social Scientist 24, no. 4–6 (1996).

Kaur, Madanjit. “Contributions of the Bungas to the Education of the Punjab”. Punjab

History Conference Proceedings, 12th session (1978): 94–101.

Kaur, Madanjit. “Foundation of Amritsar and Sri Hari Mandir Sahib.” Punjab History

Conference Proceedings, 11th session (November 1976): 178–96.

Kaur, Madanjit. “Institution of Panj Piaras: Its Potential and Present Perspective.” In

Current thoughts on Sikhism, edited by Kharak Singh, 144–58. Chandigarh:

Institute of Sikh Studies, 1996.

Kaur, Madanjit. “Personality, Motivation and Achievement of Sardar Sobha Singh.” In

Painter of the Divine: Sobha Singh, edited by Madanjit Kaur, 3–12. Amritsar: Guru

Nanak Dev University, 1987.

Kaur, Madanjit. “Sri Hari Mandir Sahib: Evolution of the Shrine.” Panjab Past and

Present 24, no. 2 (October 1990): 269–76.

Kaur, Madanjit. The Golden Temple: Past and Present. Amrtisar: GNDU Press, 1983.

Kaur, Parvinder, and Virbhan Singh. Kar Seva of Historical Gurdwaras. Delhi: Sapra

Publications, 1996.

Keane, Webb. “Signs are not the Garb of Meaning: On the Social Analysis of Material

Things.” In Materiality, edited by Daniel Miller. Durham: Duke University Press,

2005.

Keane, Webb. “The Evidence of the Senses and the Materiality of Religion.” In The

Objects of Evidence: Anthropological Approaches to the Production of Knowledge,

edited by Mathew Engelke et al. Wiley-Blackwell, 2009.

Kepply-Mahmood, Cynthia. “Playing the Game of Love: Passion and Martyrdom among

Khalistani Sikhs.” In Violence: A Reader, edited by Catherine Bestman. New York:

New York University Press, 2002.

Kerr, Ian J. “Handle with Great Care: British Actions towards the Sikhs and the Golden

Page 236: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

216

Temple in the Last Half of the 19th Century.” In Golden Temple, edited by Parm

Bakhshish Singh et al. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1999.

Kerr, Ian J. “Harimandar,” In Encyclopedia of Sikhism. Vol. 2, E-L, edited by Harbans

Singh, 239–48. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1996.

Kerr, Ian J. “British and the Administration of the Golden Temple in 1859.” Panjab Past

and Present 10, no. 2 (October 1976): 306–321.

Kerr, Ian J. “British Relationships with the Golden Temple, 1849–90.” Indian Economic

and Social History Review 21, no. 2 (April–June 1984): 139–51.

Khaira, Gurpal Singh. “Sikh Gurdwaras: Problems and Possible Solutions.” Sikh Review

48, no. 4 (April 2000).

Khan, Waliullah. Sikh Shrines in West Pakistan. Lahore: Govt. of Pakistan, 1962.

Khosla, Romi. “The Persistence of Pre-Modernism: The Search for Authenticity in

Central Asia, Tibet, India, and Nepal.” In Contemporary Architecture and City

Form: The South Asian Paradigm, edited by Farooq Amin, 64–74. Mumbai: Marg

Publications, 1997.

Kishwar, Madhu. “This is the Guru’s House: A Day in the Longowal Gurdwara.” In

Religion at The Service of Nationalism and Other Essays, 47–76. New Delhi:

Oxford University Press, 1998.

Kohli, S. S. Travels of Guru Nanak. Chandigarh: Panjab University, 1969.

Kolen, Jan… [and others], ed., Landscape Biographies: Geographical, Historical and

Archaeological Perspectives on the Production and Transmission of Landscapes.

Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press, 2015.

Kumar, Ashutosh. “Electoral Politics in Punjab.” Journal of Punjab Studies 12, no.1

(2005): 111–121.

Kumar, Sunil. The Present in Delhi’s Past: Five Essays. Delhi: Three Essays Collective,

2011.

Lahiri, Nayanjot. Monuments Matter: India’s Archaeological Heritage Since

Independence. Marg, 2016.

Larkham, P. J. “Heritage as Planned and Conserved.” In Heritage, Tourism and Society,

edited by D. T. Herbert. Mansell, 1994.

Launois, Anne-Colombe. “The Khalsa Heritage Complex: A Museum for a Community.”

In New insights into Sikh art. Mumbai, edited by Kavita Singh. Bombay, Marg

Publications, 2003.

Lewicka, Maria. “Place Attachment, Place Identity and Place Memory: Restoring the

Forgotten City Past.” Journal of Environmental Psychology 28 (2008): 209–231.

Linden, Bob van der. Music and Empire in Britain and India: Identity, Internationalism

and Cross-Cultural Communication. London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013.

Lowenthal, D. The Heritage Crusade and the Spoils of History. Cambridge: Cambridge

University Press, 1998.

Lowenthal, D. “Natural and Cultural Heritage.” International Journal of Heritage Studies

11, no. 1 (2005): 81–92.

Lowenthal, David. “Criteria of Authenticity.” In Conference on Authenticity in Relation

to the World Heritage Convention. Preparatory Workshop, Bergen, Norway,

January 31–February 2, 1994, edited by Knut Einar Larsen and Nils Marstein, 35–

64. Trondheim: Tapir Publishers, 1995.

Lowenthal, David. The Past is a Foreign Country. Cambridge: Cambridge University

Press, 1985.

Page 237: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

217

Maclean, Kama. Pilgrimage and Power: The Kumbh Mela in Allahabad, 1765–1954.

New York: OUP, 2008.

Madan, J. C. “The Role of British Police in Nankana Sahib Tragedy.” Proceedings of

Punjab History Conference. Patiala, 1982.

Madan, T. N. Modern Myths, Locked Minds: Secularism and Fundamentalism in India.

New Delhi: OUP, 1997.

Mahmood, Cynthia Keppley. Fighting for Faith and Nation: Dialogues with Sikh

Militants. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1996.

Malhans, Birinder Singh. “Takht Sri Harmandir Sahib.” Nishaan 1 (2001): 44–47.

Malhotra, Anshu. Gender, Caste, and Religious Identities: Restructuring Class in

Colonial Punjab. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2002.

Mandler, P. The Fall and Rise of the Stately Home. New Haven, CT: Yale University

Press, 1997.

Mann, Gurinder. The Making of Sikh Scripture. New York: OUP, 2001.

Mann, Gurinder Singh. Sikhism. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. 2004.

Mann, Gurinder Singh, Paul Numrich, and Raymond Williams. Buddhists, Hindus, and

Sikhs in America. New York: Oxford University Press, 2002.

Mansukhani, Gobind Singh. “Five Takhats of the Sikhs.” Spokesman Weekly 33, no. 49

(1984): 3.

Mantena, Karuna. Alibis of Empire: Henry Maine and the Ends of Liberal Imperialism.

New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 2010.

Maskiell, Michelle. “Embroidering the Past: Phulkari Textiles and Gendered Work as

“Tradition” and “Heritage” in Colonial and Contemporary Punjab.” Journal of

Asian Studies 58, no. 2 (May 1999): 361–88.

Mathur, S. India by Design: Colonial History and Cultural Display. Berkeley, CA:

University of California Press, 2007.

Mazumdar, Shampa, and Sanjoy Mazumdar. “Religious Placemaking and Community

Building in Diaspora.” Environment and Behavior 41, no. 3 (2009): 307–337.

Mazumdar, Shampa, and Sanjoy Mazumdar. “Sacred Space and Place Attachment.”

Journal of Environment Psychology 13 (1993): 231–242.

McDonald, S., and G. Fyfe, ed. Theorizing Museums. Oxford: Blackwell, 1996.

McLeod, W. H. Sikhs of the Khalsa: A History of the Khalsa Rahit. New Delhi: OUP,

2005.

McLeod, W. H. “Ahluwalias and Ramgarhias: Two Sikh Castes”, in, South Asia: Journal

of South Asian Studies, Volume 4, Issue 1, pp. 78-90. Nedlands: Western Australia,

1974.

McLeod, W. H. “Caste in the Sikh Panth.” In The Evolution of the Sikh Community: Five

Essays. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1996.

McLeod, W. H. “Castes and Sects of the Sikhs.” In Exploring Sikhism: Aspects of Sikh

Identity, Culture, and Thought. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

McLeod, W. H. Popular Sikh Art. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1991.

McLeod, W. H., ed. The Sants: Studies in Devotional Tradition in India. Delhi: Motilal

Banarsidas, 1987.

Menon, A. G. K. “Heritage Conservation and Urban Development: Beyond the

Monument.” In Heritage Conservation and Urban Development, edited by

Rajeshwari Tandon. New Delhi, INTACH, 2005.

Metcalf, Thomas R. An Imperial Vision: Indian Architecture and Britain’s Raj. New

Page 238: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

218

Delhi, Cmbrisge University Press, 2002.

Mignolo, W. The Darker Side of the Renaissance: Literacy, Territoriality, and

Colonization. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, 2003.

Mir, Farina. The Social Space of Language: Vernacular Culture in British Colonial

Punjab. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2010.

Mir, Farina, and Anshu Malhotra, ed. Punjab Reconsidered: History, Culture and

Practice. New Delhi: OUP, 2012.

Mitchell, T. ed. Questions of Modernity. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota

Press, 2000.

Moore, K. Museums and Popular Culture. London: London University Press, 1997.

Moore, Niamh, and Yvonne Whelan, ed. Heritage, Memory and the Politics of Identity:

New Perspectives on the Cultural Landscape. Aldershot: Ashgate, 2007.

Mubayi, Yamini. Altar of Power: The Temple and the State in the Land of Jagannatha.

New Delhi, 2005.

Murphy, Anne. Materiality of the Past: History and Representation in Sikh Tradition.

New York: Oxford University Press, 2012.

Murphy, Anne. “The Guru’s Weapons.” Journal of the American Academy of Religion

77, no. 2 (2009): 1–30.

Murphy, G. Founders of the National Trust. London: The National Trust, 2002.

Nandy, Ashis. “The Politics of Secularism and the Recovery of Religious Tolerance.” In

Secularism and Its Critics, edited by R. Bhargava. New Delhi: Oxford University

Press, 1998.

Narain, Savita. The Historiography of the Jallianwala Bagh Massacre, 1919. New Delhi:

Spantech and Lancer, 1998.

Narang, A. S. “Movement for the Punjabi Speaking State.” In Five Punjabi Centuries:

Polity, Economy, Society and Culture 1500–1900, edited by Indu Banga. Delhi:

Manohar: 1997.

Narang, Surjit Singh. “SGPC Elections: The Ecclesiastical Aspect of Akali Politics.”

Punjab Journal of Politics 20, no. 1–2 (1996): 143–56.

Narang, A. S. “The Punjabi Suba Movement.” In Social and Political Movements:

Readings on Punjab, edited by Harish K. Puri and Paramjit S. Judge, 291–307.

Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2000.

Nayar, Baldev Raj. Minority Politics in the Punjab. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University

Press, 1966.

Neki, Jaswant Singh. “Some Thoughts on Politics of Gurdwara Management.” Sikh

Review 51, no. 7 (August 2003): 34–41.

Nora, P. “Between Memory and History: Les Lieux de Mémoire.” Representations 26,

(1989): 7–25.

O’Connell, Joseph T. et al., ed. Sikh History and Religion in the Twentieth Century.

Toronto: University of Toronto, 1988.

Oberoi, Harjot. “From Gurdwara Rikabganj to the Viceregal Palace: A Study of Religious

Protest.” Panjab Past and Present 14, no. 1 (April 1980): 182–98.

Oberoi, Harjot. “From Punjab to “Khalistan:” Territoriality and Metacommentary.”

Pacific Affairs 60, no. 1 (Spring 1987): 26–41.

Oberoi, Harjot. “Sikh Fundamentalism: Translating History into Theory.” In

Fundamentalisms and the State: Remaking Polities, Economies, and Militance,

edited by M. Marty and R. Scott Appelby, 256–89. Chicago: University of Chicago

Page 239: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

219

Press, 1993.

Oberoi, Harjot. The Construction of Religious Boundaries: Culture, Identity and Diversity

in the Sikh Tradition. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Omvedt, Gail. Land, Caste, and Politics in Indian States. Delhi: Authors Guild

Publications, 1982.

Orr, N. “Museum Volunteering: Heritage as ‘Serious Leisure’.” In International Past as a

Resource in Conflict. Chichester: Wiley, 1996.

Pelizzari, Maria Antonella. “From Stone to Paper: Photographs of Architecture and the

Traces of History.” In Traces of India—Photography, Architecture and the Politics

of Representation, 1850–1900, edited by Maria Antonella Pelizzari, 22–57. New

Haven: Yale University Press, 2003.

Pettigrew, Joyce. “Achieving a New Frontier: Rural Political Patterns and their Impact on

the Sikh Independence Movement.” International Journal of Punjab Studies 2, no.

1 (January–June 1995): 89–102.

Pettigrew, Joyce. Robber Nobleman: A study of the Political System of the Sikh Jats.

London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1975.

Pettigrew, Joyce J. M. “Influence of Sikhs in Punjabi Suba.” Sikh Review 31, no. 356

(August 1983): 44–52.

Pinch, William. Warrior Ascetics and Indian Empires. Cambridge, UK and New York:

Cambridge University Press, 2006.

Pinney, C. Photos of the Gods: The Printed Image and Political Struggle in India.

London: Reaktion, 2004.

Purewal, Navtej K. Living on the Margins: Social Access to Shelter in Urban South Asia.

Ashgate, 2000.

Purewal, Shinder. Sikh Ethnonationalism and the Political Economy of the Punjab. New

Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

Purewal, Shinder. “The Declaration of Khalistan.” In Sikh Ethno-Nationalism and the

Political Economy of Punjab. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

Puri, Harish K. “Akali Politics: Emerging Compulsions.” Punjab Journal of Politics 5

(January–June 1981): 33–51.

Puri, Harish K., and Paramjit S. Judge. “The Khalistan Movement.” In Social and

political movements: Readings on Punjab, edited by Harish K. Puri and Paramjit S.

Judge, 378–98. Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 2000.

Rai, Gurmeet Singh. “Abode of Bliss: Historiography of Anandpur Sahib.” Nishaan,

Premiere Issue (2001): 14–33.

Rai, Gurmeet, and Kavita Singh. “Brick by Sacred Brick: Architectural Projects of Guru

Arjan and Guru Hargobind.” In New Insights into Sikh Art, edited by Kavita Singh.

Mumbai: Marg Publications, 2003.

Rai, Raghu, et al. Amritsar: City of the Golden Temple. Chandigarh: Public Relations,

Punjab, 1977.

Rajagopalan, Mrinalini. Building Histories: The Archival and Affective Lives of Five

Monuments in Modern Delhi. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2017.

Rajalakshmi, T. K. “Sikhs vs Sikhs.” Frontline, August 22, 2014,

https://www.frontline.in/the-nation/sikhs-vs-sikhs/article6279895.ece.

Rajput, A. B. “Pilgrimage to Punja Sahib.” Panjab Past and Present 15, no. 1 (April

1981).

Raju, T. S. “Pilgrimage to Gurdwaras.” Sikh Review 21, no. 240 (November 1973): 43–

Page 240: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

220

45.

Ram, Raja. “Government’s Complicity in Nankana Sahib Tragedy.” Proceedings 14,

1981.

Ram, Ronki. “Social Exclusion, Resistance and Deras.” Economic and Political Weekly,

October 6, 2007, 4066–4074.

Rana, Yudhvir. “Traditional Sikh Art to Adorn Akal Takht.” Times of India, July 23,

2003, 8.

Randhawa, C. S. “The Twenty-Four-Hour Schedule at the Golden Temple.” In Popular

Religion in the Punjab Today, edited by C. B. Webster. Delhi: 1974.

Ray, H. Colonial Archaeology in South Asia: The Legacy of Sir Mortimer Wheeler. New

Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008.

Sachdeva, Veena. “Administration under the Bhangi Chiefs.” Punjab History Conference

Proceedings, 15th session (March 1981): 94–104.

Sahi, J. S. Sikh Shrines in India and Abroad. New Delhi: Faridabad Common World,

1978.

Sahi, Joginder Singh. Golden Temple, Amritsar and other Gurdwaras in India: An

Encyclopedia of Sikhism and Sikhs Abroad. Faridabad: Common World, 1999.

Said, E. Culture and Imperialism. London: Chatto and Windus, 1993.

Said, E. Orientalism. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1995.

Sandhu, Ranbir Singh. “Are Gurdwaras Independent?” Sikh Review 42, no. 8 (August

1994): 34–39.

Sayer, Derek. “British Reaction to the Amritsar Massacre 1919–1920.” Past & Present,

no. 131 (May 1991): 130–164.

Scriver, Peter. “The Architectural Historiography of Colonial India and its Colonial-

Modern Contexts.” In Colonial Modernities: Building, Dwelling and Architecture

in British India and Ceylon, edited by Peter Scriver and Vikramaditya Prakash, 27–

50. Abington: Routledge, 2007.

Sedhuraman, R. “Haryana Gurdwaras: SC Orders Status Quo.” The Tribune

(Chandigarh, 8 August 2014),

http://www.tribuneindia.com/2014/20140808/main1.htm.

Seetal, Sohan Singh. Sikh Misls and the Punjab States. Ludhiana: Lahore Book Shop,

1981.

Sekhon, Sant Singh. “The Problem of Punjabi State.” In Punjabi Suba: A Symposium,

edited by Jagjit Singh Anand et al. Delhi: National Book Club, 1967.

Sengupta, Indra. “A Conservation Code for the Colony: John Marshall’s Conservation

Manual and Monument Preservation between India and Europe.” In

“’Archaeologizing’ Heritage? Transcultural Entanglements between Local Social

Practices and Global Virtual Realities.” Proceedings of the 1st International

Workshop on Cultural Heritage and the Temples of Angkor, May 2–5, 2010,

Heidelberg University. Heidelberg: Springer, 2013.

Shackle, C. “The Non-Sanskritic Vocabulary of the Later Sikh Gurus.” British School of

Oriental and African Studies 47 (1984): 76–107.

Shani, Giorgio. Sikh Nationalism and Identity in a Global Age. London: Routledge, 2007.

Shani, Giorgio. “The Construction of a Sikh National Identity.” South Asia Research

(London) 20, no. 1 (September 2000): 1–17.

Shani, Giorgio. “Toward a Post-Western IR: The Umma, Khalsa Panth, and Critical

International Relations Theory.” International Studies Review 10, (2008): 722–34.

Page 241: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

221

Shergill, Surinder Singh. Pandit Tara Singh Narotam Jiwan Te Rachna. Patiala 1985.

Sidhu, Lakhwinder Singh, et al. Politics in Punjab, 1966–2008. Chandigarh: 2009.

Silva, Roland. “A Charter for the Conservation of the Built Heritage of South and South-

East-Asia: A Continuum to Traditional Wisdom as Enshrined in Ancient Texts.” In

Cultural Heritage in the 21st Century: Opportunities and Challenges, edited by

Monika A. Muzyn and Jacek Purchla, 205–222. Cracow: International Cultural

Centre in Cracow, 2007.

Singh, Abnashi, and G. S. Ahuja. Historical Sikh Gurdwaras of Punjab. Amritsar: Gagan

Mai International, 2004.

Singh, Amrik. “Management of Gurdwaras.” Sikh Review 52, no. 1 (January 2004).

Singh, Attar. “Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee and Politicization of the

Sikhs.” In Sikh History and Religion in the Twentieth Century, edited by Joseph

T.O’Conell et al., 226–32. 1988.

Singh, Attar. “The Management of Gurdwaras”, in, Amrik Singh ed., Punjab in Indian

Politics, 1985.

Singh, Bhayee Sikandar, and Roopinder Singh. Sikh Heritage: Ethos and Relics. New

Delhi: Rupa & Co, 2012.

Singh, Fauja. Guru Tegh Bahadar-Yatra Asthan, Param-paravan ate Yad Chin. Patiala:

Punjabi University, 1976.

Singh, Fauja. “Misldari Period of Sikh History.” Panjab Past and Present 11, no. 1 (April

1977): 88–92.

Singh, Fauja. The City of Amritsar: A Study of Historical, Cultural, Social, and Economic

Aspects. Oriental Publishers and Distributors, 1978.

Singh, Fauja. Travels of Guru Gobind Singh. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1968.

Singh, Fauja, and Kirpal Singh, Atlas: Travels of Guru Nanak Dev. Patiala: Punjabi

University, 1976.

Singh, Ganda. “Character of the Sikhs as seen by Qazi Noor Mohammed.” Panjab Past

and Present 15, no. 11 (October 1981): 425–27.

Singh, Ganda. “Development of Sikh Thought, up to the end of 18th Century.” Panjab

Past and Present 2 (April 1968): 1–24.

Singh, Ganda. Early European Accounts of the Sikhs. Calcutta, 1962.

Singh, Ganda. “Golden Temple: Symbol of Piety and Heroism.” Panjab Past and Present

1, no. 2 (October 1977): 240–46.

Singh, Ganda. “How the Sikh Raj Came About?” Panjab Past and Present 15, no. 2

(October 1981): 433–37.

Singh, Gobinder. “Pressure Group Politics in Punjab: The Case of the SGPC.” In Political

Dynamics and Crisis in Punjab, edited by Paul Wallace and Surendra Chopra.

1988.

Singh, Gobinder. “Profiles of the SGPC Members: A Study in Socio-Economic

Background.” Panjab Past and Present 16, no. 2 (October 1982): 454–66.

Singh, Gobinder. Religion and Politics in the Punjab. Deep & Dep Publications, 1986.

Singh, Gurbhagat. “Vaisakhi of 1699: Rupture of the Indian Grand Narratives.”

International Journal of Punjab Studies 6, no. 2 (July–December 1999): 187–94.

Singh, Gurcharan. “City of the Golden Temple (Amritsar).” Illustrated Weekly of India

97, no. 52, December 26, 1976, 40–47.

Singh, Gurcharan. “Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib”. Sikh Review 36, no. 416 (August

1988).

Page 242: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

222

Singh, Gurcharan. “Gurdwara Management: Buildings and Activities.” Abstracts of Sikh

Studies, January–March 1998: 60–63.

Singh, Gurdarshan. “Gurdwaras in Sikhism.” Journal of Sikh Studies 24, no. 1 (February

2000): 31–40.

Singh, Gurdarshan. “The Singh Sabha Movement.” In History and Culture of Punjab,

edited by Mohinder Singh. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers, 1988.

Singh, Gurdial. “Pilgrimage to Nanak Sahib: My Experience.” Sikh Review 24, no. 277

(January 1977): 29–31.

Singh, Gurharpal. Ethnic Conflict in India: A Case Study of Punjab. London: Macmillan,

2000.

Singh, Gurmit. “Restoring the Status of Takhats.” Spokesman Weekly 30, no. 19-20

(1981): 27–30.

Singh, Gurmukh (Major). Historical Sikh Shrines. Amritsar: Singh Brothers, 1995.

Singh, Gurtej. “Rise of the Sikh Power as Seen through the Eyes of Ratan Singh

Bhangu.” In History and Ideology: The Khalsa over 300 years, edited by J. S.

Grewal and Indu Banga, 48–54. New Delhi: Tulika Books, 1999.

Singh, Gurtej. “Sikh Identity in the Context of Resurgent Modern India.” In Current

thoughts on Sikhism, edited by Kharak Singh, 85–111. Chandigarh: Institute of Sikh

Studies, 1996.

Singh, Harbans. “All India Sikh Gurdwara Bill.” Abstracts of Sikh Studies, October–

December 1997: 39–45.

Singh, Harbans. “All India Sikh Gurdwara Bill: Its Background and Main Features.” Sikh

Review 46, no. 9 (September 1998): 32–37.

Singh, Harbans. City of Joy: Siri Anandpur Sahib. Amritsar: SGPC, 1966.

Singh, Harbans. Heritage of the Golden Temple. Amritsar: SGPC, n.d.

Singh, Harbans. “Polemic over the Electrification of the Golden Temple.” Sikh Courier 8,

no. 4 (1976): 21–22.

Singh, Harbans. “The Emergence of Singh Sabha and the Duleep Singh Campaign.” Sikh

Review 43, no. 2 (February 1995): 22–26.

Singh, Harbans, ed. The Encyclopedia of Sikhism. 4 Vols. Patiala: Punjabi University,

1992–98.

Singh, Harchand. “Chamkaur Sahib.” Sikh Review 23, no. 256 (April 1975): 28.

Singh, Hardit. “Sikh Takhats and Jathedars.” Sikh Courier 43, no. 93 (Spring–Summer

2002): 17–19.

Singh, Hari, ed. Sikh Heritage: Gurdwaras and Memorials in Pakistan. New Delhi: Guru

Nanak Study Circle, Asian Publication Service, 1994.

Singh, Hazara. “Hazur Sahib: A Memorable Visit.” Sikh Courier 35, no. 80 (Autumn–

Winter 1995): 33–36.

Singh, Inder. “Architecture of the Golden Temple.” Sikh Review 35, no. 406 (October

1987): 9–12.

Singh, Jaswant. “Changing Lubans of Early 20th Century.” Journal of Regional History

5, 57–75. Amritsar: Guru Nanak Dev University, 1997.

Singh, Jaswant. “Five Takhats of Sikhs.” Sikh Courier 39, no. 87 (Spring–Summer 1999):

32–34.

Singh, Joginder. Myth and Reality of Sikh Militancy. New Delhi: Shree Publishers &

Distributors, 2006.

Singh, Joginder. “The Miracle of Panja Sahib.” Sikh Review 45, no. 7 (Ju1y 1997): 44–45.

Page 243: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

223

Singh, Kashmir. “Gurdwara and the Adi Granth Sahib.” Journal of Understanding

Sikhism: The Research Journal 4, no. 1 (January–June 2002).

Singh, Kashmir. Law of Religious Institutions: Sikh Gurdwaras. Amritsar: GNDU

University, 1989.

Singh, Kashmir. “Shiromani Gurdwara Prabandhak Committee: An Overview.” In Oxford

Handbook of Sikh Studies edited by Pashaura Singh and Louis Fenech. Oxford:

2014.

Singh, Kashmir. Sikh Gurdwaras Legislation: All India Perspective. Amritsar: Singh

Bros. 1991.

Singh, Kharak. “All India Sikh Gurdwara Act.” Abstracts of Sikh Studies 2, no. 2 (April–

June 2000): 72–78.

Singh, Kharak. On Gurdwara Legislation. Chandigarh: Institute of Sikh Studies, 1998.

Singh, Khushwant. A History of the Sikhs, 2 vols. New Delhi: OUP, 1999.

Singh, Kuldip. “Rituals in Gurdwara Service.” Sikh Review 48, no. 4 (April 2000).

Singh, Kulwant. Ramgarhia Virsa. Chandigarh: Himalya Press, 1999.

Singh, Manjit. “Management of the Sikh Gurdwaras.” Sikh Review 49, no. 10 (October

1991): 38–43.

Singh, Mehar. Sikh Shrines in India. New Delhi: Govt. of India, 1975.

Singh, Meharban. Sikh Model of Education of Complete Living: Role of Gurdwaras.

Amritsar: Singh Brothers, 2009.

Singh, Mohinder. “Akali Agitation over the Keys Affair: An Early Victory of Non-

Cooperation.” Punjab Journal of Politics 1, no. 1 (October 1977): 111–22.

Singh, Mohinder. Anandpur. New Delhi: UBS Publishers’ Distributors Ltd. in association

with National Institute of Panjab Studies, 2002.

Singh, Mohinder. Gurdwaras in India and Pakistan. UBS Publishers’ Distributors, 2004.

Singh, Mohinder. “Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee: Its Origin and

Development.” Studies in Sikhism and Comparative Religion 5, no., 2 (October

1986): 139–53.

Singh, Mohinder. The Akali Movement. New Delhi: National Institute of Punjab Studies,

1997.

Singh, Mohinder. The Akali Struggle: A Retrospect. Atlantic Publishers and Distributors,

1988.

Singh, Mohinder. The Golden Temple. UBS Publishers’ Distributors, 2002.

Singh, Mohinder, ed. Sikh Forms and Symbols. New Delhi: Manohar Singh, 2000.

Singh, Mohinder, and Rishi Singh. Maharaja Ranjit Singh. New Delhi: UBS, 2002.

Singh, Mohinder, and Sondeep Shankar. The Golden Temple. New Delhi: UBS, 2002

Singh, Narinderjit. Around the Golden Temple. Jawahar Singh Kirpal Singh, 1973.

Singh, Nikky-Guninder Kaur. The Birth of the Khalsa: A Feminist Re-Memory of Sikh

Identity. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 2005.

Singh, Parkash. “Amritsar and Harimandar.” Journal of Sikh Studies 15, no. 1 (February

1988).

Singh, Parm Bakhshish. ed. Golden Temple. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1999.

Singh, Pashaura. “Formulation of the Convention of the Five Ks—A Focus on the

Evolution of the Khalsa Rahit.” International Journal of Punjab Studies 6, no. 2

(1999): 155–69.

Singh, Pashaura. The Guru Granth Sahib: Canon, Meaning and Authority. New Delhi:

Oxford University Press, 2000.

Page 244: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

224

Singh, Pashaura, and Louis Fenech, ed. Oxford Handbook of Sikh Studies. London:

Oxford University Press, 2014.

Singh, Pashaura, and N. Gerald Barrier, ed. Sikhism and History. New Delhi: Oxford

University Press, 2004.

Singh, Pashaura, and N. Gerald Barrier ed. The Transformation of Sikh Heritage in the

Diaspora. Columbia, Missouri South Asia Books, 1996.

Singh, Patwant. “Gurdwara: The House of the Divine Being.” Sikh Review 43, no. 6 (June

1995): 14–16.

Singh, Patwant. Sikh Gurdwaras in India and Around the World. New Delhi: 1992.

Singh, Patwant. The Golden Temple. Hong Kong: ET Publishing, 1988.

Singh, Patwant. “The Golden Temple.” In The Arts of the Sikh Kingdoms, edited by Susan

Stronge, 46–59. Delhi: Prakash Books, 1999.

Singh, Pritam, and Shinder Thandi, ed. Punjabi Identity in a Global Context. Oxford:

Oxford University Press, 2000.

Singh, Rajinder. “Guru Gobind Singh’s Stay at Paonta Sahib.” Spokesman Weekly 32, jo.

16 (1982): 23–32.

Singh, Ranjit. “Management of Sikh Gurdwaras. Sikh.” Courier 42, no. 92 (Autumn–

Winter 2001).

Singh, Teja. Gurdwara Reform Movement and the Sikh Awakening. Desh Sevak Book

Agency, 1922.

Singh, Teja. The Religion of the Sikh Gurus. Santa Fe, NM: Sun Books, 1988.

Singh, Teja, and Ganda Singh. Short History of the Sikhs. Vol. 1, 1469–1765. Bombay:

Orient Longman, 1950.

Singh, Trilochan. “Turban and Sword of the Sikhs.” In Sikh Forms and Symbols, edited

by Mohinder Singh, 45–55. New Delhi: Manohar, 2000.

Smith, L. Uses of Heritage. London: Routledge, 2006.

Smith, Laurajane. Archaeological Theory and the Politics of Cultural Heritage. London:

Routledge, 2004.

Snehi, Yogensh. “Vicissitudes of Gurdwara Politics.” Economic Political Weekly XLIX,

no. 34 (August 23, 2014), http://www.epw.in/reports-states/vicissitudes-gurdwara-

politics.html.

Sutton, Deborah. “Devotion, Antiquity, and Colonial Custody of the Hindu Temple in

British India.” Modern Asian Studies 47 (2013): 135–166,

doi:10.1017/S0026749X11000655.

Sutton, Deborah, ed. “Afterlives of Monuments.” Special Issue of South Asian Studies 29,

no. 1 (2014).

Tambiah, Stanley. Levelling Crowds: Ethnonationalist Conflicts and Collective Violence

in South Asia. Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1997.

Talbot, I. “State, Society and Identity: The British Punjab, 1875–1937.” In Punjabi

Identity: Continuity and Change, edited by G. Singh and I. Talbot, 7–33. New

Delhi: Manohar Publishers and Distributors, 1996.

Talib, Gurbachan Singh. Muslim League Attack on Sikhs and Hindus in the 1947.

Amritsar: SGPC, 1950.

Tan, Tai Yong. “Prelude to Partition: Sikh Responses to the Demand for Pakistan, 1940–

47.” International Journal of Punjab Studies 1, no. 2 (1994): 167–95.

Tan, Tai Yong. The Garrison State: Military, Government and Society in Colonial

Punjab, 1849–1947. New Delhi: Sage, 2005.

Page 245: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

225

Tanaka, S. “Imaging History: Inscribing Belief in The Nation.” Journal of Asian Studies

53 (1994): 24–44.

Tejani, Shabnum. Indian Secularism: A Social and Intellectual History, 1890–1950.

Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2008.

Telford, Hamish. “The Political Economy of Punjab: Creating Space for Sikh Militancy.”

Asian Survey 32, no. 11 (November 1992): 969–987.

Thakar, Opinderjit Kaur. Sikh Identity: An Exploration of Groups Among Sikhs. New

York: Ashgate Publications, 2005.

Tinker, Hugh. “India in the First World War and After.” Journal of Contemporary

History 3, no. 4 (October 1968).

Tuteja, K. L. Sikh Politics 1920–40. Kurukshetra: Vishal Publications, 1984.

Tuteja, K. L. “The Shiromani Gurdwara Parbhandak Committee and the First Non-

Cooperation Movement, 1920–22.” Punjab History Conference Proceedings, 12th

session, 1978, 245–52.

Tuteja, K. L. The Sikh Politics: From Loyalty to Confrontation. Kurukshetra University

Research Journal: Arts and Humanities 12, 1978.

Uberoi, J. P. S. Religion, Civil Society and the State: A Study of Sikhism. New Delhi:

Oxford University Press, 1996.

Uberoi, J. P. S. “The Five Symbols of Sikhism.” In Perspectives on Guru Nanak, edited

by Harbans Singh, 502–13. Patiala: Punjabi University, 1975.

UNESCO. Asia Conserved: Lessons Learned from the UNESCO Asia-Pacific Heritage

Awards for Culture. 2007.

UNESCO. Heritage Conservation (2000–2004), Bangkok.

UNESCO. “Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of the World Heritage

Convention.” Paris: UNESCO, July 2015, http://whc.unesco.org/en/guidelines.

Veer, P. van der. Religious Nationalism: Hindus and Muslims in India. Princeton, NJ:

Princeton University Press, 1994.

Verghese, Anila. “Vijaynagara in History and Memory.” In Vijaynagara. Splendour in

Ruins, edited by George Michell, 23–27. Ahmedabad: Mapin, 2008.

Vergo, P. The New Museology. London: Reaktion, 1989.

Verma, O., and G. S. Sohan Singh. The Holy Places of Pilgrimage. Amritsar, 1970.

Walker, Henry. “Golden Temple, Marble Forum: Form and Meaning in Sacred

Architecture.” In Sikh Art And Literature, edited by Kerry Brown, 89–116. London:

Routledge, 1999.

Wallace, P. “Religious and Secular Politics in Punjab: The Sikh Dilemma in Competing

Political Systems.” In Political Dynamics of the Punjab, edited by P. Wallace and

S. Chopra. Amritsar: Guru Nanak Dev University Press, 1981.

Wallace, Paul. “The Dilemma of Sikh Revivalism: Identity Versus Political Power.” In

Fundamentalism, Revivalists and Violence in South Asia edited by James Warner

Bjorkman, 57–74. New Delhi: Manohar, 1988.

Wardman, A. Rome’s Debt to Greece. New York: St Martin’s Press, 1976.

Weber, Max. From Max Weber. Translated and edited by H. H. Gerth and C. Wright

Mills. London: Routledge, 1991.

Webster, Ed. Popular Religion in the Punjab Today. Delhi: ISPCK, 1974.

Weideger, P. Gilding the Acorn: Behind the Façade of the National Trust. London:

Simon and Schuster, 1994.

Weiler, Katharina, and Niels Gutschow, ed. Authenticity in Architectural Heritage

Page 246: Gaining Authority and Legitimacy: Shiromani Gurdwara ...

226

Conservation: Discourses, Opinions, Experiences in Europe, South and East Asia.

Switzerland: Springer, 2017.

Weiler, Katharina. “Picturesque Authenticity in Early Archaeological Photography in

British India.” In ‘“Archaeologizing’ Heritage? Transcultural Entanglements

between Local Social Practices and Global Virtual Realities.” Proceedings of the

1st International Workshop on Cultural Heritage and the Temples of Angkor, 2–5

May 2010, Heidelberg University. Heidelberg: Springer, 2013.

Wright, G. R. H. “Restoration of Hindu Temples in South India and its Conceptual

Background.” In East and West, edited by Beniamino Melasecchi and Elisabetta

Valento 51, no. 1–2 (June 2001): 179–184.

Wright, P. On Living in an Old Country: The National Past in Contemporary Britain.

London: Verso, 1985.


Recommended